initial commit
This commit is contained in:
738
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/ns_list.h
Normal file
738
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/ns_list.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NS_LIST_H_
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ns_types.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Linked list support library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ns_list.h file provides a doubly-linked list/queue, providing O(1)
|
||||
* performance for all insertion/removal operations, and access to either
|
||||
* end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Memory footprint is two pointers for the list head, and two pointers in each
|
||||
* list entry. It is similar in concept to BSD's TAILQ.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Although the API is symmetrical and O(1) in both directions, due to internal
|
||||
* pointer design, it is *slightly* more efficient to insert at the end when
|
||||
* used as a queue, and to iterate forwards rather than backwards.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example of an entry type that can be stored to this list.
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* typedef struct example_entry
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* uint8_t *data;
|
||||
* uint32_t data_count;
|
||||
* ns_list_link_t link;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* example_entry_t;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* static NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) my_list;
|
||||
* ns_list_init(&my_list);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* OR
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) my_list = NS_LIST_INIT(my_list);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* OR
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* static NS_LIST_DEFINE(my_list, example_entry_t, link);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* OR
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* typedef NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) example_list_t;
|
||||
* example_list_t NS_LIST_NAME_INIT(my_list);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NOTE: the link field SHALL NOT be accessed by the user.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An entry can exist on multiple lists by having multiple link fields.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All the list operations are implemented as macros, most of which are backed
|
||||
* by optionally-inline functions. The macros do not evaluate any arguments more
|
||||
* than once, unless documented.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In macro documentation, `list_t` refers to a list type defined using
|
||||
* NS_LIST_HEAD(), and `entry_t` to the entry type that was passed to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Underlying generic linked list head.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Users should not use this type directly, but use the NS_LIST_HEAD() macro.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct ns_list {
|
||||
void *first_entry; ///< Pointer to first entry, or NULL if list is empty
|
||||
void **last_nextptr; ///< Pointer to last entry's `next` pointer, or
|
||||
///< to head's `first_entry` pointer if list is empty
|
||||
} ns_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Declare a list head type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This union stores the real list head, and also encodes as compile-time type
|
||||
* information the offset of the link pointer, and the type of the entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that type information is compiler-dependent; this means
|
||||
* ns_list_get_first() could return either `void *`, or a pointer to the actual
|
||||
* entry type. So `ns_list_get_first()->data` is not a portable construct -
|
||||
* always assign returned entry pointers to a properly typed pointer variable.
|
||||
* This assignment will be then type-checked where the compiler supports it, and
|
||||
* will dereference correctly on compilers that don't support this extension.
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) my_list;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* example_entry_t *entry = ns_list_get_first(&my_list);
|
||||
* do_something(entry->data);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* Each use of this macro generates a new anonymous union, so these two lists
|
||||
* have different types:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) my_list1;
|
||||
* NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) my_list2;
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* If you need to use a list type in multiple places, eg as a function
|
||||
* parameter, use typedef:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* typedef NS_LIST_HEAD(example_entry_t, link) example_list_t;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void example_function(example_list_t *);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_HEAD(entry_type, field) \
|
||||
NS_LIST_HEAD_BY_OFFSET_(entry_type, offsetof(entry_type, field))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Declare a list head type for an incomplete entry type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This declares a list head, similarly to NS_LIST_HEAD(), but unlike that
|
||||
* this can be used in contexts where the entry type may be incomplete.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use this, the link pointer must be the first member in the
|
||||
* actual complete structure. This is NOT checked - the definition of the
|
||||
* element should probably test NS_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(type, link) == 0)
|
||||
* if outside users are known to be using NS_LIST_HEAD_INCOMPLETE().
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* struct opaque;
|
||||
* NS_LIST_HEAD_INCOMPLETE(struct opaque) opaque_list;
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_HEAD_INCOMPLETE(entry_type) \
|
||||
NS_LIST_HEAD_BY_OFFSET_(entry_type, 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/// \privatesection
|
||||
/** \brief Internal macro defining a list head, given the offset to the link pointer
|
||||
* The +1 allows for link_offset being 0 - we can't declare a 0-size array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_HEAD_BY_OFFSET_(entry_type, link_offset) \
|
||||
union \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
ns_list_t slist; \
|
||||
NS_FUNNY_COMPARE_OK \
|
||||
NS_STATIC_ASSERT(link_offset <= UINT_FAST8_MAX, "link offset too large") \
|
||||
NS_FUNNY_COMPARE_RESTORE \
|
||||
char (*offset)[link_offset + 1]; \
|
||||
entry_type *type; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Get offset of link field in entry.
|
||||
* \return `(ns_list_offset_t)` The offset of the link field for entries on the specified list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list) ((ns_list_offset_t) (sizeof *(list)->offset - 1))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Get the entry pointer type.
|
||||
* \def NS_LIST_PTR_TYPE_
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return An unqualified pointer type to an entry on the specified list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only available if the compiler provides a "typeof" operator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined __cplusplus && __cplusplus >= 201103L
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_PTR_TYPE_(list) decltype((list)->type)
|
||||
#elif defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_PTR_TYPE_(list) __typeof__((list)->type)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Check for compatible pointer types
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This test will produce a diagnostic about a pointer mismatch on
|
||||
* the == inside the sizeof operator. For example ARM/Norcroft C gives the error:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* operand types are incompatible ("entry_t *" and "other_t *")
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef CPPCHECK
|
||||
#define NS_PTR_MATCH_(a, b, str) ((void) 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_PTR_MATCH_(a, b, str) ((void) sizeof ((a) == (b)))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Internal macro to cast returned entry pointers to correct type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Not portable in C, alas. With GCC or C++11, the "get entry" macros return
|
||||
* correctly-typed pointers. Otherwise, the macros return `void *`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The attempt at a portable version would work if the C `?:` operator wasn't
|
||||
* broken - `x ? (t *) : (void *)` should really have type `(t *)` in C, but
|
||||
* it has type `(void *)`, which only makes sense for C++. The `?:` is left in,
|
||||
* in case some day it works. Some compilers may still warn if this is
|
||||
* assigned to a different type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef NS_LIST_PTR_TYPE_
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_TYPECAST_(list, val) ((NS_LIST_PTR_TYPE_(list)) (val))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_TYPECAST_(list, val) (0 ? (list)->type : (val))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Internal macro to check types of input entry pointer. */
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, entry) \
|
||||
(NS_PTR_MATCH_((list)->type, (entry), "incorrect entry type for list"), (entry))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Type used to pass link offset to underlying functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We could use size_t, but it would be unnecessarily large on 8-bit systems,
|
||||
* where we can be (pretty) confident we won't have next pointers more than
|
||||
* 256 bytes into a structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef uint_fast8_t ns_list_offset_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/// \publicsection
|
||||
/** \brief The type for the link member in the user's entry structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Users should not access this member directly - just pass its name to the
|
||||
* list head macros. The funny prev pointer simplifies common operations
|
||||
* (eg insertion, removal), at the expense of complicating rare reverse iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NB - the list implementation relies on next being the first member.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct ns_list_link {
|
||||
void *next; ///< Pointer to next entry, or NULL if none
|
||||
void **prev; ///< Pointer to previous entry's (or head's) next pointer
|
||||
} ns_list_link_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief "Poison" value placed in unattached entries' link pointers.
|
||||
* \internal What are good values for this? Platform dependent, maybe just NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_POISON ((void *) 0xDEADBEEF)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Initialiser for an entry's link member
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This initialiser is not required by the library, but a user may want an
|
||||
* initialiser to include in their own entry initialiser. See
|
||||
* ns_list_link_init() for more discussion.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_LINK_INIT(name) \
|
||||
NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_OK \
|
||||
{ NS_LIST_POISON, NS_LIST_POISON } \
|
||||
NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_RESTORE
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Initialise an entry's list link
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This "initialises" an unattached entry's link by filling the fields with
|
||||
* poison. This is optional, as unattached entries field pointers are not
|
||||
* meaningful, and it is not valid to call ns_list_get_next or similar on
|
||||
* an unattached entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param entry Pointer to an entry
|
||||
* \param field The name of the link member to initialise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_link_init(entry, field) ns_list_link_init_(&(entry)->field)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Initialise a list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Initialise a list head before use. A list head must be initialised using this
|
||||
* function or one of the NS_LIST_INIT()-type macros before use. A zero-initialised
|
||||
* list head is *not* valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If used on a list containing existing entries, those entries will
|
||||
* become detached. (They are not modified, but their links are now effectively
|
||||
* undefined).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list Pointer to a NS_LIST_HEAD() structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_init(list) ns_list_init_(&(list)->slist)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Initialiser for an empty list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usage in an enclosing initialiser:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* static my_type_including_list_t x = {
|
||||
* "Something",
|
||||
* 23,
|
||||
* NS_LIST_INIT(x),
|
||||
* };
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NS_LIST_DEFINE() or NS_LIST_NAME_INIT() may provide a shorter alternative
|
||||
* in simpler cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_INIT(name) { { NULL, &(name).slist.first_entry } }
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Name and initialiser for an empty list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usage:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* list_t NS_LIST_NAME_INIT(foo);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* acts as
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* list_t foo = { empty list };
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* Also useful with designated initialisers:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* .NS_LIST_NAME_INIT(foo),
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* acts as
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* .foo = { empty list },
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_NAME_INIT(name) name = NS_LIST_INIT(name)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Define a list, and initialise to empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usage:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* static NS_LIST_DEFINE(my_list, entry_t, link);
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* acts as
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* static list_type my_list = { empty list };
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_DEFINE(name, type, field) \
|
||||
NS_LIST_HEAD(type, field) NS_LIST_NAME_INIT(name)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Add an entry to the start of the linked list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ns_list_add_to_end() is *slightly* more efficient than ns_list_add_to_start().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param entry `(entry_t * restrict)` Pointer to new entry to add.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_add_to_start(list, entry) \
|
||||
ns_list_add_to_start_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, entry))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Add an entry to the end of the linked list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param entry `(entry_t * restrict)` Pointer to new entry to add.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_add_to_end(list, entry) \
|
||||
ns_list_add_to_end_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, entry))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Add an entry before a specified entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param before `(entry_t *)` Existing entry before which to place the new entry.
|
||||
* \param entry `(entry_t * restrict)` Pointer to new entry to add.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_add_before(list, before, entry) \
|
||||
ns_list_add_before_(NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, before), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, entry))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Add an entry after a specified entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ns_list_add_before() is *slightly* more efficient than ns_list_add_after().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param after `(entry_t *)` Existing entry after which to place the new entry.
|
||||
* \param entry `(entry_t * restrict)` Pointer to new entry to add.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_add_after(list, after, entry) \
|
||||
ns_list_add_after_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, after), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, entry))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Check if a list is empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return `(bool)` true if the list is empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_is_empty(list) ((bool) ((list)->slist.first_entry == NULL))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Get the first entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return `(entry_t *)` Pointer to first entry.
|
||||
* \return NULL if list is empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_get_first(list) NS_LIST_TYPECAST_(list, (list)->slist.first_entry)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Get the previous entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param current `(const entry_t *)` Pointer to current entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return `(entry_t *)` Pointer to previous entry.
|
||||
* \return NULL if current entry is first.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_get_previous(list, current) \
|
||||
NS_LIST_TYPECAST_(list, ns_list_get_previous_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, current)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Get the next entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param current `(const entry_t *)` Pointer to current entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return `(entry_t *)` Pointer to next entry.
|
||||
* \return NULL if current entry is last.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_get_next(list, current) \
|
||||
NS_LIST_TYPECAST_(list, ns_list_get_next_(NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, current)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Get the last entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return `(entry_t *)` Pointer to last entry.
|
||||
* \return NULL if list is empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_get_last(list) \
|
||||
NS_LIST_TYPECAST_(list, ns_list_get_last_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Remove an entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param entry `(entry_t *)` Entry on list to be removed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_remove(list, entry) \
|
||||
ns_list_remove_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, entry))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Replace an entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
* \param current `(entry_t *)` Existing entry on list to be replaced.
|
||||
* \param replacement `(entry_t * restrict)` New entry to be the replacement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_replace(list, current, replacement) \
|
||||
ns_list_replace_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, current), NS_LIST_TYPECHECK_(list, replacement))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Concatenate two lists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Attach the entries on the source list to the end of the destination
|
||||
* list, leaving the source list empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dst `(list_t *)` Pointer to destination list.
|
||||
* \param src `(list_t *)` Pointer to source list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_concatenate(dst, src) \
|
||||
(NS_PTR_MATCH_(dst, src, "concatenating different list types"), \
|
||||
ns_list_concatenate_(&(dst)->slist, &(src)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(src)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Iterate forwards over a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* ns_list_foreach(const my_entry_t, cur, &my_list)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* printf("%s\n", cur->name);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* Deletion of the current entry is not permitted as its next is checked after
|
||||
* running user code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The iteration pointer is declared inside the loop, using C99/C++, so it
|
||||
* is not accessible after the loop. This encourages good code style, and
|
||||
* matches the semantics of C++11's "ranged for", which only provides the
|
||||
* declaration form:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* for (const my_entry_t cur : my_list)
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* If you need to see the value of the iteration pointer after a `break`,
|
||||
* you will need to assign it to a variable declared outside the loop before
|
||||
* breaking:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* my_entry_t *match = NULL;
|
||||
* ns_list_foreach(my_entry_t, cur, &my_list)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* if (cur->id == id)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* match = cur;
|
||||
* break;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The user has to specify the entry type for the pointer definition, as type
|
||||
* extraction from the list argument isn't portable. On the other hand, this
|
||||
* also permits const qualifiers, as in the example above, and serves as
|
||||
* documentation. The entry type will be checked against the list type where the
|
||||
* compiler supports it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param type Entry type `([const] entry_t)`.
|
||||
* \param e Name for iteration pointer to be defined
|
||||
* inside the loop.
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list - evaluated multiple times.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_foreach(type, e, list) \
|
||||
for (type *e = ns_list_get_first(list); e; e = ns_list_get_next(list, e))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Iterate forwards over a list, where user may delete.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As ns_list_foreach(), but deletion of current entry is permitted as its
|
||||
* next pointer is recorded before running user code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* ns_list_foreach_safe(my_entry_t, cur, &my_list)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* ns_list_remove(cur);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* \param type Entry type `(entry_t)`.
|
||||
* \param e Name for iteration pointer to be defined
|
||||
* inside the loop.
|
||||
* \param list `(list_t *)` Pointer to list - evaluated multiple times.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_foreach_safe(type, e, list) \
|
||||
for (type *e = ns_list_get_first(list), *_next##e; \
|
||||
e && (_next##e = ns_list_get_next(list, e), true); e = _next##e)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Iterate backwards over a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As ns_list_foreach(), but going backwards - see its documentation.
|
||||
* Iterating forwards is *slightly* more efficient.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_foreach_reverse(type, e, list) \
|
||||
for (type *e = ns_list_get_last(list); e; e = ns_list_get_previous(list, e))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Iterate backwards over a list, where user may delete.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As ns_list_foreach_safe(), but going backwards - see its documentation.
|
||||
* Iterating forwards is *slightly* more efficient.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_foreach_reverse_safe(type, e, list) \
|
||||
for (type *e = ns_list_get_last(list), *_next##e; \
|
||||
e && (_next##e = ns_list_get_previous(list, e), true); e = _next##e)
|
||||
|
||||
/** \hideinitializer \brief Count entries on a list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unlike other operations, this is O(n). Note: if list might contain over
|
||||
* 65535 entries, this function **must not** be used to get the entry count.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param list `(const list_t *)` Pointer to list.
|
||||
|
||||
* \return `(uint_fast16_t)` Number of entries that are stored in list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ns_list_count(list) ns_list_count_(&(list)->slist, NS_LIST_OFFSET_(list))
|
||||
|
||||
/** \privatesection
|
||||
* Internal functions - designed to be accessed using corresponding macros above
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_init_(ns_list_t *list);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_link_init_(ns_list_link_t *link);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_add_to_start_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset, void *restrict entry);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_add_to_end_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset, void *restrict entry);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_add_before_(ns_list_offset_t link_offset, void *before, void *restrict entry);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_add_after_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset, void *after, void *restrict entry);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void *ns_list_get_next_(ns_list_offset_t link_offset, const void *current);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void *ns_list_get_previous_(const ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset, const void *current);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void *ns_list_get_last_(const ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_remove_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset, void *entry);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_replace_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset, void *current, void *restrict replacement);
|
||||
NS_INLINE void ns_list_concatenate_(ns_list_t *dst, ns_list_t *src, ns_list_offset_t offset);
|
||||
NS_INLINE uint_fast16_t ns_list_count_(const ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t link_offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide definitions, either for inlining, or for ns_list.c */
|
||||
#if defined NS_ALLOW_INLINING || defined NS_LIST_FN
|
||||
#ifndef NS_LIST_FN
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_FN NS_INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pointer to the link member in entry e */
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_LINK_(e, offset) ((ns_list_link_t *)((char *)(e) + offset))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lvalue of the next link pointer in entry e */
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_NEXT_(e, offset) (NS_LIST_LINK_(e, offset)->next)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lvalue of the prev link pointer in entry e */
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_PREV_(e, offset) (NS_LIST_LINK_(e, offset)->prev)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert a pointer to a link member back to the entry;
|
||||
* works for linkptr either being a ns_list_link_t pointer, or its next pointer,
|
||||
* as the next pointer is first in the ns_list_link_t */
|
||||
#define NS_LIST_ENTRY_(linkptr, offset) ((void *)((char *)(linkptr) - offset))
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_init_(ns_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list->first_entry = NULL;
|
||||
list->last_nextptr = &list->first_entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_link_init_(ns_list_link_t *link)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_OK
|
||||
link->next = NS_LIST_POISON;
|
||||
link->prev = NS_LIST_POISON;
|
||||
NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_RESTORE
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_add_to_start_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset, void *restrict entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *next;
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(entry, offset) = &list->first_entry;
|
||||
NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset) = next = list->first_entry;
|
||||
|
||||
if (next) {
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(next, offset) = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
list->last_nextptr = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
list->first_entry = entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_add_after_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset, void *current, void *restrict entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *next;
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(entry, offset) = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(current, offset);
|
||||
NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset) = next = NS_LIST_NEXT_(current, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
if (next) {
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(next, offset) = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
list->last_nextptr = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_NEXT_(current, offset) = entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_add_before_(ns_list_offset_t offset, void *current, void *restrict entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void **prev_nextptr;
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset) = current;
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(entry, offset) = prev_nextptr = NS_LIST_PREV_(current, offset);
|
||||
*prev_nextptr = entry;
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(current, offset) = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_add_to_end_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset, void *restrict entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void **prev_nextptr;
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset) = NULL;
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(entry, offset) = prev_nextptr = list->last_nextptr;
|
||||
*prev_nextptr = entry;
|
||||
list->last_nextptr = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(entry, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void *ns_list_get_next_(ns_list_offset_t offset, const void *current)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NS_LIST_NEXT_(current, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void *ns_list_get_previous_(const ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset, const void *current)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (current == list->first_entry) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Tricky. We don't have a direct previous pointer, but a pointer to the
|
||||
// pointer that points to us - ie &head->first_entry OR &{prev}->next.
|
||||
// This makes life easier on insertion and removal, but this is where we
|
||||
// pay the price.
|
||||
|
||||
// We have to check manually for being the first entry above, so we know it's
|
||||
// a real link's next pointer. Then next is the first field of
|
||||
// ns_list_link_t, so we can use the normal offset value.
|
||||
|
||||
return NS_LIST_ENTRY_(NS_LIST_PREV_(current, offset), offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void *ns_list_get_last_(const ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!list->first_entry) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// See comments in ns_list_get_previous_()
|
||||
return NS_LIST_ENTRY_(list->last_nextptr, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_remove_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset, void *removed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *next;
|
||||
void **prev_nextptr;
|
||||
|
||||
next = NS_LIST_NEXT_(removed, offset);
|
||||
prev_nextptr = NS_LIST_PREV_(removed, offset);
|
||||
if (next) {
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(next, offset) = prev_nextptr;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
list->last_nextptr = prev_nextptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*prev_nextptr = next;
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_link_init_(NS_LIST_LINK_(removed, offset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_replace_(ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset, void *current, void *restrict replacement)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *next;
|
||||
void **prev_nextptr;
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(replacement, offset) = prev_nextptr = NS_LIST_PREV_(current, offset);
|
||||
NS_LIST_NEXT_(replacement, offset) = next = NS_LIST_NEXT_(current, offset);
|
||||
|
||||
if (next) {
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(next, offset) = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(replacement, offset);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
list->last_nextptr = &NS_LIST_NEXT_(replacement, offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*prev_nextptr = replacement;
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_link_init_(NS_LIST_LINK_(current, offset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN void ns_list_concatenate_(ns_list_t *dst, ns_list_t *src, ns_list_offset_t offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ns_list_link_t *src_first;
|
||||
|
||||
src_first = src->first_entry;
|
||||
if (!src_first) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*dst->last_nextptr = src_first;
|
||||
NS_LIST_PREV_(src_first, offset) = dst->last_nextptr;
|
||||
dst->last_nextptr = src->last_nextptr;
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_init_(src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NS_LIST_FN uint_fast16_t ns_list_count_(const ns_list_t *list, ns_list_offset_t offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint_fast16_t count = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (void *p = list->first_entry; p; p = NS_LIST_NEXT_(p, offset)) {
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* defined NS_ALLOW_INLINING || defined NS_LIST_FN */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* NS_LIST_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
403
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/ns_types.h
Normal file
403
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/ns_types.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* ns_types.h - Basic compiler and type setup for Nanostack libraries.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef NS_TYPES_H_
|
||||
#define NS_TYPES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Basic compiler and type setup
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We currently assume C99 or later.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* C99 features being relied on:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - <inttypes.h> and <stdbool.h>
|
||||
* - inline (with C99 semantics, not C++ as per default GCC);
|
||||
* - designated initialisers;
|
||||
* - compound literals;
|
||||
* - restrict;
|
||||
* - [static N] in array parameters;
|
||||
* - declarations in for statements;
|
||||
* - mixing declarations and statements
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compilers should be set to C99 or later mode when building Nanomesh source.
|
||||
* For GCC this means "-std=gnu99" (C99 with usual GNU extensions).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also, a little extra care is required for public header files that could be
|
||||
* included from C++, especially as C++ lacks some C99 features.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (TODO: as this is exposed to API users, do we need a predefine to distinguish
|
||||
* internal and external use, for finer control? Not yet, but maybe...)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure <stdint.h> defines its macros if C++ */
|
||||
#ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
#define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h> // includes <stdint.h>; debugf() users need PRIu32 etc
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Create the optional <stdint.h> 24-bit types if they don't exist (worth trying
|
||||
* to use them, as they could exist and be more efficient than 32-bit on 8-bit
|
||||
* systems...)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef UINT24_LEAST_MAX
|
||||
typedef uint_least32_t uint_least24_t;
|
||||
#define UINT_LEAST24_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
|
||||
#define UINT24_C(x) UINT32_C(x)
|
||||
#define PRIoLEAST24 PRIoLEAST32
|
||||
#define PRIuLEAST24 PRIuLEAST32
|
||||
#define PRIxLEAST24 PRIxLEAST32
|
||||
#define PRIXLEAST24 PRIXLEAST32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INT24_LEAST_MAX
|
||||
typedef int_least32_t int_least24_t;
|
||||
#define INT24_LEAST_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN
|
||||
#define INT24_LEAST_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX
|
||||
#define INT24_C(x) INT32_C(x)
|
||||
#define PRIdLEAST24 PRIdLEAST32
|
||||
#define PRIiLEAST24 PRIiLEAST32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT24_FAST_MAX
|
||||
typedef uint_fast32_t uint_fast24_t;
|
||||
#define UINT_FAST24_MAX UINT_FAST32_MAX
|
||||
#define PRIoFAST24 PRIoFAST32
|
||||
#define PRIuFAST24 PRIuFAST32
|
||||
#define PRIxFAST24 PRIxFAST32
|
||||
#define PRIXFAST24 PRIXFAST32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INT24_FAST_MAX
|
||||
typedef int_fast32_t int_fast24_t;
|
||||
#define INT_FAST24_MIN INT_FAST32_MIN
|
||||
#define INT_FAST24_MAX INT_FAST32_MAX
|
||||
#define PRIdFAST24 PRIdFAST32
|
||||
#define PRIiFAST24 PRIiFAST32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function attribute - C11 "noreturn" or C++11 "[[noreturn]]" */
|
||||
#ifndef NS_NORETURN
|
||||
#if defined __cplusplus && __cplusplus >= 201103L
|
||||
#define NS_NORETURN [[noreturn]]
|
||||
#elif !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L
|
||||
#define NS_NORETURN _Noreturn
|
||||
#elif defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#define NS_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
|
||||
#elif defined __CC_ARM
|
||||
#define NS_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn)
|
||||
#elif defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
|
||||
#define NS_NORETURN __noreturn
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_NORETURN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* C11's "alignas" macro, emulated for integer expressions if necessary */
|
||||
#ifndef __alignas_is_defined
|
||||
#if defined __CC_ARM || defined __TASKING__
|
||||
#define alignas(n) __align(n)
|
||||
#define __alignas_is_defined 1
|
||||
#elif (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L) || (defined __cplusplus && __cplusplus >= 201103L)
|
||||
#include <stdalign.h>
|
||||
#elif defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#define alignas(n) __attribute__((__aligned__(n)))
|
||||
#define __alignas_is_defined 1
|
||||
#elif defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
|
||||
/* Does this really just apply to the next variable? */
|
||||
#define alignas(n) __Alignas(data_alignment=n)
|
||||
#define __Alignas(x) _Pragma(#x)
|
||||
#define __alignas_is_defined 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marker for functions or objects that may be unused, suppressing warnings.
|
||||
* Place after the identifier:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* static int X MAYBE_UNUSED = 3;
|
||||
* static int foo(void) MAYBE_UNUSED;
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined __CC_ARM || defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#define MAYBE_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MAYBE_UNUSED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* C++ (even C++11) doesn't provide restrict: define away or provide
|
||||
* alternative.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define restrict __restrict
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define restrict
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* C++ doesn't allow "static" in function parameter types: ie
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* entry_t *find_entry(const uint8_t address[static 16])
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* If a header file may be included from C++, use this __static define instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (Syntax introduced in C99 - `uint8_t address[16]` in a prototype was always
|
||||
* equivalent to `uint8_t *address`, but the C99 addition of static tells the
|
||||
* compiler that address is never NULL, and always points to at least 16
|
||||
* elements. This adds no new type-checking, but the information could aid
|
||||
* compiler optimisation, and it can serve as documentation).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define __static
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define __static static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#define NS_GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 10000 \
|
||||
+ __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 \
|
||||
+ __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Compile-time assertion
|
||||
*
|
||||
* C11 provides _Static_assert, as does GCC even in C99 mode (and
|
||||
* as a freestanding implementation, we can't rely on <assert.h> to get
|
||||
* the static_assert macro).
|
||||
* C++11 provides static_assert as a keyword, as does G++ in C++0x mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The assertion acts as a declaration that can be placed at file scope, in a
|
||||
* code block (except after a label), or as a member of a struct/union. It
|
||||
* produces a compiler error if "test" evaluates to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this *includes* the required semicolon when defined, else it
|
||||
* is totally empty, permitting use in structs. (If the user provided the `;`,
|
||||
* it would leave an illegal stray `;` if unavailable).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# if __cplusplus >= 201103L || __cpp_static_assert >= 200410
|
||||
# define NS_STATIC_ASSERT(test, str) static_assert(test, str);
|
||||
# elif defined __GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__ && NS_GCC_VERSION >= 40300
|
||||
# define NS_STATIC_ASSERT(test, str) __extension__ static_assert(test, str);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NS_STATIC_ASSERT(test, str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else /* C */
|
||||
# if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L
|
||||
# define NS_STATIC_ASSERT(test, str) _Static_assert(test, str);
|
||||
# elif defined __GNUC__ && NS_GCC_VERSION >= 40600 && !defined __CC_ARM
|
||||
# ifdef _Static_assert
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Some versions of glibc cdefs.h (which comes in via <stdint.h> above)
|
||||
* attempt to define their own _Static_assert (if GCC < 4.6 or
|
||||
* __STRICT_ANSI__) using an extern declaration, which doesn't work in a
|
||||
* struct/union.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For GCC >= 4.6 and __STRICT_ANSI__, we can do better - just use
|
||||
* the built-in _Static_assert with __extension__. We have to do this, as
|
||||
* ns_list.h needs to use it in a union. No way to get at it though, without
|
||||
* overriding their define.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# undef _Static_assert
|
||||
# define _Static_assert(x, y) __extension__ _Static_assert(x, y)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define NS_STATIC_ASSERT(test, str) __extension__ _Static_assert(test, str);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NS_STATIC_ASSERT(test, str)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Pragma to suppress warnings about unusual pointer values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Useful if using "poison" values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_OK _Pragma("diag_suppress=Pe1053")
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_RESTORE _Pragma("diag_default=Pe1053")
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_OK
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_INTPTR_RESTORE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Pragma to suppress warnings about always true/false comparisons
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && NS_GCC_VERSION >= 40600 && !defined __CC_ARM
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_COMPARE_OK _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wtype-limits\"")
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_COMPARE_RESTORE _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_COMPARE_OK
|
||||
#define NS_FUNNY_COMPARE_RESTORE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Pragma to suppress warnings arising from dummy definitions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Useful when you have function-like macros that returning constants
|
||||
* in cut-down builds. Can be fairly cavalier about disabling as we
|
||||
* do not expect every build to use this macro. Generic builds of
|
||||
* components should ensure this is not included by only using it in
|
||||
* a ifdef blocks providing dummy definitions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __CC_ARM
|
||||
// statement is unreachable(111), controlling expression is constant(236), expression has no effect(174),
|
||||
// function was declared but never referenced(177), variable was set but never used(550)
|
||||
#define NS_DUMMY_DEFINITIONS_OK _Pragma("diag_suppress=111,236,174,177,550")
|
||||
#elif defined __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
|
||||
// controlling expression is constant
|
||||
#define NS_DUMMY_DEFINITIONS_OK _Pragma("diag_suppress=Pe236")
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_DUMMY_DEFINITIONS_OK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Convert pointer to member to pointer to containing structure */
|
||||
#define NS_CONTAINER_OF(ptr, type, member) \
|
||||
((type *) ((char *) (ptr) - offsetof(type, member)))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Inlining could cause problems when mixing with C++; provide a mechanism to
|
||||
* disable it. This could also be turned off for other reasons (although
|
||||
* this can usually be done through a compiler flag, eg -O0 on gcc).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __cplusplus
|
||||
#define NS_ALLOW_INLINING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* There is inlining problem in GCC version 4.1.x and we know it works in 4.6.3 */
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && NS_GCC_VERSION < 40600
|
||||
#undef NS_ALLOW_INLINING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Mark a potentially-inlineable function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We follow C99 semantics, which requires precisely one external definition.
|
||||
* To also allow inlining to be totally bypassed under control of
|
||||
* NS_ALLOW_INLINING, code can be structured as per the example of ns_list:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* foo.h
|
||||
* -----
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NS_INLINE int my_func(int);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #if defined NS_ALLOW_INLINING || defined FOO_FN
|
||||
* #ifndef FOO_FN
|
||||
* #define FOO_FN NS_INLINE
|
||||
* #endif
|
||||
* FOO_FN int my_func(int a)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* definition;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* #endif
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* foo.c
|
||||
* -----
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* #define FOO_FN extern
|
||||
* #include "foo.h"
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* Which generates:
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
* NS_ALLOW_INLINING set NS_ALLOW_INLINING unset
|
||||
* ===================== =======================
|
||||
* Include foo.h Include foo.h
|
||||
* ------------- -------------
|
||||
* inline int my_func(int); int my_func(int);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // inline definition
|
||||
* inline int my_func(int a)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* definition;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compile foo.c Compile foo.c
|
||||
* ------------- -------------
|
||||
* (from .h) inline int my_func(int); int my_func(int);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // external definition
|
||||
* // because of no "inline" // normal external definition
|
||||
* extern int my_func(int a) extern int my_func(int a)
|
||||
* { {
|
||||
* definition; definition;
|
||||
* } }
|
||||
* ~~~
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that even with inline keywords, whether the compiler inlines or not is
|
||||
* up to it. For example, gcc at "-O0" will not inline at all, and will always
|
||||
* call the real functions in foo.o, just as if NS_ALLOW_INLINING was unset.
|
||||
* At "-O2", gcc could potentially inline everything, meaning that foo.o is not
|
||||
* referenced at all.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Alternatively, you could use "static inline", which gives every caller its
|
||||
* own internal definition. This is compatible with C++ inlining (which expects
|
||||
* the linker to eliminate duplicates), but in C it's less efficient if the code
|
||||
* ends up non-inlined, and it's harder to breakpoint. I don't recommend it
|
||||
* except for the most trivial functions (which could then probably be macros).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef NS_ALLOW_INLINING
|
||||
#define NS_INLINE inline
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __SDCC_mcs51 || defined __ICC8051__ || defined __C51__
|
||||
|
||||
/* The 8051 environments: SDCC (historic), IAR (current), Keil (future?) */
|
||||
|
||||
#define NS_LARGE __xdata
|
||||
#define NS_LARGE_PTR __xdata
|
||||
#ifdef __ICC8051__
|
||||
#define NS_REENTRANT
|
||||
#define NS_REENTRANT_PREFIX __idata_reentrant
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NS_REENTRANT __reentrant
|
||||
#define NS_REENTRANT_PREFIX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define NS_NEAR_FUNC __near_func
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* "Normal" systems. Define it all away. */
|
||||
#define NS_LARGE
|
||||
#define NS_LARGE_PTR
|
||||
#define NS_REENTRANT
|
||||
#define NS_REENTRANT_PREFIX
|
||||
#define NS_NEAR_FUNC
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Scatter-gather descriptor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slightly optimised for small platforms - we assume we won't need any
|
||||
* element bigger than 64K.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct ns_iovec {
|
||||
void *iov_base;
|
||||
uint_fast16_t iov_len;
|
||||
} ns_iovec_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* NS_TYPES_H */
|
||||
126
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_coap_ameba_port.h
Normal file
126
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_coap_ameba_port.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_AMEBA_PORT
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_AMEBA_PORT
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup coap COAP
|
||||
* @ingroup network
|
||||
* @brief mbed CoAP APIs and Ameba wrappers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "diag.h"
|
||||
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
|
||||
#include "osdep_service.h"
|
||||
#include "wifi_constants.h"
|
||||
#include "wifi_conf.h"
|
||||
#include <lwip/sockets.h>
|
||||
#include <lwip/netdb.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_protocol.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define randLIB_seed_random() NULL /*!< Not used */
|
||||
|
||||
#define COAP_DBG_EN 0 /*!< Flag to enable / disable CoAP debug message in function **tr_debug()** */
|
||||
#define COAP_DBG_DETAIL 0 /*!< Flage to enable / disable detialed log in CoAP debug message in function **tr_debug()** */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief print CoAP debug message
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define tr_debug(fmat,...) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if(COAP_DBG_EN){ \
|
||||
printf(fmat "\n", ##__VA_ARGS__); \
|
||||
if(COAP_DBG_DETAIL){\
|
||||
printf("Function: %s :: Line: %d\n\n",__FUNCTION__,__LINE__);\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief This function is called in **sn_coap_protocol_init()** for ramdom message ID
|
||||
* \return A random 16bit unsigned value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t randLIB_get_16bit(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Ameba **malloc()** function wrapper
|
||||
* \param size: memory size to be allocated
|
||||
* \return NULL = if memory allocation failed
|
||||
* \return void* pointer to allocated memory = if allocation success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void* coap_malloc(uint16_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Ameba **free()** function wrapper
|
||||
* \param *addr: memory address to be freed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void coap_free(void* addr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Ameba **calloc()** function wrapper, the effective result is the allocation of a zero-initialized memory block of *size* bytes
|
||||
* \param size: memory size to be allocated
|
||||
* \return NULL = if memory allocation failed
|
||||
* \return void* pointer to the allocated memory = if memory allocation success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void* coap_calloc(uint32_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Ameba **socket()** function wrapper, creates a **Datagrams type** i.e. *SOCK_DGRAM* socket
|
||||
* \return Non-negative Integer (socket file descriptor) = if successfully completion
|
||||
* \return -1 = if failed to create socket
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int coap_sock_open(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Ameba **close()** function wrapper, closes a socket file descriptor
|
||||
* \param sock_fd: the socket file descriptor is going to be closed.
|
||||
* \return -1 = if close operation failed
|
||||
* \return 0 = if close operation success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int coap_sock_close(int socket_fd);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Ameba **sn_coap_protocol_init()** function wrapper, initializes CoAP Protocol part.
|
||||
* \param *coap_tx_callback : function callback pointer to tx function for sending coap messages
|
||||
* \param *coap_rx_callback : function callback pointer to rx function, used to return CoAP header struct with status COAP_STATUS_BUILDER_MESSAGE_SENDING_FAILED
|
||||
* when re-sendings exceeded. If set to NULL, no error message is returned.
|
||||
* \return pointer to CoAP handle = if success
|
||||
* \return NULL = if failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct coap_s * coap_protocol_init(uint8_t (*coap_tx_callback)(uint8_t *, uint16_t, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *), int8_t (*coap_rx_callback)(sn_coap_hdr_s *, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Send the constructed CoAP message to designated host address on the specific port number
|
||||
* \param *to_address : the host / domain / ip address that the message is targeted to
|
||||
* \param port : port number that the host is used to receive the message
|
||||
* \param socket : socket file descriptor used to send the message
|
||||
* \param *coap_msg_hdr : constructed CoAP message pointer
|
||||
* \return The number of bytes sent = if fuccess
|
||||
* \return -1 = if failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int coap_send(char *to_address, uint16_t port, int socket, sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_hdr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Receive the constructed CoAP message from host
|
||||
* \param socket : socket file descriptor used to receive the message
|
||||
* \param *from_address : an internet address pointer, which the sender address is to be stored into
|
||||
* \param *buf : memory buffer that used to store the received message
|
||||
* \param buf_size : specifies the length in bytes of the buffer pointed to by the *buf* argument.
|
||||
* \return The length of the message in bytes : if successful completion
|
||||
* \return 0 = If no messages are available to be received
|
||||
* \return -1 = receive message failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int coap_recv(int socket, struct sockaddr_in *from_address, void *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Print CoAP message header (for debug use)
|
||||
* \param *parsed_hdr : pointer to constructed CoAP message header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void coap_print_hdr(sn_coap_hdr_s* parsed_hdr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*\@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //SN_COAP_AMEBA_PORT
|
||||
443
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_coap_header.h
Normal file
443
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_coap_header.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file sn_coap_header.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CoAP C-library User header interface header file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_HEADER_H_
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_HEADER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup coap COAP
|
||||
* @ingroup network
|
||||
* @brief mbed CoAP APIs and Ameba wrappers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle structure */
|
||||
struct coap_s;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * ENUMERATIONS * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP Version
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum coap_version_ {
|
||||
COAP_VERSION_1 = 0x40,
|
||||
COAP_VERSION_UNKNOWN = 0xFF
|
||||
} coap_version_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP Message type, used in CoAP Header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_coap_msg_type_ {
|
||||
COAP_MSG_TYPE_CONFIRMABLE = 0x00, /**< Reliable Request messages */
|
||||
COAP_MSG_TYPE_NON_CONFIRMABLE = 0x10, /**< Non-reliable Request and Response messages */
|
||||
COAP_MSG_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT = 0x20, /**< Response to a Confirmable Request */
|
||||
COAP_MSG_TYPE_RESET = 0x30 /**< Answer a Bad Request */
|
||||
} sn_coap_msg_type_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP Message code, used in CoAP Header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_coap_msg_code_ {
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_EMPTY = 0,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_GET = 1,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_POST = 2,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_PUT = 3,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_DELETE = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CREATED = 65,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_DELETED = 66,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_VALID = 67,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CHANGED = 68,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTENT = 69,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTINUE = 95,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_REQUEST = 128,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNAUTHORIZED = 129,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_OPTION = 130,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_FORBIDDEN = 131,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_FOUND = 132,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED = 133,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_ACCEPTABLE = 134,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_INCOMPLETE = 136,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PRECONDITION_FAILED = 140,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE = 141,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_FORMAT = 143,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR = 160,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 161,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_GATEWAY = 162,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE = 163,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT = 164,
|
||||
COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PROXYING_NOT_SUPPORTED = 165
|
||||
} sn_coap_msg_code_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP Option number, used in CoAP Header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_coap_option_numbers_ {
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_IF_MATCH = 1,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_URI_HOST = 3,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_ETAG = 4,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_IF_NONE_MATCH = 5,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_OBSERVE = 6,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_URI_PORT = 7,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_PATH = 8,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_URI_PATH = 11,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_CONTENT_FORMAT = 12,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_MAX_AGE = 14,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_URI_QUERY = 15,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_ACCEPT = 17,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_QUERY = 20,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_BLOCK2 = 23,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_BLOCK1 = 27,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_SIZE2 = 28,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_PROXY_URI = 35,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_PROXY_SCHEME = 39,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_SIZE1 = 60
|
||||
// 128 = (Reserved)
|
||||
// 132 = (Reserved)
|
||||
// 136 = (Reserved)
|
||||
} sn_coap_option_numbers_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP Content Format codes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_coap_content_format_ {
|
||||
COAP_CT_NONE = -1, // internal
|
||||
COAP_CT_TEXT_PLAIN = 0,
|
||||
COAP_CT_LINK_FORMAT = 40,
|
||||
COAP_CT_XML = 41,
|
||||
COAP_CT_OCTET_STREAM = 42,
|
||||
COAP_CT_EXI = 47,
|
||||
COAP_CT_JSON = 50,
|
||||
COAP_CT__MAX = 0xffff
|
||||
} sn_coap_content_format_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP Observe option values
|
||||
*
|
||||
* draft-ietf-core-observe-16
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_coap_observe_ {
|
||||
COAP_OBSERVE_NONE = -1, // internal
|
||||
|
||||
// Values for GET requests
|
||||
COAP_OBSERVE_REGISTER = 0,
|
||||
COAP_OBSERVE_DEREGISTER = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
// In responses, value is a 24-bit opaque sequence number
|
||||
COAP_OBSERVE__MAX = 0xffffff
|
||||
} sn_coap_observe_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Enumeration for CoAP status, used in CoAP Header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_coap_status_ {
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_OK = 0, /**< Default value is OK */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_PARSER_ERROR_IN_HEADER = 1, /**< CoAP will send Reset message to invalid message sender */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_PARSER_DUPLICATED_MSG = 2, /**< CoAP will send Acknowledgement message to duplicated message sender */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_RECEIVING = 3, /**< User will get whole message after all message blocks received.
|
||||
User must release messages with this status. */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_ACK = 4, /**< Acknowledgement for sent Blockwise message received */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_REJECTED = 5, /**< Blockwise message received but not supported by compiling switch */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_RECEIVED = 6, /**< Blockwise message fully received and returned to app.
|
||||
User must take care of releasing whole payload of the blockwise messages */
|
||||
COAP_STATUS_BUILDER_MESSAGE_SENDING_FAILED = 7 /**< When re-transmissions have been done and ACK not received, CoAP library calls
|
||||
RX callback with this status */
|
||||
} sn_coap_status_e;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * STRUCTURES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Structure for CoAP Options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct sn_coap_options_list_ {
|
||||
uint8_t etag_len; /**< 1-8 bytes. Repeatable */
|
||||
unsigned int use_size1:1;
|
||||
unsigned int use_size2:1;
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t proxy_uri_len; /**< 1-1034 bytes. */
|
||||
uint16_t uri_host_len; /**< 1-255 bytes. */
|
||||
uint16_t location_path_len; /**< 0-255 bytes. Repeatable */
|
||||
uint16_t location_query_len; /**< 0-255 bytes. Repeatable */
|
||||
uint16_t uri_query_len; /**< 1-255 bytes. Repeatable */
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_content_format_e accept; /**< Value 0-65535. COAP_CT_NONE if not used */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t max_age; /**< Value in seconds (default is 60) */
|
||||
uint32_t size1; /**< 0-4 bytes. */
|
||||
uint32_t size2; /**< 0-4 bytes. */
|
||||
int32_t uri_port; /**< Value 0-65535. -1 if not used */
|
||||
int32_t observe; /**< Value 0-0xffffff. -1 if not used */
|
||||
int32_t block1; /**< Value 0-0xffffff. -1 if not used. Not for user */
|
||||
int32_t block2; /**< Value 0-0xffffff. -1 if not used. Not for user */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t *proxy_uri_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
uint8_t *etag_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
uint8_t *uri_host_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
uint8_t *location_path_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
uint8_t *location_query_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
uint8_t *uri_query_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
} sn_coap_options_list_s;
|
||||
|
||||
/* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! */
|
||||
/* !!! Main CoAP message struct !!! */
|
||||
/* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Main CoAP message struct
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct sn_coap_hdr_ {
|
||||
uint8_t token_len; /**< 1-8 bytes. */
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_status_e coap_status; /**< Used for telling to User special cases when parsing message */
|
||||
sn_coap_msg_code_e msg_code; /**< Empty: 0; Requests: 1-31; Responses: 64-191 */
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_msg_type_e msg_type; /**< Confirmable, Non-Confirmable, Acknowledgement or Reset */
|
||||
sn_coap_content_format_e content_format; /**< Set to COAP_CT_NONE if not used */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t msg_id; /**< Message ID. Parser sets parsed message ID, builder sets message ID of built coap message */
|
||||
uint16_t uri_path_len; /**< 0-255 bytes. Repeatable. */
|
||||
uint16_t payload_len; /**< Must be set to zero if not used */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t *token_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
uint8_t *uri_path_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used. E.g: temp1/temp2 */
|
||||
uint8_t *payload_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here are not so often used Options */
|
||||
sn_coap_options_list_s *options_list_ptr; /**< Must be set to NULL if not used */
|
||||
} sn_coap_hdr_s;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * ENUMERATIONS * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Used protocol
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_nsdl_capab_ {
|
||||
SN_NSDL_PROTOCOL_HTTP = 0x01, /**< Unsupported */
|
||||
SN_NSDL_PROTOCOL_HTTPS = 0x02, /**< Unsupported */
|
||||
SN_NSDL_PROTOCOL_COAP = 0x04 /**< Supported */
|
||||
} sn_nsdl_capab_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * STRUCTURES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Used for creating manually registration message with sn_coap_register()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct registration_info_ {
|
||||
uint8_t endpoint_len;
|
||||
uint8_t endpoint_type_len;
|
||||
uint16_t links_len;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t *endpoint_ptr; /**< Endpoint name */
|
||||
uint8_t *endpoint_type_ptr; /**< Endpoint type */
|
||||
uint8_t *links_ptr; /**< Resource registration string */
|
||||
} registration_info_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Address type of given address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef enum sn_nsdl_addr_type_ {
|
||||
SN_NSDL_ADDRESS_TYPE_IPV6 = 0x01, /**< Supported */
|
||||
SN_NSDL_ADDRESS_TYPE_IPV4 = 0x02, /**< Supported */
|
||||
SN_NSDL_ADDRESS_TYPE_HOSTNAME = 0x03, /**< Unsupported */
|
||||
SN_NSDL_ADDRESS_TYPE_NONE = 0xFF
|
||||
} sn_nsdl_addr_type_e;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Address structure of Packet data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct sn_nsdl_addr_ {
|
||||
uint8_t addr_len;
|
||||
sn_nsdl_addr_type_e type;
|
||||
uint16_t port;
|
||||
uint8_t *addr_ptr;
|
||||
} sn_nsdl_addr_s;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * EXTERNAL FUNCTION PROTOTYPES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, coap_version_e *coap_version_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Parses CoAP message from given Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param packet_data_len is length of given Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *packet_data_ptr is source for Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *coap_version_ptr is destination for parsed CoAP specification version
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is pointer to parsed CoAP message.\n
|
||||
* In following failure cases NULL is returned:\n
|
||||
* -Failure in given pointer (= NULL)\n
|
||||
* -Failure in memory allocation (malloc() returns NULL)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, coap_version_e *coap_version_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn void sn_coap_parser_release_allocated_coap_msg_mem(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *freed_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Releases memory of given CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Does not release Payload part
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *freed_coap_msg_ptr is pointer to released CoAP message
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void sn_coap_parser_release_allocated_coap_msg_mem(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *freed_coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int16_t sn_coap_builder(uint8_t *dst_packet_data_ptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Builds an outgoing message buffer from a CoAP header structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_packet_data_ptr is pointer to allocated destination to built CoAP packet
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_coap_msg_ptr is pointer to source structure for building Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is byte count of built Packet data. In failure cases:\n
|
||||
* -1 = Failure in given CoAP header structure\n
|
||||
* -2 = Failure in given pointer (= NULL)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int16_t sn_coap_builder(uint8_t *dst_packet_data_ptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn uint16_t sn_coap_builder_calc_needed_packet_data_size(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Calculates needed Packet data memory size for given CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_coap_msg_ptr is pointer to data which needed Packet
|
||||
* data length is calculated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is count of needed memory as bytes for build Packet data
|
||||
* Null if failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern uint16_t sn_coap_builder_calc_needed_packet_data_size(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int16_t sn_coap_builder_2(uint8_t *dst_packet_data_ptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, uint16_t blockwise_size)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Builds an outgoing message buffer from a CoAP header structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_packet_data_ptr is pointer to allocated destination to built CoAP packet
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_coap_msg_ptr is pointer to source structure for building Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param blockwise_payload_size Blockwise message maximum payload size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is byte count of built Packet data. In failure cases:\n
|
||||
* -1 = Failure in given CoAP header structure\n
|
||||
* -2 = Failure in given pointer (= NULL)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int16_t sn_coap_builder_2(uint8_t *dst_packet_data_ptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, uint16_t blockwise_payload_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn uint16_t sn_coap_builder_calc_needed_packet_data_size_2(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, uint16_t blockwise_payload_size)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Calculates needed Packet data memory size for given CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_coap_msg_ptr is pointer to data which needed Packet
|
||||
* data length is calculated
|
||||
* \param blockwise_payload_size Blockwise message maximum payload size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is count of needed memory as bytes for build Packet data
|
||||
* Null if failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern uint16_t sn_coap_builder_calc_needed_packet_data_size_2(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, uint16_t blockwise_payload_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_build_response(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_packet_ptr, uint8_t msg_code)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Prepares generic response packet from a request packet. This function allocates memory for the resulting sn_coap_hdr_s
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param *coap_packet_ptr The request packet pointer
|
||||
* \param msg_code response messages code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return *coap_packet_ptr The allocated and pre-filled response packet pointer
|
||||
* NULL Error in parsing the request
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_build_response(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_packet_ptr, uint8_t msg_code);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Initialise a message structure to empty
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *coap_msg_ptr is pointer to CoAP message to initialise
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is pointer passed in
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser_init_message(sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Allocate an empty message structure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is pointer to an empty CoAP message.\n
|
||||
* In following failure cases NULL is returned:\n
|
||||
* -Failure in given pointer (= NULL)\n
|
||||
* -Failure in memory allocation (malloc() returns NULL)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser_alloc_message(struct coap_s *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Allocates and initializes options list structure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param *coap_msg_ptr is pointer to CoAP message that will contain the options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the message already has a pointer to an option structure, that pointer
|
||||
* is returned, rather than a new structure being allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is pointer to the CoAP options structure.\n
|
||||
* In following failure cases NULL is returned:\n
|
||||
* -Failure in given pointer (= NULL)\n
|
||||
* -Failure in memory allocation (malloc() returns NULL)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern sn_coap_options_list_s *sn_coap_parser_alloc_options(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*\@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SN_COAP_HEADER_H_ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file sn_coap_header_internal.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Header file for CoAP Header part
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_HEADER_INTERNAL_H_
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_HEADER_INTERNAL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * DEFINES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
#define COAP_VERSION COAP_VERSION_1 /* Tells which IETF CoAP specification version the CoAP message supports. */
|
||||
/* This value is written to CoAP message header part. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* CoAP Header defines */
|
||||
#define COAP_HEADER_LENGTH 4 /* Fixed Header length of CoAP message as bytes */
|
||||
#define COAP_HEADER_VERSION_MASK 0xC0
|
||||
#define COAP_HEADER_MSG_TYPE_MASK 0x30
|
||||
#define COAP_HEADER_TOKEN_LENGTH_MASK 0x0F
|
||||
#define COAP_HEADER_MSG_ID_MSB_SHIFT 8
|
||||
|
||||
/* CoAP Options defines */
|
||||
#define COAP_OPTIONS_OPTION_NUMBER_SHIFT 4
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * ENUMERATIONS * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * STRUCTURES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief This structure is returned by sn_coap_exec() for sending
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct sn_nsdl_transmit_ {
|
||||
sn_nsdl_addr_s *dst_addr_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
sn_nsdl_capab_e protocol;
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t packet_len;
|
||||
uint8_t *packet_ptr;
|
||||
} sn_nsdl_transmit_s;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * EXTERNAL FUNCTION PROTOTYPES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_header_validity_check(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_e coap_version);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SN_COAP_HEADER_INTERNAL_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
231
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_coap_protocol.h
Normal file
231
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_coap_protocol.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file sn_coap_protocol.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CoAP C-library User protocol interface header file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_PROTOCOL_H_
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_PROTOCOL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup coap COAP
|
||||
* @ingroup network
|
||||
* @brief mbed CoAP APIs and Ameba wrappers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_header.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn struct coap_s *sn_coap_protocol_init(void *(*used_malloc_func_ptr)(uint16_t), void (*used_free_func_ptr)(void *), uint8_t (*used_tx_callback_ptr)(uint8_t *, uint16_t, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *), int8_t (*used_rx_callback_ptr)(sn_coap_hdr_s *, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *));
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Initializes CoAP Protocol part. When using libNsdl, sn_nsdl_init() calls this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *used_malloc_func_ptr is function pointer for used memory allocation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *used_free_func_ptr is function pointer for used memory free function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *used_tx_callback_ptr function callback pointer to tx function for sending coap messages
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *used_rx_callback_ptr used to return CoAP header struct with status COAP_STATUS_BUILDER_MESSAGE_SENDING_FAILED
|
||||
* when re-sendings exceeded. If set to NULL, no error message is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Pointer to handle when success\n
|
||||
* Null if failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern struct coap_s *sn_coap_protocol_init(void *(*used_malloc_func_ptr)(uint16_t), void (*used_free_func_ptr)(void *),
|
||||
uint8_t (*used_tx_callback_ptr)(uint8_t *, uint16_t, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *),
|
||||
int8_t (*used_rx_callback_ptr)(sn_coap_hdr_s *, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_protocol_destroy(struct coap_s *handle)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Frees all memory from CoAP protocol part
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is always 0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_destroy(struct coap_s *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int16_t sn_coap_protocol_build(struct coap_s *handle, sn_nsdl_addr_s *dst_addr_ptr, uint8_t *dst_packet_data_ptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, void *param)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Builds Packet data from given CoAP header structure to be sent
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_addr_ptr is pointer to destination address where CoAP message
|
||||
* will be sent (CoAP builder needs that information for message resending purposes)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_packet_data_ptr is pointer to destination of built Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_coap_msg_ptr is pointer to source of built Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param void pointer that will be passed to tx/rx function callback when those are called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note If message is blockwised, all payload is not sent at the same time
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is byte count of built Packet data.\n
|
||||
* In failure cases:\n
|
||||
* -1 = Failure in CoAP header structure\n
|
||||
* -2 = Failure in given pointer (= NULL)\n
|
||||
* -3 = Failure in Reset message\n
|
||||
* -4 = Failure in Resending message store\n
|
||||
* If there is not enough memory (or User given limit exceeded) for storing
|
||||
* resending messages, situation is ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int16_t sn_coap_protocol_build(struct coap_s *handle, sn_nsdl_addr_s *dst_addr_ptr, uint8_t *dst_packet_data_ptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, void *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_protocol_parse(struct coap_s *handle, sn_nsdl_addr_s *src_addr_ptr, uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, void *param)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Parses received CoAP message from given Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_addr_ptr is pointer to source address of received CoAP message
|
||||
* (CoAP parser needs that information for Message acknowledgement)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param packet_data_len is length of given Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *packet_data_ptr is pointer to source of Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *param void pointer that will be passed to tx/rx function callback when those are called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is pointer to parsed CoAP message structure. This structure includes also coap_status field.\n
|
||||
* In following failure cases NULL is returned:\n
|
||||
* -Given NULL pointer\n
|
||||
* -Failure in parsed header of non-confirmable message\n
|
||||
* -Out of memory (malloc() returns NULL)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_protocol_parse(struct coap_s *handle, sn_nsdl_addr_s *src_addr_ptr, uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, void *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_protocol_exec(struct coap_s *handle, uint32_t current_time)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Sends CoAP messages from re-sending queue, if there is any.
|
||||
* Cleans also old messages from the duplication list and from block receiving list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can be called e.g. once in a second but also more frequently.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param current_time is System time in seconds. This time is
|
||||
* used for message re-sending timing and to identify old saved data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return 0 = success\n
|
||||
* -1 = failed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_exec(struct coap_s *handle, uint32_t current_time);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_block_size(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t block_size)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief If block transfer is enabled, this function changes the block size.
|
||||
* \param handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param maximum size of CoAP payload. Valid sizes are 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 and 1024 bytes
|
||||
* \return 0 = success\n
|
||||
* -1 = failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_block_size(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t block_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_duplicate_buffer_size(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t message_count)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief If dublicate message detection is enabled, this function changes buffer size.
|
||||
* \param handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param message_count max number of messages saved for duplicate control
|
||||
* \return 0 = success\n
|
||||
* -1 = failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_duplicate_buffer_size(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t message_count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_retransmission_parameters(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t resending_count, uint8_t resending_intervall)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief If re-transmissions are enabled, this function changes resending count and interval.
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param resending_count max number of resendings for message
|
||||
* \param resending_intervall message resending intervall in seconds
|
||||
* \return 0 = success\n
|
||||
* -1 = failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_retransmission_parameters(struct coap_s *handle,
|
||||
uint8_t resending_count, uint8_t resending_interval);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_retransmission_buffer(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t buffer_size_messages, uint16_t buffer_size_bytes)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief If re-transmissions are enabled, this function changes message retransmission queue size.
|
||||
* Set size to '0' to disable feature. If both are set to '0', then re-sendings are disabled.
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param buffer_size_messages queue size - maximum number of messages to be saved to queue
|
||||
* \param buffer_size_bytes queue size - maximum size of messages saved to queue
|
||||
* \return 0 = success\n
|
||||
* -1 = failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_set_retransmission_buffer(struct coap_s *handle,
|
||||
uint8_t buffer_size_messages, uint16_t buffer_size_bytes);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn void sn_coap_protocol_clear_retransmission_buffer(struct coap_s *handle)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief If re-transmissions are enabled, this function removes all messages from the retransmission queue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void sn_coap_protocol_clear_retransmission_buffer(struct coap_s *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn sn_coap_protocol_block_remove(struct coap_s *handle, sn_nsdl_addr_s *source_address, uint16_t payload_length, void *payload)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Remove saved block data. Can be used to remove the data from RAM to enable storing it to other place.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param source_address Addres from where the block has been received.
|
||||
* \param payload_length Length of the coap payload of the block.
|
||||
* \param payload Coap payload of the block.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void sn_coap_protocol_block_remove(struct coap_s *handle, sn_nsdl_addr_s *source_address, uint16_t payload_length, void *payload);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn void sn_coap_protocol_delete_retransmission(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t msg_id)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief If re-transmissions are enabled, this function removes message from retransmission buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *handle Pointer to CoAP library handle
|
||||
* \param msg_id message ID to be removed
|
||||
* \return 0 = success\n
|
||||
* -1 = invalid parameter\n
|
||||
* -2 = message was not found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int8_t sn_coap_protocol_delete_retransmission(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t msg_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/*\@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SN_COAP_PROTOCOL_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file sn_coap_protocol_internal.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Header file for CoAP Protocol part
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_PROTOCOL_INTERNAL_H_
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_PROTOCOL_INTERNAL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ns_list.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_header_internal.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct sn_coap_hdr_;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * DEFINES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
/* * For Message resending * */
|
||||
#define ENABLE_RESENDINGS 1 /**< Enable / Disable resending from library in building */
|
||||
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_MAX_COUNT 3 /**< Default number of re-sendings */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS YOTTA_CFG_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS
|
||||
#elif defined MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS 2 /**< Default re-sending queue size - defines how many messages can be stored. Setting this to 0 disables feature */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES YOTTA_CFG_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES
|
||||
#elif defined MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES 0 /**< Default re-sending queue size - defines size of the re-sending buffer. Setting this to 0 disables feature */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT 10 /**< Default re-sending timeout as seconds */
|
||||
|
||||
/* These parameters sets maximum values application can set with API */
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_ALLOWED_RESENDING_COUNT 6 /**< Maximum allowed count of re-sending */
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_ALLOWED_RESENDING_BUFF_SIZE_MSGS 6 /**< Maximum allowed number of saved re-sending messages */
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_ALLOWED_RESENDING_BUFF_SIZE_BYTES 512 /**< Maximum allowed size of re-sending buffer */
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_ALLOWED_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT 40 /**< Maximum allowed re-sending timeout */
|
||||
|
||||
#define RESPONSE_RANDOM_FACTOR 1 /**< Resending random factor, value is specified in IETF CoAP specification */
|
||||
|
||||
/* * For Message duplication detecting * */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init value for the maximum count of messages to be stored for duplication detection */
|
||||
/* Setting of this value to 0 will disable duplication check, also reduce use of ROM memory */
|
||||
|
||||
// Keep the old flag to maintain backward compatibility
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT YOTTA_CFG_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT
|
||||
#elif defined MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum allowed number of saved messages for duplicate searching */
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_ALLOWED_DUPLICATION_MESSAGE_COUNT 6
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum time in seconds of messages to be stored for duplication detection */
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_TIME_MSGS_STORED 60 /* RESPONSE_TIMEOUT * RESPONSE_RANDOM_FACTOR * (2 ^ MAX_RETRANSMIT - 1) + the expected maximum round trip time */
|
||||
|
||||
/* * For Message blockwising * */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init value for the maximum payload size to be sent and received at one blockwise message */
|
||||
/* Setting of this value to 0 will disable this feature, and also reduce use of ROM memory */
|
||||
/* Note: This define is common for both received and sent Blockwise messages */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE YOTTA_CFG_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE
|
||||
#elif defined MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE 0 /**< Must be 2^x and x is at least 4. Suitable values: 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 and 1024 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_BLOCKWISE_MAX_TIME_DATA_STORED
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_BLOCKWISE_MAX_TIME_DATA_STORED 10 /**< Maximum time in seconds of data (messages and payload) to be stored for blockwising */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_BLOCK_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_BLOCK_MESSAGE_SIZE YOTTA_CFG_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_BLOCK_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#elif defined MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_BLOCK_MESSAGE_SIZE MBED_CONF_MBED_CLIENT_SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_BLOCK_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#define SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_BLOCK_MESSAGE_SIZE UINT16_MAX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* * For Option handling * */
|
||||
#define COAP_OPTION_MAX_AGE_DEFAULT 60 /**< Default value of Max-Age if option not present */
|
||||
#define COAP_OPTION_URI_PORT_NONE (-1) /**< Internal value to represent no Uri-Port option */
|
||||
#define COAP_OPTION_BLOCK_NONE (-1) /**< Internal value to represent no Block1/2 option */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE /* If Message blockwising is not used at all, this part of code will not be compiled */
|
||||
int8_t prepare_blockwise_message(struct coap_s *handle, struct sn_coap_hdr_ *coap_hdr_ptr);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Structure which is stored to Linked list for message sending purposes */
|
||||
typedef struct coap_send_msg_ {
|
||||
uint8_t resending_counter; /* Tells how many times message is still tried to resend */
|
||||
uint32_t resending_time; /* Tells next resending time */
|
||||
|
||||
sn_nsdl_transmit_s *send_msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
struct coap_s *coap; /* CoAP library handle */
|
||||
void *param; /* Extra parameter that will be passed to TX/RX callback functions */
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_link_t link;
|
||||
} coap_send_msg_s;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef NS_LIST_HEAD(coap_send_msg_s, link) coap_send_msg_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Structure which is stored to Linked list for message duplication detection purposes */
|
||||
typedef struct coap_duplication_info_ {
|
||||
uint32_t timestamp; /* Tells when duplication information is stored to Linked list */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t addr_len;
|
||||
uint8_t *addr_ptr;
|
||||
uint16_t port;
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t msg_id;
|
||||
|
||||
struct coap_s *coap; /* CoAP library handle */
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_link_t link;
|
||||
} coap_duplication_info_s;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef NS_LIST_HEAD(coap_duplication_info_s, link) coap_duplication_info_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Structure which is stored to Linked list for blockwise messages sending purposes */
|
||||
typedef struct coap_blockwise_msg_ {
|
||||
uint32_t timestamp; /* Tells when Blockwise message is stored to Linked list */
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_ptr;
|
||||
struct coap_s *coap; /* CoAP library handle */
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_link_t link;
|
||||
} coap_blockwise_msg_s;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef NS_LIST_HEAD(coap_blockwise_msg_s, link) coap_blockwise_msg_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Structure which is stored to Linked list for blockwise messages receiving purposes */
|
||||
typedef struct coap_blockwise_payload_ {
|
||||
uint32_t timestamp; /* Tells when Payload is stored to Linked list */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t addr_len;
|
||||
uint8_t *addr_ptr;
|
||||
uint16_t port;
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t payload_len;
|
||||
uint8_t *payload_ptr;
|
||||
struct coap_s *coap; /* CoAP library handle */
|
||||
|
||||
ns_list_link_t link;
|
||||
} coap_blockwise_payload_s;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef NS_LIST_HEAD(coap_blockwise_payload_s, link) coap_blockwise_payload_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
struct coap_s {
|
||||
void *(*sn_coap_protocol_malloc)(uint16_t);
|
||||
void (*sn_coap_protocol_free)(void *);
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t (*sn_coap_tx_callback)(uint8_t *, uint16_t, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *);
|
||||
int8_t (*sn_coap_rx_callback)(sn_coap_hdr_s *, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RESENDINGS /* If Message resending is not used at all, this part of code will not be compiled */
|
||||
coap_send_msg_list_t linked_list_resent_msgs; /* Active resending messages are stored to this Linked list */
|
||||
uint16_t count_resent_msgs;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT /* If Message duplication detection is not used at all, this part of code will not be compiled */
|
||||
coap_duplication_info_list_t linked_list_duplication_msgs; /* Messages for duplicated messages detection is stored to this Linked list */
|
||||
uint16_t count_duplication_msgs;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE /* If Message blockwise is not used at all, this part of code will not be compiled */
|
||||
coap_blockwise_msg_list_t linked_list_blockwise_sent_msgs; /* Blockwise message to to be sent is stored to this Linked list */
|
||||
coap_blockwise_payload_list_t linked_list_blockwise_received_payloads; /* Blockwise payload to to be received is stored to this Linked list */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t system_time; /* System time seconds */
|
||||
uint16_t sn_coap_block_data_size;
|
||||
uint8_t sn_coap_resending_queue_msgs;
|
||||
uint8_t sn_coap_resending_queue_bytes;
|
||||
uint8_t sn_coap_resending_count;
|
||||
uint8_t sn_coap_resending_intervall;
|
||||
uint8_t sn_coap_duplication_buffer_size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SN_COAP_PROTOCOL_INTERNAL_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
92
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_config.h
Normal file
92
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/include/sn_config.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SN_CONFIG_H
|
||||
#define SN_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_ameba_port.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Configuration options (set of defines and values)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This lists set of compile-time options that needs to be used to enable
|
||||
* or disable features selectively, and set the values for the mandatory
|
||||
* parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \def SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT
|
||||
* \brief For Message duplication detection
|
||||
* Init value for the maximum count of messages to be stored for duplication detection
|
||||
* Setting of this value to 0 will disable duplication check, also reduce use of ROM memory
|
||||
* Default is set to 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef SN_COAP_DUPLICATION_MAX_MSGS_COUNT /* 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \def SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief For Message blockwising
|
||||
* Init value for the maximum payload size to be sent and received at one blockwise message
|
||||
* Setting of this value to 0 will disable this feature, and also reduce use of ROM memory
|
||||
* Note: This define is common for both received and sent Blockwise messages
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef SN_COAP_MAX_BLOCKWISE_PAYLOAD_SIZE /* 0 */ // < Must be 2^x and x is at least 4. Suitable values: 0, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 and 1024
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \def COAP_DISABLE_OBS_FEATURE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Disables CoAP 'obs' sending feature
|
||||
* as part of registration message, this might be
|
||||
* needed to be enabled for some strict LWM2M server implementation.
|
||||
* By default, this feature is disabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef COAP_DISABLE_OBS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \def SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Sets the number of messages stored
|
||||
* in the resending queue. Default is 2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_MSGS /* 2 */ // < Default re-sending queue size - defines how many messages can be stored. Setting this to 0 disables feature
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \def SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Sets the size of the re-sending buffer.
|
||||
* Setting this to 0 disables this feature.
|
||||
* By default, this feature is disabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef SN_COAP_RESENDING_QUEUE_SIZE_BYTES /* 0 */ // Default re-sending queue size - defines size of the re-sending buffer. Setting this to 0 disables feature
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \def SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_MESSAGE_SIZE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Sets the maximum size (in bytes) that
|
||||
* mbed Client will allow to be handled while
|
||||
* receiving big payload in blockwise mode.
|
||||
* Application can set this value based on their
|
||||
* available storage capability.
|
||||
* By default, maximum size is UINT16_MAX, 65535 bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef SN_COAP_MAX_INCOMING_MESSAGE_SIZE /* UINT16_MAX */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MBED_CLIENT_USER_CONFIG_FILE
|
||||
#include MBED_CLIENT_USER_CONFIG_FILE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SN_CONFIG_H
|
||||
368
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_ameba_port.c
Normal file
368
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_ameba_port.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_ameba_port.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////ramdom function///////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
uint16_t randLIB_get_16bit(){
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char rnd[2];
|
||||
rtw_get_random_bytes(rnd,2);
|
||||
|
||||
return ( ((uint16_t)rnd[0] << 8) | ((uint16_t)rnd[1]) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////memory allocation///////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
void* coap_malloc(uint16_t size) {
|
||||
return pvPortMalloc(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void coap_free(void* addr) {
|
||||
vPortFree(addr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void* coap_calloc(uint32_t size){
|
||||
|
||||
if(size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *p = pvPortMalloc(size);
|
||||
|
||||
if(p){
|
||||
memset(p,0,size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////init CoAP protocol///////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
struct coap_s * coap_protocol_init( uint8_t (*coap_tx_callback)(uint8_t *, uint16_t, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *),
|
||||
int8_t (*coap_rx_callback)(sn_coap_hdr_s *, sn_nsdl_addr_s *, void *)){
|
||||
return sn_coap_protocol_init(&coap_malloc, &coap_free, coap_tx_callback, coap_rx_callback);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////send and receive///////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
int coap_sock_open(){
|
||||
|
||||
int socket_fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
#if COAP_DBG_EN
|
||||
if(socket_fd < 0){
|
||||
tr_debug("ERROR: open socket");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return socket_fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int coap_sock_close(int socket_fd){
|
||||
int r = close(socket_fd);
|
||||
|
||||
#if COAP_DBG_EN
|
||||
if (r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tr_debug("ERROR: close socket");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int coap_send(char *to_address, uint16_t port, int socket, sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_hdr){
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate the CoAP message size, allocate the memory and build the message
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t message_len = sn_coap_builder_calc_needed_packet_data_size(coap_msg_hdr);
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t* message_ptr = (uint8_t*)coap_malloc(message_len);
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_builder(message_ptr, coap_msg_hdr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send CoAP message
|
||||
|
||||
struct sockaddr_in internet_address;
|
||||
|
||||
memset((char *) &internet_address,0,sizeof(internet_address));
|
||||
|
||||
internet_address.sin_family = AF_INET;
|
||||
internet_address.sin_port = htons(port);
|
||||
//internet_address.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
|
||||
|
||||
struct hostent *host_entry;
|
||||
|
||||
host_entry = gethostbyname(to_address);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy((void *) &internet_address.sin_addr, (void *) host_entry->h_addr, host_entry->h_length);
|
||||
|
||||
int n = sendto(socket, message_ptr, message_len, 0, (struct sockaddr *)&internet_address, sizeof(internet_address));
|
||||
|
||||
#if COAP_DBG_EN
|
||||
if(n<0){
|
||||
tr_debug("ERROR: send message");
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
tr_debug("Send '%s' %d bytes",to_address,n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
coap_free(message_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int coap_recv(int socket, struct sockaddr_in *from_address, void *buf, uint32_t buf_size){
|
||||
|
||||
#if COAP_DBG_EN
|
||||
if(buf == NULL){
|
||||
tr_debug("ERROR: receive buffer == NULL");
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t addr_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
|
||||
|
||||
return recvfrom(socket, buf, buf_size, 0, (struct sockaddr *) from_address, &addr_len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////print header///////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
void coap_print_hdr(sn_coap_hdr_s* parsed_hdr){
|
||||
|
||||
char code[] = "0.00";
|
||||
int cat = (parsed_hdr->msg_code & 0xe0) >> 5;
|
||||
int dd = parsed_hdr->msg_code & 0x1f;
|
||||
sprintf(code, "%d.%.2x", cat, dd);
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\ttoken_len: %d\n", parsed_hdr->token_len);
|
||||
printf("\ttoken_ptr: %s\n", parsed_hdr->token_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\tcoap_status: %d ", parsed_hdr->coap_status);
|
||||
switch(parsed_hdr->coap_status){
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_OK:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_OK\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_PARSER_ERROR_IN_HEADER:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_PARSER_ERROR_IN_HEADER\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_PARSER_DUPLICATED_MSG:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_PARSER_DUPLICATED_MSG\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_RECEIVING:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_RECEIVING\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_ACK:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_ACK\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_REJECTED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_REJECTED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_RECEIVED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_PARSER_BLOCKWISE_MSG_RECEIVED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_STATUS_BUILDER_MESSAGE_SENDING_FAILED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_STATUS_BUILDER_MESSAGE_SENDING_FAILED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\tmsg_code: %s ", code);
|
||||
switch(parsed_hdr->msg_code){
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_EMPTY:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_EMPTY\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_GET:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_GET\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_POST:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_POST\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_PUT:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_PUT\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_DELETE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_DELETE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CREATED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CREATED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_DELETED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_DELETED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_VALID:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_VALID\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CHANGED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CHANGED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTENT:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTENT\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTINUE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTINUE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_REQUEST:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_REQUEST\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNAUTHORIZED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNAUTHORIZED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_OPTION:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_OPTION\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_FORBIDDEN:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_FORBIDDEN\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_FOUND:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_FOUND\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_ACCEPTABLE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_ACCEPTABLE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_INCOMPLETE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_INCOMPLETE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PRECONDITION_FAILED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PRECONDITION_FAILED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_FORMAT:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_FORMAT\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_IMPLEMENTED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_IMPLEMENTED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_GATEWAY:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_GATEWAY\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PROXYING_NOT_SUPPORTED:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PROXYING_NOT_SUPPORTED\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\tmsg_type: %.2x ", parsed_hdr->msg_type);
|
||||
switch(parsed_hdr->msg_type){
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_CONFIRMABLE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_TYPE_CONFIRMABLE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_NON_CONFIRMABLE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_TYPE_NON_CONFIRMABLE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_RESET:
|
||||
printf("COAP_MSG_TYPE_RESET\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\tcontent_format: %d ", parsed_hdr->content_format);
|
||||
switch(parsed_hdr->content_format){
|
||||
case COAP_CT_NONE:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_NONE\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT_TEXT_PLAIN:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_TEXT_PLAIN\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT_LINK_FORMAT:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_LINK_FORMAT\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT_XML:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_XML\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT_OCTET_STREAM:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_OCTET_STREAM\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT_EXI:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_EXI\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT_JSON:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT_JSON\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_CT__MAX:
|
||||
printf("COAP_CT__MAX\n");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\tmsg_id: %d\n", parsed_hdr->msg_id);
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\turi_path_len: %d\n", parsed_hdr->uri_path_len);
|
||||
printf("\turi_path_ptr: %s\n", parsed_hdr->uri_path_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\tpayload_len: %d\n", parsed_hdr->payload_len);
|
||||
printf("\tpayload_ptr: %s\n", parsed_hdr->payload_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
//printf("\toptions_list_ptr: %p\n", parsed_hdr->options_list_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
1069
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_builder.c
Normal file
1069
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_builder.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
99
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_header_check.c
Normal file
99
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_header_check.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \file sn_coap_header_check.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CoAP Header validity checker
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functionality: Checks validity of CoAP Header
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * INCLUDE FILES * * * */
|
||||
#include "ns_types.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_header.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_protocol.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_header_internal.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_protocol_internal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn int8_t sn_coap_header_validity_check(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_e coap_version)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Checks validity of given Header
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *src_coap_msg_ptr is source for building Packet data
|
||||
* \param coap_version is version of used CoAP specification
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is status of validity check. In ok cases 0 and in
|
||||
* failure cases -1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int8_t sn_coap_header_validity_check(sn_coap_hdr_s *src_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_e coap_version)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* * Check validity of CoAP Version * */
|
||||
if (coap_version != COAP_VERSION_1) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * Check validity of Message type * */
|
||||
switch (src_coap_msg_ptr->msg_type) {
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_CONFIRMABLE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_NON_CONFIRMABLE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_TYPE_RESET:
|
||||
break; /* Ok cases */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return -1; /* Failed case */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * Check validity of Message code * */
|
||||
switch (src_coap_msg_ptr->msg_code) {
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_EMPTY:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_GET:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_POST:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_PUT:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_REQUEST_DELETE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CREATED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_DELETED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_VALID:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CHANGED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTENT:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_REQUEST:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNAUTHORIZED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_OPTION:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_FORBIDDEN:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_FOUND:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_ACCEPTABLE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_INCOMPLETE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PRECONDITION_FAILED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_FORMAT:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_NOT_IMPLEMENTED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_BAD_GATEWAY:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_PROXYING_NOT_SUPPORTED:
|
||||
case COAP_MSG_CODE_RESPONSE_CONTINUE:
|
||||
break; /* Ok cases */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return -1; /* Failed case */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Success */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
762
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_parser.c
Normal file
762
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_parser.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011-2015 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
|
||||
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*\file sn_coap_parser.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CoAP Header parser
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functionality: Parses CoAP Header
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * INCLUDE FILES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h> /* For memset() and memcpy() */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ns_types.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_header.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_protocol.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_header_internal.h"
|
||||
#include "sn_coap_protocol_internal.h"
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * LOCAL FUNCTION PROTOTYPES * * * */
|
||||
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
|
||||
|
||||
static void sn_coap_parser_header_parse(uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_e *coap_version_ptr);
|
||||
static int8_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr, uint8_t *packet_data_start_ptr, uint16_t packet_len);
|
||||
static int8_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, uint16_t packet_left_len, uint8_t **dst_pptr, uint16_t *dst_len_ptr, sn_coap_option_numbers_e option, uint16_t option_number_len);
|
||||
static int16_t sn_coap_parser_options_count_needed_memory_multiple_option(uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, uint16_t packet_left_len, sn_coap_option_numbers_e option, uint16_t option_number_len);
|
||||
static int8_t sn_coap_parser_payload_parse(uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_start_ptr, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser_init_message(sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* * * * Check given pointer * * * */
|
||||
if (coap_msg_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* XXX not technically legal to memset pointers to 0 */
|
||||
memset(coap_msg_ptr, 0x00, sizeof(sn_coap_hdr_s));
|
||||
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->content_format = COAP_CT_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
return coap_msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser_alloc_message(struct coap_s *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sn_coap_hdr_s *returned_coap_msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Check given pointer * * * */
|
||||
if (handle == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Allocate memory for returned CoAP message and initialize allocated memory with with default values * * * */
|
||||
returned_coap_msg_ptr = handle->sn_coap_protocol_malloc(sizeof(sn_coap_hdr_s));
|
||||
|
||||
return sn_coap_parser_init_message(returned_coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_options_list_s *sn_coap_parser_alloc_options(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* * * * Check given pointers * * * */
|
||||
if (handle == NULL || coap_msg_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * If the message already has options, return them * * * */
|
||||
if (coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr) {
|
||||
return coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Allocate memory for options and initialize allocated memory with with default values * * * */
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr = handle->sn_coap_protocol_malloc(sizeof(sn_coap_options_list_s));
|
||||
|
||||
if (coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* XXX not technically legal to memset pointers to 0 */
|
||||
memset(coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr, 0x00, sizeof(sn_coap_options_list_s));
|
||||
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->max_age = COAP_OPTION_MAX_AGE_DEFAULT;
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_port = COAP_OPTION_URI_PORT_NONE;
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->observe = COAP_OBSERVE_NONE;
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->accept = COAP_CT_NONE;
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->block2 = COAP_OPTION_BLOCK_NONE;
|
||||
coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->block1 = COAP_OPTION_BLOCK_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
return coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sn_coap_hdr_s *sn_coap_parser(struct coap_s *handle, uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, coap_version_e *coap_version_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t *data_temp_ptr = packet_data_ptr;
|
||||
sn_coap_hdr_s *parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Check given pointer * * * */
|
||||
if (packet_data_ptr == NULL || packet_data_len < 4 || handle == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Allocate and initialize CoAP message * * * */
|
||||
parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr = sn_coap_parser_alloc_message(handle);
|
||||
|
||||
if (parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Header parsing, move pointer over the header... * * * */
|
||||
sn_coap_parser_header_parse(&data_temp_ptr, parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Options parsing, move pointer over the options... * * * */
|
||||
if (sn_coap_parser_options_parse(handle, &data_temp_ptr, parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr, packet_data_ptr, packet_data_len) != 0) {
|
||||
parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr->coap_status = COAP_STATUS_PARSER_ERROR_IN_HEADER;
|
||||
return parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Payload parsing * * * */
|
||||
if (sn_coap_parser_payload_parse(packet_data_len, packet_data_ptr, &data_temp_ptr, parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr) == -1) {
|
||||
parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr->coap_status = COAP_STATUS_PARSER_ERROR_IN_HEADER;
|
||||
return parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * * Return parsed CoAP message * * * * */
|
||||
return parsed_and_returned_coap_msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void sn_coap_parser_release_allocated_coap_msg_mem(struct coap_s *handle, sn_coap_hdr_s *freed_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (handle == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->uri_path_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->uri_path_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->token_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->token_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->etag_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->etag_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_path_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_path_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_query_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_query_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_query_ptr != NULL) {
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_query_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
handle->sn_coap_protocol_free(freed_coap_msg_ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn static void sn_coap_parser_header_parse(uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_e *coap_version_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Parses CoAP message's Header part from given Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param **packet_data_ptr is source for Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_coap_msg_ptr is destination for parsed CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *coap_version_ptr is destination for parsed CoAP specification version
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void sn_coap_parser_header_parse(uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr, coap_version_e *coap_version_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Parse CoAP Version and message type*/
|
||||
*coap_version_ptr = (coap_version_e)(**packet_data_pptr & COAP_HEADER_VERSION_MASK);
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->msg_type = (sn_coap_msg_type_e)(**packet_data_pptr & COAP_HEADER_MSG_TYPE_MASK);
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse Message code */
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->msg_code = (sn_coap_msg_code_e) **packet_data_pptr;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse Message ID */
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->msg_id = *(*packet_data_pptr + 1);
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->msg_id += **packet_data_pptr << COAP_HEADER_MSG_ID_MSB_SHIFT;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += 2;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Parses a variable-length uint value from an option
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param **packet_data_pptr is source of option data to be parsed
|
||||
* \param option_len is length of option data (will be 0-4)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is value of uint
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, uint8_t option_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t value = 0;
|
||||
while (option_len--) {
|
||||
value <<= 8;
|
||||
value |= *(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn static uint8_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse(uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Parses CoAP message's Options part from given Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param **packet_data_pptr is source of Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
* \param *dst_coap_msg_ptr is destination for parsed CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is 0 in ok case and -1 in failure case
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int8_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr, uint8_t *packet_data_start_ptr, uint16_t packet_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t previous_option_number = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t i = 0;
|
||||
int8_t ret_status = 0;
|
||||
uint16_t message_left = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse token, if exists */
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_len = *packet_data_start_ptr & COAP_HEADER_TOKEN_LENGTH_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_len) {
|
||||
if ((dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_len > 8) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_ptr) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_ptr = handle->sn_coap_protocol_malloc(dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_ptr, *packet_data_pptr, dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_len);
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += dst_coap_msg_ptr->token_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
message_left = packet_len - ((*packet_data_pptr) - packet_data_start_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Loop all Options */
|
||||
while (message_left && (**packet_data_pptr != 0xff)) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get option length WITHOUT extensions */
|
||||
uint16_t option_len = (**packet_data_pptr & 0x0F);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Option number length 15 is reserved for the future use - ERROR */
|
||||
if (option_len == 15) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve option delta */
|
||||
uint16_t option_number = (**packet_data_pptr >> COAP_OPTIONS_OPTION_NUMBER_SHIFT);
|
||||
|
||||
if (option_number == 13) {
|
||||
option_number = *(*packet_data_pptr + 1) + 13;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
} else if (option_number == 14) {
|
||||
option_number = *(*packet_data_pptr + 2);
|
||||
option_number += (*(*packet_data_pptr + 1) << 8) + 269;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Option number 15 reserved for payload marker. This is handled as a error! */
|
||||
else if (option_number == 15) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add previous option to option delta and get option number */
|
||||
option_number += previous_option_number;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add possible option length extension to resolve full length of the option */
|
||||
if (option_len == 13) {
|
||||
option_len = *(*packet_data_pptr + 1) + 13;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
} else if (option_len == 14) {
|
||||
option_len = *(*packet_data_pptr + 2);
|
||||
option_len += (*(*packet_data_pptr + 1) << 8) + 269;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
message_left = packet_len - (*packet_data_pptr - packet_data_start_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* * * Parse option itself * * */
|
||||
/* Some options are handled independently in own functions */
|
||||
previous_option_number = option_number;
|
||||
/* Allocate options_list_ptr if needed */
|
||||
switch (option_number) {
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_MAX_AGE:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_PROXY_URI:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_ETAG:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_HOST:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_PATH:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_PORT:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_QUERY:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_OBSERVE:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_QUERY:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_BLOCK2:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_BLOCK1:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_ACCEPT:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_SIZE1:
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_SIZE2:
|
||||
if (sn_coap_parser_alloc_options(handle, dst_coap_msg_ptr) == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse option */
|
||||
switch (option_number) {
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_CONTENT_FORMAT:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 2) || (dst_coap_msg_ptr->content_format != COAP_CT_NONE)) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->content_format = (sn_coap_content_format_e) sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_MAX_AGE:
|
||||
if (option_len > 4) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->max_age = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_PROXY_URI:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 1034) || (option_len < 1) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_ptr) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_len = option_len;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_ptr = handle->sn_coap_protocol_malloc(option_len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy(dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->proxy_uri_ptr, *packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += option_len;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_ETAG:
|
||||
/* This is managed independently because User gives this option in one character table */
|
||||
|
||||
ret_status = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(handle, packet_data_pptr,
|
||||
message_left,
|
||||
&dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->etag_ptr,
|
||||
(uint16_t *)&dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->etag_len,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_ETAG, option_len);
|
||||
if (ret_status >= 0) {
|
||||
i += (ret_status - 1); /* i += is because possible several Options are handled by sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options() */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_HOST:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 255) || (option_len < 1) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_ptr) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_len = option_len;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_ptr = handle->sn_coap_protocol_malloc(option_len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy(dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_host_ptr, *packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += option_len;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_PATH:
|
||||
if (dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_path_ptr) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* This is managed independently because User gives this option in one character table */
|
||||
ret_status = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(handle, packet_data_pptr, message_left,
|
||||
&dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_path_ptr, &dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_path_len,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_PATH, option_len);
|
||||
if (ret_status >= 0) {
|
||||
i += (ret_status - 1); /* i += is because possible several Options are handled by sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options() */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_PORT:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 2) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_port != COAP_OPTION_URI_PORT_NONE) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_port = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_QUERY:
|
||||
ret_status = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(handle, packet_data_pptr, message_left,
|
||||
&dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_query_ptr, &dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->location_query_len,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_QUERY, option_len);
|
||||
if (ret_status >= 0) {
|
||||
i += (ret_status - 1); /* i += is because possible several Options are handled by sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options() */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_PATH:
|
||||
ret_status = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(handle, packet_data_pptr, message_left,
|
||||
&dst_coap_msg_ptr->uri_path_ptr, &dst_coap_msg_ptr->uri_path_len,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_URI_PATH, option_len);
|
||||
if (ret_status >= 0) {
|
||||
i += (ret_status - 1); /* i += is because possible several Options are handled by sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options() */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_OBSERVE:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 2) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->observe != COAP_OBSERVE_NONE) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->observe = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_URI_QUERY:
|
||||
ret_status = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(handle, packet_data_pptr, message_left,
|
||||
&dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_query_ptr, &dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->uri_query_len,
|
||||
COAP_OPTION_URI_QUERY, option_len);
|
||||
if (ret_status >= 0) {
|
||||
i += (ret_status - 1); /* i += is because possible several Options are handled by sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options() */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_BLOCK2:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 3) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->block2 != COAP_OPTION_BLOCK_NONE) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->block2 = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_BLOCK1:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 3) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->block1 != COAP_OPTION_BLOCK_NONE) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->block1 = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_ACCEPT:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 2) || (dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->accept != COAP_CT_NONE)) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->accept = (sn_coap_content_format_e) sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_SIZE1:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 4) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->use_size1) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->use_size1 = true;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->size1 = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case COAP_OPTION_SIZE2:
|
||||
if ((option_len > 4) || dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->use_size2) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->use_size2 = true;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->options_list_ptr->size2 = sn_coap_parser_options_parse_uint(packet_data_pptr, option_len);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for overflow */
|
||||
if ((*packet_data_pptr - packet_data_start_ptr) > packet_len) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
message_left = packet_len - (*packet_data_pptr - packet_data_start_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn static int8_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, uint8_t options_count_left, uint8_t *previous_option_number_ptr, uint8_t **dst_pptr,
|
||||
* uint16_t *dst_len_ptr, sn_coap_option_numbers_e option, uint16_t option_number_len)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Parses CoAP message's Uri-query options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param **packet_data_pptr is source for Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_coap_msg_ptr is destination for parsed CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param options_count_left tells how many options are unhandled in Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *previous_option_number_ptr is pointer to used and returned previous Option number
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Return value is count of Uri-query optios parsed. In failure case -1 is returned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int8_t sn_coap_parser_options_parse_multiple_options(struct coap_s *handle, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, uint16_t packet_left_len, uint8_t **dst_pptr, uint16_t *dst_len_ptr, sn_coap_option_numbers_e option, uint16_t option_number_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int16_t uri_query_needed_heap = sn_coap_parser_options_count_needed_memory_multiple_option(*packet_data_pptr, packet_left_len, option, option_number_len);
|
||||
uint8_t *temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr = NULL;
|
||||
uint8_t returned_option_counter = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (uri_query_needed_heap == -1) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (uri_query_needed_heap) {
|
||||
*dst_pptr = (uint8_t *) handle->sn_coap_protocol_malloc(uri_query_needed_heap);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*dst_pptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*dst_len_ptr = uri_query_needed_heap;
|
||||
|
||||
temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr = *dst_pptr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Loop all Uri-Query options */
|
||||
while ((temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr - *dst_pptr) < uri_query_needed_heap) {
|
||||
/* Check if this is first Uri-Query option */
|
||||
if (returned_option_counter > 0) {
|
||||
/* Uri-Query is modified to following format: temp1'\0'temp2'\0'temp3 i.e. */
|
||||
/* Uri-Path is modified to following format: temp1\temp2\temp3 i.e. */
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_URI_QUERY || option == COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_QUERY || option == COAP_OPTION_ETAG || option == COAP_OPTION_ACCEPT) {
|
||||
memset(temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr, '&', 1);
|
||||
} else if (option == COAP_OPTION_URI_PATH || option == COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_PATH) {
|
||||
memset(temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr, '/', 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
returned_option_counter++;
|
||||
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (((temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr - *dst_pptr) + option_number_len) > uri_query_needed_heap) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr, *packet_data_pptr, option_number_len);
|
||||
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += option_number_len;
|
||||
temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr += option_number_len;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((temp_parsed_uri_query_ptr - *dst_pptr) >= uri_query_needed_heap || ((**packet_data_pptr >> COAP_OPTIONS_OPTION_NUMBER_SHIFT) != 0)) {
|
||||
return returned_option_counter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
option_number_len = (**packet_data_pptr & 0x0F);
|
||||
if (option_number_len == 13) {
|
||||
option_number_len = *(*packet_data_pptr + 1) + 13;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
} else if (option_number_len == 14) {
|
||||
option_number_len = *(*packet_data_pptr + 2);
|
||||
option_number_len += (*(*packet_data_pptr + 1) << 8) + 269;
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr) += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return returned_option_counter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn static uint16_t sn_coap_parser_options_count_needed_memory_multiple_option(uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, uint8_t options_count_left, uint8_t previous_option_number, sn_coap_option_numbers_e option, uint16_t option_number_len)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Counts needed memory for uri query option
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *packet_data_ptr is start of source for Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param options_count_left tells how many options are unhandled in Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param previous_option_number is previous Option number
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sn_coap_option_numbers_e option option number to be calculated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param uint16_t option_number_len length of the first option part
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int16_t sn_coap_parser_options_count_needed_memory_multiple_option(uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, uint16_t packet_left_len, sn_coap_option_numbers_e option, uint16_t option_number_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t ret_value = 0;
|
||||
uint16_t i = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Loop all Uri-Query options */
|
||||
while (i <= packet_left_len) {
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_PATH && option_number_len > 255) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_URI_PATH && option_number_len > 255) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_URI_QUERY && option_number_len > 255) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_LOCATION_QUERY && option_number_len > 255) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_ACCEPT && option_number_len > 2) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (option == COAP_OPTION_ETAG && option_number_len > 8) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
i += option_number_len;
|
||||
ret_value += option_number_len + 1; /* + 1 is for separator */
|
||||
|
||||
if( i == packet_left_len ) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if( i > packet_left_len ) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((*(packet_data_ptr + i) >> COAP_OPTIONS_OPTION_NUMBER_SHIFT) != 0) {
|
||||
return (ret_value - 1); /* -1 because last Part path does not include separator */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
option_number_len = (*(packet_data_ptr + i) & 0x0F);
|
||||
|
||||
if (option_number_len == 13) {
|
||||
|
||||
if(i + 1 >= packet_left_len) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
option_number_len = *(packet_data_ptr + i) + 13;
|
||||
} else if (option_number_len == 14) {
|
||||
|
||||
if(i + 2 >= packet_left_len) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
option_number_len = *(packet_data_ptr + i + 2);
|
||||
option_number_len += (*(packet_data_ptr + i + 1) << 8) + 269;
|
||||
i += 2;
|
||||
} else if (option_number_len == 15) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret_value != 0) {
|
||||
return (ret_value - 1); /* -1 because last Part path does not include separator */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \fn static void sn_coap_parser_payload_parse(uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_ptr, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Parses CoAP message's Payload part from given Packet data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param packet_data_len is length of given Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *packet_data_ptr is start of source for Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param **packet_data_pptr is source for Packet data to be parsed to CoAP message
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param *dst_coap_msg_ptr is destination for parsed CoAP message
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
static int8_t sn_coap_parser_payload_parse(uint16_t packet_data_len, uint8_t *packet_data_start_ptr, uint8_t **packet_data_pptr, sn_coap_hdr_s *dst_coap_msg_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If there is payload */
|
||||
if ((*packet_data_pptr - packet_data_start_ptr) < packet_data_len) {
|
||||
if (**packet_data_pptr == 0xff) {
|
||||
(*packet_data_pptr)++;
|
||||
/* Parse Payload length */
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->payload_len = packet_data_len - (*packet_data_pptr - packet_data_start_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* The presence of a marker followed by a zero-length payload MUST be processed as a message format error */
|
||||
if (dst_coap_msg_ptr->payload_len == 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse Payload by setting CoAP message's payload_ptr to point Payload in Packet data */
|
||||
dst_coap_msg_ptr->payload_ptr = *packet_data_pptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* No payload marker.. */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
2080
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_protocol.c
Normal file
2080
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/coap/sn_coap_protocol.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1168
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/dhcp/dhcps.c
Normal file
1168
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/dhcp/dhcps.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
161
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/dhcp/dhcps.h
Normal file
161
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/dhcp/dhcps.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DHCPS_H__
|
||||
#define __DHCPS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/arch.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <platform/platform_stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CONFIG_DHCPS_KEPT_CLIENT_INFO
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCP_POOL_START 100
|
||||
#define DHCP_POOL_END 200
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCPS_MAX_CLIENT_NUM (DHCP_POOL_END-DHCP_POOL_START+1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_USE_FIXED_IP 0
|
||||
#define debug_dhcps 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* dhcp server states */
|
||||
#define DHCP_SERVER_STATE_OFFER (1)
|
||||
#define DHCP_SERVER_STATE_DECLINE (2)
|
||||
#define DHCP_SERVER_STATE_ACK (3)
|
||||
#define DHCP_SERVER_STATE_NAK (4)
|
||||
#define DHCP_SERVER_STATE_IDLE (5)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define BOOTP_BROADCAST (0x8000)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_OP_REQUEST (1)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_OP_REPLY (2)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_HTYPE (1)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_HLEN (6)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DNS_SERVER_PORT (53)
|
||||
#define DHCP_SERVER_PORT (67)
|
||||
#define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT (68)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_DISCOVER (1)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_OFFER (2)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_REQUEST (3)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_DECLINE (4)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_ACK (5)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_NAK (6)
|
||||
#define DHCP_MESSAGE_TYPE_RELEASE (7)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_LENGTH_ONE (1)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_LENGTH_TWO (2)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_LENGTH_THREE (3)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_LENGTH_FOUR (4)
|
||||
#ifndef DHCP_MSG_LEN
|
||||
#define DHCP_MSG_LEN 236
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_TOTAL_LENGTH_MAX 312 //(51)= 4(magic)+3(type)+44(option code: 1,3,6,51,54,28,26,32,end)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_SUBNET_MASK (1)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_ROUTER (3)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_DNS_SERVER (6)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_INTERFACE_MTU (26)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_BROADCAST_ADDRESS (28)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_PERFORM_ROUTER_DISCOVERY (31)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_REQUEST_IP_ADDRESS (50)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_LEASE_TIME (51)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_MSG_TYPE (53)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_SERVER_ID (54)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_REQ_LIST (55)
|
||||
#define DHCP_OPTION_CODE_END (255)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_FREE_TO_USE (1)
|
||||
#define IP_ALREADY_IN_USE (0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define HW_ADDRESS_LENGTH (6)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reference by RFC 2131 */
|
||||
struct dhcp_msg {
|
||||
uint8_t op; /* Message op code/message type. 1 = BOOTREQUEST, 2 = BOOTREPLY */
|
||||
uint8_t htype; /* Hardware address type */
|
||||
uint8_t hlen; /* Hardware address length */
|
||||
uint8_t hops; /* Client sets to zero, optionally used by relay agents
|
||||
when booting via a relay agent */
|
||||
uint8_t xid[4]; /* Transaction ID, a random number chosen by the client,
|
||||
used by the client and server to associate messages and
|
||||
responses between a client and a server */
|
||||
uint16_t secs; /* Filled in by client, seconds elapsed since client began address
|
||||
acquisition or renewal process.*/
|
||||
uint16_t flags; /* bit 0: Broadcast flag, bit 1~15:MBZ must 0*/
|
||||
uint8_t ciaddr[4]; /* Client IP address; only filled in if client is in BOUND,
|
||||
RENEW or REBINDING state and can respond to ARP requests. */
|
||||
uint8_t yiaddr[4]; /* 'your' (client) IP address */
|
||||
uint8_t siaddr[4]; /* IP address of next server to use in bootstrap;
|
||||
returned in DHCPOFFER, DHCPACK by server. */
|
||||
uint8_t giaddr[4]; /* Relay agent IP address, used in booting via a relay agent.*/
|
||||
uint8_t chaddr[16]; /* Client hardware address */
|
||||
uint8_t sname[64]; /* Optional server host name, null terminated string.*/
|
||||
uint8_t file[128]; /* Boot file name, null terminated string; "generic" name or
|
||||
null in DHCPDISCOVER, fully qualified directory-path name in DHCPOFFER.*/
|
||||
uint8_t options[312]; /* Optional parameters field. reference the RFC 2132 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* use this to check whether the message is dhcp related or not */
|
||||
static const uint8_t dhcp_magic_cookie[4] = {99, 130, 83, 99};
|
||||
static const uint8_t dhcp_option_lease_time[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x20}; //1 day
|
||||
//static const uint8_t dhcp_option_lease_time[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x10}; // one hour
|
||||
//static const uint8_t dhcp_option_interface_mtu_576[] = {0x02, 0x40};
|
||||
static const uint8_t dhcp_option_interface_mtu[] = {0x05, 0xDC};
|
||||
|
||||
struct table {
|
||||
uint32_t ip_range[8];
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DHCPS_KEPT_CLIENT_INFO
|
||||
uint8_t client_mac[DHCPS_MAX_CLIENT_NUM][6];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct address_pool{
|
||||
uint32_t start;
|
||||
uint32_t end;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
/** DNS message header */
|
||||
struct dns_hdr {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags1);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags2);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numquestions);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numanswers);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numauthrr);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numextrarr);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* 01~32 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE1_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[0]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 33~64 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE2_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[1]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 65~96 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE3_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[2]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 97~128 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE4_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[3]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 129~160 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE5_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[4]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 161~192 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE6_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[5]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 193~224 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE7_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[6]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
/* 225~255 */
|
||||
#define MARK_RANGE8_IP_BIT(table, ip) ((table.ip_range[7]) | (1 << ((ip) - 1)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* expose API */
|
||||
void dhcps_set_addr_pool(int addr_pool_set, struct ip_addr * addr_pool_start, struct ip_addr *addr_pool_end);
|
||||
void dhcps_init(struct netif * pnetif);
|
||||
void dhcps_deinit(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern struct netif *netif_default;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
233
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpc/httpc.h
Normal file
233
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpc/httpc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file httpc.h
|
||||
* @author
|
||||
* @version
|
||||
* @brief This file provides user interface for HTTP/HTTPS client.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module is a confidential and proprietary property of RealTek and possession or use of this module requires written permission of RealTek.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright(c) 2016, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef _HTTPC_H_
|
||||
#define _HTTPC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup httpc HTTPC
|
||||
* @ingroup network
|
||||
* @brief HTTP/HTTPS client functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
|
||||
#include "platform_opts.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPC_SECURE_NONE 0 /*!< Running with HTTP client */
|
||||
#define HTTPC_SECURE_TLS 1 /*!< Running with HTTPS client */
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPC_DEBUG_OFF 0 /*!< Disable httpc debug log */
|
||||
#define HTTPC_DEBUG_ON 1 /*!< Enable httpc debug log */
|
||||
#define HTTPC_DEBUG_VERBOSE 2 /*!< Enable httpc verbose debug log */
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL 0 /*!< Use PolarSSL for TLS when HTTPS */
|
||||
#define HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS 1 /*!< Use mbedTLS for TLS when HTTPS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
|
||||
#define HTTPC_USE_TLS HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
|
||||
#define HTTPC_USE_TLS HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The structure is the context used for HTTP response header parsing.
|
||||
* @note Only header string includes string terminator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct http_response {
|
||||
uint8_t *header; /*!< HTTP header string parsed in HTTP response */
|
||||
size_t header_len; /*!< HTTP header string length */
|
||||
uint8_t *version; /*!< Pointer to HTTP version in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t version_len; /*!< HTTP version data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *status; /*!< Pointer to HTTP status code in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t status_len; /*!< HTTP status code data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *content_type; /*!< Pointer to Content-Type header field in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t content_type_len; /*!< Content-Type header field data length */
|
||||
size_t content_len; /*!< Value of Content-Length header field parsed in HTTP header string */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The structure is the context used for connection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct httpc_conn {
|
||||
int ignore_content_len;
|
||||
int sock; /*!< Client socket descriptor for connection */
|
||||
struct http_response response; /*!< Context for HTTP response */
|
||||
void *tls; /*!< Context for TLS connection */
|
||||
uint8_t *request_header; /*!< Pointer to transmission buffer of HTTP request header */
|
||||
char *host; /*!< String of server host name or IP */
|
||||
uint16_t port; /*!< Service port */
|
||||
char *user_password; /*!< Base64 string for HTTP basic authorization */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to generate connection context for an HTTP/HTTPS client.
|
||||
* @param[in] secure: security mode for HTTP or HTTPS. Must be HTTPD_SECURE_NONE, HTTPD_SECURE_TLS.
|
||||
* @param[in] client_cert: string of client certificate if required to be verified by server.
|
||||
* @param[in] client_key: string of client private key if required to be verified by server.
|
||||
* @param[in] ca_certs: string including certificates in CA trusted chain if want to verify server certificate.
|
||||
* @return pointer to the generated connection context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct httpc_conn *httpc_conn_new(uint8_t secure, char *client_cert, char *client_key, char *ca_certs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to deallocate a connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_conn_free(struct httpc_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to connect to a server.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] host: string of server host name or IP
|
||||
* @param[in] port: service port
|
||||
* @param[in] timeout: connection timeout in seconds
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_conn_connect(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *host, uint16_t port, uint32_t timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to close connection from a server.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_conn_close(struct httpc_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup authorization for connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] user: string of user name for authorization
|
||||
* @param[in] password: string of password for authorization
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
* @note Must be used before httpc_conn_connect() if basic authorization is used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_conn_setup_user_password(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *user, char *password);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup httpc debug.
|
||||
* @param[in] debug: flag to enable/disable httpc debug. Must be HTTPC_DEBUG_OFF, HTTPC_DEBUG_ON, HTTPC_DEBUG_VERBOSE.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_setup_debug(uint8_t debug);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to enable ignoring content_len eqauls 0.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_enable_ignore_content_len(struct httpc_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to set if using HTTP/1.0 in HTTP request header generated by httpc_request_write_header_start()
|
||||
* @param[in] used: 0 to not use HTTP/1.0, 1 to use HTTP/1.0
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_set_http_1_0_request_used(uint8_t used);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to free memory allocated by httpc API, such as httpc_response_get_header_field().
|
||||
* @param[in] ptr: pointer to memory to be deallocated
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_free(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to dump the parsed HTTP header of response in connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context. The data that can be stored in the following each arguments is 99 bytes or less.
|
||||
* conn->response.status
|
||||
* conn->response.content_type
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpc_conn_dump_header(struct httpc_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to start a HTTP request in connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] method: string of HTTP method in HTTP request
|
||||
* @param[in] resource: string including path and query string to identify a resource
|
||||
* @param[in] content_type: string of Content-Type header field written to HTTP request. No Content-Type in HTTP request if NULL.
|
||||
* @param[in] content_len: value of Content-Length header field written to HTTP request. No Content-Length in HTTP request if NULL.
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_request_write_header_start(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *method, char *resource, char *content_type, size_t content_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to add an HTTP header field to HTTP request.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] name: HTTP header field name string
|
||||
* @param[in] value: HTTP header field value
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_request_write_header(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *name, char *value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP request header data to connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_request_write_header_finish(struct httpc_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP request body data to connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] data: data to be written
|
||||
* @param[in] data_len: data length
|
||||
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_request_write_data(struct httpc_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to check HTTP status of response in connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] status: HTTP status string to compare with
|
||||
* @return 0 : if different
|
||||
* @return 1 : if matched
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_response_is_status(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *status);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to read HTTP header from client socket descriptor and parse content to connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_response_read_header(struct httpc_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to read data from HTTP/HTTPS connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[out] data: buffer for data read
|
||||
* @param[in] data_len: buffer length
|
||||
* @return return value of lwip socket read() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_read() for HTTPS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_response_read_data(struct httpc_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to get a header field from HTTP header of connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] field: header field string to search
|
||||
* @param[out] value: search result stored in memory allocated
|
||||
* @return 0 : if found
|
||||
* @return -1 : if not found
|
||||
* @note The search result memory should be free by httpc_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpc_response_get_header_field(struct httpc_conn *conn, char *field, char **value);
|
||||
|
||||
/*\@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _HTTPC_H_ */
|
||||
381
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpc/httpc_tls.c
Normal file
381
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpc/httpc_tls.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
|
||||
#include "osdep_service.h"
|
||||
#include <lwip/sockets.h>
|
||||
#include "httpc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int httpc_setsockopt_rcvtimeo(struct httpc_conn* conn, int recv_timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
#if defined(LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_NONSTANDARD) && (LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_NONSTANDARD == 0) //lwip 2.0.2
|
||||
struct timeval timeout;
|
||||
timeout.tv_sec = recv_timeout / 1000;
|
||||
timeout.tv_usec = ( recv_timeout % 1000 ) * 1000;
|
||||
ret = setsockopt(conn->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVTIMEO, &timeout, sizeof(timeout));
|
||||
#else //lwip 1.4.1
|
||||
ret = setsockopt(conn->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVTIMEO, &recv_timeout, sizeof(recv_timeout));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
#include "polarssl/ssl.h"
|
||||
#include "polarssl/memory.h"
|
||||
#include "polarssl/base64.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct httpc_tls {
|
||||
ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for PolarSSL */
|
||||
x509_crt ca; /*!< CA certificates */
|
||||
x509_crt cert; /*!< Certificate */
|
||||
pk_context key; /*!< Private key */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int _verify_func(void *data, x509_crt *crt, int depth, int *flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[1024];
|
||||
x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
|
||||
|
||||
if(*flags)
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/platform.h"
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/net_sockets.h"
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/base64.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct httpc_tls {
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for mbedTLS */
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config conf; /*!< Configuration for mbedTLS */
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt ca; /*!< CA certificates */
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt cert; /*!< Certificate */
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_context key; /*!< Private key */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int _verify_func(void *data, mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int depth, uint32_t *flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* To avoid gcc warnings */
|
||||
( void ) data;
|
||||
( void ) depth;
|
||||
|
||||
char buf[1024];
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
|
||||
|
||||
if(*flags)
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void* _calloc_func(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t mem_size;
|
||||
void *ptr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
mem_size = nmemb * size;
|
||||
ptr = pvPortMalloc(mem_size);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ptr)
|
||||
memset(ptr, 0, mem_size);
|
||||
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* HTTPC_USE_POLARSSL */
|
||||
|
||||
static int _random_func(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t output_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* To avoid gcc warnings */
|
||||
( void ) p_rng;
|
||||
|
||||
rtw_get_random_bytes(output, output_len);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *httpc_tls_new(int *sock, char *client_cert, char *client_key, char *ca_certs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memory_set_own(pvPortMalloc, vPortFree);
|
||||
tls = (struct httpc_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
|
||||
|
||||
if(tls) {
|
||||
ssl_context *ssl = &tls->ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
|
||||
x509_crt_init(&tls->ca);
|
||||
x509_crt_init(&tls->cert);
|
||||
pk_init(&tls->key);
|
||||
if((ret = ssl_init(ssl))!=0){
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: ssl_init %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ssl_set_endpoint(ssl, SSL_IS_CLIENT);
|
||||
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
|
||||
ssl_set_rng(ssl, _random_func, NULL);
|
||||
ssl_set_bio(ssl, net_recv, sock, net_send, sock);
|
||||
|
||||
if(client_cert && client_key) {
|
||||
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&tls->cert, (const unsigned char *) client_cert, strlen(client_cert))) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = pk_parse_key(&tls->key, (const unsigned char *) client_key, strlen(client_key), NULL, 0)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = ssl_set_own_cert(ssl, &tls->cert, &tls->key)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: ssl_set_own_cert %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ca_certs) {
|
||||
// set trusted ca certificates next to client certificate
|
||||
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&tls->ca, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs))) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ssl_set_ca_chain(ssl, &tls->ca, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
|
||||
ssl_set_verify(ssl, _verify_func, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: malloc\n");
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit:
|
||||
if(ret && tls) {
|
||||
ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
|
||||
x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
|
||||
pk_free(&tls->key);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
tls = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (void *) tls;
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(_calloc_func, vPortFree);
|
||||
tls = (struct httpc_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
|
||||
|
||||
if(tls) {
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl = &tls->ctx;
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config *conf = &tls->conf;
|
||||
|
||||
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpc_tls));
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_init(&tls->ca);
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_init(&tls->cert);
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_init(&tls->key);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_init(ssl);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config_init(conf);
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(conf,
|
||||
MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT,
|
||||
MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM,
|
||||
MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT)) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(conf, _random_func, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if(client_cert && client_key) {
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&tls->cert, (const unsigned char *) client_cert, strlen(client_cert) + 1)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_pk_parse_key(&tls->key, (const unsigned char *) client_key, strlen(client_key) + 1, NULL, 0)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(conf, &tls->cert, &tls->key)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ca_certs) {
|
||||
// set trusted ca certificates next to client certificate
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&tls->ca, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs) + 1)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(conf, &tls->ca, NULL);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(conf, _verify_func, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_setup(ssl, conf)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_setup %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(ssl, sock, mbedtls_net_send, mbedtls_net_recv, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: malloc\n");
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit:
|
||||
if(ret && tls) {
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(&tls->conf);
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_free(&tls->key);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
tls = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (void *) tls;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void httpc_tls_free(void *tls_in)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
|
||||
x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
|
||||
pk_free(&tls->key);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(&tls->conf);
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->ca);
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&tls->cert);
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_free(&tls->key);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpc_tls_handshake(void *tls_in, char *host)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
ssl_set_hostname(&tls->ctx, host);
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = ssl_handshake(&tls->ctx)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] Use ciphersuite %s\n", ssl_get_ciphersuite(&tls->ctx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname(&tls->ctx, host);
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_handshake(&tls->ctx)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] Use ciphersuite %s\n", mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(&tls->ctx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void httpc_tls_close(void *tls_in)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpc_tls_read(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
return ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
return mbedtls_ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpc_tls_write(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpc_tls *tls = (struct httpc_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
return ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
return mbedtls_ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpc_base64_encode(uint8_t *data, size_t data_len, char *base64_buf, size_t buf_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = base64_encode(base64_buf, &buf_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: base64_encode %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#elif (HTTPC_USE_TLS == HTTPC_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
size_t output_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_base64_encode((unsigned char*)base64_buf, buf_len, &output_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPC] ERROR: mbedtls_base64_encode %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
328
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpd/httpd.h
Normal file
328
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpd/httpd.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file httpd.h
|
||||
* @author
|
||||
* @version
|
||||
* @brief This file provides user interface for HTTP/HTTPS server.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module is a confidential and proprietary property of RealTek and possession or use of this module requires written permission of RealTek.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright(c) 2016, Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef _HTTPD_H_
|
||||
#define _HTTPD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup httpd HTTPD
|
||||
* @ingroup network
|
||||
* @brief HTTP/HTTPS server functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
|
||||
#include "platform_opts.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPD_SECURE_NONE 0 /*!< Running with HTTP server */
|
||||
#define HTTPD_SECURE_TLS 1 /*!< Running with HTTPS server */
|
||||
#define HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY 2 /*!< Running with HTTPS server and verify client */
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPD_THREAD_SINGLE 0 /*!< Single-thread mode for request handling */
|
||||
#define HTTPD_THREAD_MULTIPLE 1 /*!< Multi-thread mode for request handling */
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPD_DEBUG_OFF 0 /*!< Disable httpd debug log */
|
||||
#define HTTPD_DEBUG_ON 1 /*!< Enable httpd debug log */
|
||||
#define HTTPD_DEBUG_VERBOSE 2 /*!< Enable httpd verbose debug log */
|
||||
|
||||
#define HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL 0 /*!< Use PolarSSL for TLS when HTTPS */
|
||||
#define HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS 1 /*!< Use mbedTLS for TLS when HTTPS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
|
||||
#define HTTPD_USE_TLS HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
|
||||
#define HTTPD_USE_TLS HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The structure is the context used for HTTP request header parsing.
|
||||
* @note Only header string includes string terminator.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct http_request {
|
||||
uint8_t *header; /*!< HTTP header string parsed in HTTP request */
|
||||
size_t header_len; /*!< HTTP header string length */
|
||||
uint8_t *method; /*!< Pointer to HTTP method in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t method_len; /*!< HTTP method data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *path; /*!< Pointer to resource path in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t path_len; /*!< Resource path data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *query; /*!< Pointer to query string in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t query_len; /*!< Query string data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *version; /*!< Pointer to HTTP version in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t version_len; /*!< HTTP version data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *host; /*!< Pointer to Host header field in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t host_len; /*!< Host header field data length */
|
||||
uint8_t *content_type; /*!< Pointer to Content-Type header field in the parsed HTTP header string */
|
||||
size_t content_type_len; /*!< Content-Type header field data length */
|
||||
size_t content_len; /*!< Value of Content-Length header field parsed in HTTP header string */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The structure is the context used for client connection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct httpd_conn {
|
||||
int sock; /*!< Client socket descriptor for connection */
|
||||
struct http_request request; /*!< Context for HTTP request */
|
||||
void *tls; /*!< Context for TLS connection */
|
||||
uint8_t *response_header; /*!< Pointer to transmission buffer of HTTP response header */
|
||||
uint32_t last_req_time; /*!< Last request time in system ticks */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to start an HTTP or HTTPS server.
|
||||
* @param[in] port: service port
|
||||
* @param[in] max_conn: max client connections allowed
|
||||
* @param[in] stack_bytes: thread stack size in bytes
|
||||
* @param[in] thread_mode: server running thread mode. Must be HTTPD_THREAD_SINGLE, HTTPD_THREAD_MULTIPLE.
|
||||
* @param[in] secure: security mode for HTTP or HTTPS. Must be HTTPD_SECURE_NONE, HTTPD_SECURE_TLS, HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY.
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_start(uint16_t port, uint8_t max_conn, uint32_t stack_bytes, uint8_t thread_mode, uint8_t secure);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to stop a running server
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_stop(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to check whether httpd server is running
|
||||
* @return 1 : if is running
|
||||
* @return 0 : if is not running
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_is_running(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to register a callback function for a Web page request handling.
|
||||
* @param[in] path: resource path for a page
|
||||
* @param[in] callback: callback function to handle the request to page
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_reg_page_callback(char *path, void (*callback)(struct httpd_conn *conn));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to clear all registered page callback functions.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
* @note All page callback will be cleared automatically if httpd_stop().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_clear_page_callbacks(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup httpd debug.
|
||||
* @param[in] debug: flag to enable/disable httpd debug. Must be HTTPD_DEBUG_OFF, HTTPD_DEBUG_ON, HTTPD_DEBUG_VERBOSE.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_setup_debug(uint8_t debug);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup httpd server priority.
|
||||
* @param[in] priority: the default priority is defined to 1
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_setup_priority(uint8_t priority);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup connection idle timeout for server.
|
||||
* @param[in] idle_timeout: timeout in seconds
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_setup_idle_timeout(int idle_timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup certificate and key for server before starting with HTTPS.
|
||||
* @param[in] server_cert: string of server certificate
|
||||
* @param[in] server_key: string of server private key
|
||||
* @param[in] ca_certs: string including certificates in CA trusted chain
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
* @note Must be used before httpd_start() if staring HTTPS server
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_setup_cert(const char *server_cert, const char *server_key, const char *ca_certs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to setup authorization for server.
|
||||
* @param[in] user: string of user name for authorization
|
||||
* @param[in] password: string of password for authorization
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
* @note Must be used before httpd_start() if basic authorization is used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_setup_user_password(char *user, char *password);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to free memory allocated by httpd API, such as httpd_request_get_header_field() and httpd_request_get_query_key().
|
||||
* @param[in] ptr: pointer to memory to be deallocated
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_free(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to close a client connection and release context resource.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
* @note Multiple requests/response can be handled in a connection before connection closed. All connections will be closed automatically if httpd_stop().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_conn_close(struct httpd_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to dump the parsed HTTP header of request in connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context. The data that can be stored in the following each arguments is 99 bytes or less.
|
||||
* conn->request.method
|
||||
* conn->request.path
|
||||
* conn->request.host
|
||||
* conn->request.content_type
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_conn_dump_header(struct httpd_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to check HTTP method of request in connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] method: HTTP method string to compare with
|
||||
* @return 0 : if different
|
||||
* @return 1 : if matched
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_request_is_method(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *method);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to read HTTP header from client socket descriptor and parse content to connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
* @note httpd_request_read_header() is automatically invoked by httpd server to parse request before executing page callback
|
||||
* @note Set only decimal numbers (0 to 9) in the Content-Length information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_request_read_header(struct httpd_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to read data from HTTP/HTTPS connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[out] data: buffer for data read
|
||||
* @param[in] data_len: buffer length
|
||||
* @return return value of lwip socket read() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_read() for HTTPS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_request_read_data(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to get a header field from HTTP header of connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] field: header field string to search is 48 bytes or less.
|
||||
* @param[out] value: search result stored in memory allocated
|
||||
* @return 0 : if found
|
||||
* @return -1 : if not found
|
||||
* @note The search result memory should be free by httpd_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_request_get_header_field(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *field, char **value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to get a key value from query string in HTTP header of connection context.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] key: key name string to search
|
||||
* @param[out] value: search result stored in memory allocated
|
||||
* @return 0 : if found
|
||||
* @return -1 : if not found
|
||||
* @note The search result memory should be free by httpd_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_request_get_query_key(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *key, char **value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to start a HTTP response in connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] status: string of status code in HTTP response is 188 bytes or less.
|
||||
* @param[in] content_type: string of Content-Type header field written to HTTP response is 183 bytes or less. No Content-Type in HTTP response if NULL.
|
||||
* @param[in] content_len: value of Content-Length header field written to HTTP response. No Content-Length in HTTP response if NULL.
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_response_write_header_start(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *status, char *content_type, size_t content_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to add an HTTP header field to HTTP response.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] name: HTTP header field name string. Data that can be stored is 195 bytes or less in total with param value.
|
||||
* @param[in] value: HTTP header field value. Data that can be stored is 195 bytes or less in total with param name.
|
||||
* @return 0 : if successful
|
||||
* @return -1 : if error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_response_write_header(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *name, char *value);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP response header data to connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_response_write_header_finish(struct httpd_conn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write HTTP response body data to connection.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] data: data to be written
|
||||
* @param[in] data_len: data length
|
||||
* @return return value of lwip socket write() for HTTP and PolarSSL ssl_write() for HTTPS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int httpd_response_write_data(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *data, size_t data_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 400 Bad Request.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_response_bad_request(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 401 Unauthorized.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_response_unauthorized(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 404 Not Found.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context. The data that can be stored in the following arguments is 183 bytes or less.
|
||||
* conn->request.path
|
||||
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_response_not_found(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 405 Method Not Allowed.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context. The data that can be stored in the following arguments is 30 bytes or less.
|
||||
* conn->request.method
|
||||
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_response_method_not_allowed(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 429 Too Many Requests.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_response_too_many_requests(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to write a default HTTP response for error of 500 Internal Server Error.
|
||||
* @param[in] conn: pointer to connection context
|
||||
* @param[in] msg: message write to HTTP response body. A default message will be used if NULL.
|
||||
* @return None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void httpd_response_internal_server_error(struct httpd_conn *conn, char *msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/*\@}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _HTTPD_H_ */
|
||||
16
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpd/httpd_int.h
Normal file
16
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpd/httpd_int.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
#ifndef _HTTPD_INT_H_
|
||||
#define _HTTPD_INT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "httpd.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int httpd_init(void);
|
||||
void httpd_deinit(void);
|
||||
void httpd_setup(uint16_t port, uint8_t max_conn, uint8_t secure);
|
||||
int httpd_return_server_sock(void);
|
||||
int httpd_accept(int server_sock, struct httpd_conn **client_conn, int accept_timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
int httpd_write(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len);
|
||||
int httpd_read(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len);
|
||||
int httpd_read_with_timeout(struct httpd_conn *conn, uint8_t *buf, uint16_t buf_len, int recv_timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _HTTPD_INT_H_ */
|
||||
379
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpd/httpd_tls.c
Normal file
379
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/httpd/httpd_tls.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "platform_stdlib.h"
|
||||
#include "osdep_service.h"
|
||||
#include "httpd.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
#include "polarssl/ssl.h"
|
||||
#include "polarssl/memory.h"
|
||||
#include "polarssl/base64.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct httpd_tls {
|
||||
ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for PolarSSL */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static x509_crt httpd_certs; /*!< Certificates of server and CA */
|
||||
static pk_context httpd_key; /*!< Private key of server */
|
||||
|
||||
static int _verify_func(void *data, x509_crt *crt, int depth, int *flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[1024];
|
||||
x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
|
||||
|
||||
if(*flags)
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/platform.h"
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/net_sockets.h"
|
||||
#include "mbedtls/base64.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct httpd_tls {
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_context ctx; /*!< Context for mbedTLS */
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config conf; /*!< Configuration for mbedTLS */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static mbedtls_x509_crt httpd_certs; /*!< Certificates of server and CA */
|
||||
static mbedtls_pk_context httpd_key; /*!< Private key of server */
|
||||
|
||||
static int _verify_func(void *data, mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int depth, uint32_t *flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* To avoid gcc warnings */
|
||||
( void ) data;
|
||||
( void ) depth;
|
||||
|
||||
char buf[1024];
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_info(buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, "", crt);
|
||||
|
||||
if(*flags)
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: certificate verify\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] Certificate verified\n%s\n", buf);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void* _calloc_func(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t mem_size;
|
||||
void *ptr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
mem_size = nmemb * size;
|
||||
ptr = pvPortMalloc(mem_size);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ptr)
|
||||
memset(ptr, 0, mem_size);
|
||||
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* HTTPC_USE_POLARSSL */
|
||||
|
||||
static int _random_func(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t output_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* To avoid gcc warnings */
|
||||
( void ) p_rng;
|
||||
|
||||
rtw_get_random_bytes(output, output_len);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpd_tls_setup_init(const char *server_cert, const char *server_key, const char *ca_certs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
memory_set_own(pvPortMalloc, vPortFree);
|
||||
memset(&httpd_certs, 0, sizeof(x509_crt));
|
||||
memset(&httpd_key, 0, sizeof(pk_context));
|
||||
x509_crt_init(&httpd_certs);
|
||||
pk_init(&httpd_key);
|
||||
|
||||
// set server certificate for the first certificate
|
||||
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) server_cert, strlen(server_cert))) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set trusted ca certificates next to server certificate
|
||||
if((ret = x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs))) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = pk_parse_key(&httpd_key, (const unsigned char *) server_key, strlen(server_key), NULL, 0)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit:
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
|
||||
pk_free(&httpd_key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(_calloc_func, vPortFree);
|
||||
memset(&httpd_certs, 0, sizeof(mbedtls_x509_crt));
|
||||
memset(&httpd_key, 0, sizeof(mbedtls_pk_context));
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_init(&httpd_certs);
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_init(&httpd_key);
|
||||
|
||||
// set server certificate for the first certificate
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) server_cert, strlen(server_cert) + 1)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set trusted ca certificates next to server certificate
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(&httpd_certs, (const unsigned char *) ca_certs, strlen(ca_certs) + 1)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_x509_crt_parse %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_pk_parse_key(&httpd_key, (const unsigned char *) server_key, strlen(server_key) + 1, NULL, 0)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_pk_parse_key %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit:
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_free(&httpd_key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void httpd_tls_setup_free(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
|
||||
pk_free(&httpd_key);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
mbedtls_x509_crt_free(&httpd_certs);
|
||||
mbedtls_pk_free(&httpd_key);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void *httpd_tls_new_handshake(int *sock, uint8_t secure)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
struct httpd_tls *tls = NULL;
|
||||
ssl_context *ssl = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if((tls = (struct httpd_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpd_tls))) != NULL) {
|
||||
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpd_tls));
|
||||
ssl = &tls->ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = ssl_init(ssl)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: ssl_init %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ssl_set_endpoint(ssl, SSL_IS_SERVER);
|
||||
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
|
||||
ssl_set_rng(ssl, _random_func, NULL);
|
||||
ssl_set_bio(ssl, net_recv, sock, net_send, sock);
|
||||
ssl_set_ca_chain(ssl, httpd_certs.next, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if(secure == HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY) {
|
||||
ssl_set_authmode(ssl, SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
|
||||
ssl_set_verify(ssl, _verify_func, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = ssl_set_own_cert(ssl, &httpd_certs, &httpd_key)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: ssl_set_own_cert %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = ssl_handshake(ssl)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] Use ciphersuite %s\n", ssl_get_ciphersuite(ssl));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: httpd_malloc\n");
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit:
|
||||
if(ret && tls) {
|
||||
ssl_close_notify(ssl);
|
||||
ssl_free(ssl);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
tls = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (void *) tls;
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
struct httpd_tls *tls = NULL;
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl;
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config *conf;
|
||||
|
||||
if((tls = (struct httpd_tls *) malloc(sizeof(struct httpd_tls))) != NULL) {
|
||||
memset(tls, 0, sizeof(struct httpd_tls));
|
||||
ssl = &tls->ctx;
|
||||
conf = &tls->conf;
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_init(ssl);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config_init(conf);
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(conf,
|
||||
MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER,
|
||||
MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM,
|
||||
MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT)) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(conf, _random_func, NULL);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(conf, httpd_certs.next, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if(secure == HTTPD_SECURE_TLS_VERIFY) {
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(conf, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(conf, _verify_func, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(conf, &httpd_certs, &httpd_key)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_setup(ssl, conf)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_setup %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(ssl, sock, mbedtls_net_send, mbedtls_net_recv, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_ssl_handshake(ssl)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_ssl_handshake %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] Use ciphersuite %s\n", mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(ssl));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: httpd_malloc\n");
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
goto exit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit:
|
||||
if(ret && tls) {
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(ssl);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_free(ssl);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(conf);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
tls = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (void *) tls;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void httpd_tls_free(void *tls_in)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_free(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_config_free(&tls->conf);
|
||||
free(tls);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void httpd_tls_close(void *tls_in)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(&tls->ctx);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpd_tls_read(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
return ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
return mbedtls_ssl_read(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpd_tls_write(void *tls_in, uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct httpd_tls *tls = (struct httpd_tls *) tls_in;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
return ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
return mbedtls_ssl_write(&tls->ctx, buf, buf_len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int httpd_base64_encode(uint8_t *data, size_t data_len, char *base64_buf, size_t buf_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_POLARSSL)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = base64_encode(base64_buf, &buf_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: base64_encode %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#elif (HTTPD_USE_TLS == HTTPD_TLS_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
size_t output_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if((ret = mbedtls_base64_encode((unsigned char*)base64_buf, buf_len, &output_len, data, data_len)) != 0) {
|
||||
printf("\n[HTTPD] ERROR: mbedtls_base64_encode %d\n", ret);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
3349
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/CHANGELOG
Normal file
3349
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/CHANGELOG
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
33
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/COPYING
Normal file
33
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/COPYING
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/FILES
Normal file
4
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/FILES
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
src/ - The source code for the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
doc/ - The documentation for lwIP.
|
||||
|
||||
See also the FILES file in each subdirectory.
|
||||
89
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/README
Normal file
89
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/README
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
INTRODUCTION
|
||||
|
||||
lwIP is a small independent implementation of the TCP/IP protocol
|
||||
suite that has been developed by Adam Dunkels at the Computer and
|
||||
Networks Architectures (CNA) lab at the Swedish Institute of Computer
|
||||
Science (SICS).
|
||||
|
||||
The focus of the lwIP TCP/IP implementation is to reduce the RAM usage
|
||||
while still having a full scale TCP. This making lwIP suitable for use
|
||||
in embedded systems with tens of kilobytes of free RAM and room for
|
||||
around 40 kilobytes of code ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
FEATURES
|
||||
|
||||
* IP (Internet Protocol) including packet forwarding over multiple network
|
||||
interfaces
|
||||
* ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) for network maintenance and debugging
|
||||
* IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) for multicast traffic management
|
||||
* UDP (User Datagram Protocol) including experimental UDP-lite extensions
|
||||
* TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) with congestion control, RTT estimation
|
||||
and fast recovery/fast retransmit
|
||||
* Specialized raw/native API for enhanced performance
|
||||
* Optional Berkeley-like socket API
|
||||
* DNS (Domain names resolver)
|
||||
* SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
|
||||
* DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
|
||||
* AUTOIP (for IPv4, conform with RFC 3927)
|
||||
* PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol)
|
||||
* ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) for Ethernet
|
||||
|
||||
LICENSE
|
||||
|
||||
lwIP is freely available under a BSD license.
|
||||
|
||||
DEVELOPMENT
|
||||
|
||||
lwIP has grown into an excellent TCP/IP stack for embedded devices,
|
||||
and developers using the stack often submit bug fixes, improvements,
|
||||
and additions to the stack to further increase its usefulness.
|
||||
|
||||
Development of lwIP is hosted on Savannah, a central point for
|
||||
software development, maintenance and distribution. Everyone can
|
||||
help improve lwIP by use of Savannah's interface, CVS and the
|
||||
mailing list. A core team of developers will commit changes to the
|
||||
CVS source tree.
|
||||
|
||||
The lwIP TCP/IP stack is maintained in the 'lwip' CVS module and
|
||||
contributions (such as platform ports) are in the 'contrib' module.
|
||||
|
||||
See doc/savannah.txt for details on CVS server access for users and
|
||||
developers.
|
||||
|
||||
Last night's CVS tar ball can be downloaded from:
|
||||
http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs.backups/lwip.tar.gz [CHANGED - NEEDS FIXING]
|
||||
|
||||
The current CVS trees are web-browsable:
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/lwip/lwip/
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/lwip/contrib/
|
||||
|
||||
Submit patches and bugs via the lwIP project page:
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/lwip/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DOCUMENTATION
|
||||
|
||||
The original out-dated homepage of lwIP and Adam Dunkels' papers on
|
||||
lwIP are at the official lwIP home page:
|
||||
http://www.sics.se/~adam/lwip/
|
||||
|
||||
Self documentation of the source code is regularly extracted from the
|
||||
current CVS sources and is available from this web page:
|
||||
http://www.nongnu.org/lwip/
|
||||
|
||||
There is now a constantly growin wiki about lwIP at
|
||||
http://lwip.wikia.com/wiki/LwIP_Wiki
|
||||
|
||||
Also, there are mailing lists you can subscribe at
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/mail/?group=lwip
|
||||
plus searchable archives:
|
||||
http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/
|
||||
http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/lwip-devel/
|
||||
|
||||
Reading Adam's papers, the files in docs/, browsing the source code
|
||||
documentation and browsing the mailing list archives is a good way to
|
||||
become familiar with the design of lwIP.
|
||||
|
||||
Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
|
||||
|
||||
144
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/UPGRADING
Normal file
144
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/UPGRADING
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
This file lists major changes between release versions that require
|
||||
ports or applications to be changed. Use it to update a port or an
|
||||
application written for an older version of lwIP to correctly work
|
||||
with newer versions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(CVS HEAD)
|
||||
|
||||
* [Enter new changes just after this line - do not remove this line]
|
||||
|
||||
++ Application changes:
|
||||
|
||||
* Replaced struct ip_addr by typedef ip_addr_t (struct ip_addr is kept for
|
||||
compatibility to old applications, but will be removed in the future).
|
||||
|
||||
* Renamed mem_realloc() to mem_trim() to prevent confusion with realloc()
|
||||
|
||||
+++ Raw API:
|
||||
* Changed the semantics of tcp_close() (since it was rather a
|
||||
shutdown before): Now the application does *NOT* get any calls to the recv
|
||||
callback (aside from NULL/closed) after calling tcp_close()
|
||||
|
||||
* When calling tcp_abort() from a raw API TCP callback function,
|
||||
make sure you return ERR_ABRT to prevent accessing unallocated memory.
|
||||
(ERR_ABRT now means the applicaiton has called tcp_abort!)
|
||||
|
||||
+++ Netconn API:
|
||||
* Changed netconn_receive() and netconn_accept() to return
|
||||
err_t, not a pointer to new data/netconn.
|
||||
|
||||
+++ Socket API:
|
||||
* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO: when accept() or recv() time out, they
|
||||
now set errno to EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN, not ETIMEDOUT.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added a minimal version of posix fctl() to have a
|
||||
standardised way to set O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking sockets.
|
||||
|
||||
+++ all APIs:
|
||||
* correctly implemented SO(F)_REUSEADDR
|
||||
|
||||
++ Port changes
|
||||
|
||||
+++ new files:
|
||||
|
||||
* Added 4 new files: def.c, timers.c, timers.h, tcp_impl.h:
|
||||
|
||||
* Moved stack-internal parts of tcp.h to tcp_impl.h, tcp.h now only contains
|
||||
the actual application programmer's API
|
||||
|
||||
* Separated timer implementation from sys.h/.c, moved to timers.h/.c;
|
||||
Added timer implementation for NO_SYS==1, set NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1 if you
|
||||
still want to use your own timer implementation for NO_SYS==0 (as before).
|
||||
|
||||
+++ sys layer:
|
||||
|
||||
* Converted mbox- and semaphore-functions to take pointers to sys_mbox_t/
|
||||
sys_sem_t;
|
||||
|
||||
* Converted sys_mbox_new/sys_sem_new to take pointers and return err_t;
|
||||
|
||||
* Added Mutex concept in sys_arch (define LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX to let sys.h use
|
||||
binary semaphores instead of mutexes - as before)
|
||||
|
||||
+++ new options:
|
||||
|
||||
* Don't waste memory when chaining segments, added option TCP_OVERSIZE to
|
||||
prevent creating many small pbufs when calling tcp_write with many small
|
||||
blocks of data. Instead, pbufs are allocated larger than needed and the
|
||||
space is used for later calls to tcp_write.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF to always copy to try to create single pbufs
|
||||
in tcp_write/udp_send.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added an additional option LWIP_ETHERNET to support ethernet without ARP
|
||||
(necessary for pure PPPoE)
|
||||
|
||||
* Add MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS to place memory pools in separate arrays. This may
|
||||
be used to place these pools into user-defined memory by using external
|
||||
declaration.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT corresponding to TCP_SNDLOWAT
|
||||
|
||||
+++ new pools:
|
||||
|
||||
* Netdb uses a memp pool for allocating memory when getaddrinfo() is called,
|
||||
so MEMP_NUM_NETDB has to be set accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC uses a memp pool instead of the heap, so
|
||||
MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST has to be set accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
* Snmp-agent uses a memp pools instead of the heap, so MEMP_NUM_SNMP_* have
|
||||
to be set accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
* PPPoE uses a MEMP pool instead of the heap, so MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES
|
||||
has to be set accordingly
|
||||
|
||||
* Integrated loopif into netif.c - loopif does not have to be created by the
|
||||
port any more, just define LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added define LWIP_RAND() for lwip-wide randomization (needs to be defined
|
||||
in cc.h, e.g. used by igmp)
|
||||
|
||||
* Added printf-formatter X8_F to printf u8_t as hex
|
||||
|
||||
* The heap now may be moved to user-defined memory by defining
|
||||
LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER as a void pointer to that memory's address
|
||||
|
||||
* added autoip_set_struct() and dhcp_set_struct() to let autoip and dhcp work
|
||||
with user-allocated structs instead of calling mem_malloc
|
||||
|
||||
* Added const char* name to mem- and memp-stats for easier debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
* Calculate the TCP/UDP checksum while copying to only fetch data once:
|
||||
Define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY to a memcpy-like function that returns the checksum
|
||||
|
||||
* Added SO_REUSE_RXTOALL to pass received UDP broadcast/multicast packets to
|
||||
more than one pcb.
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed the semantics of ARP_QUEUEING==0: ARP_QUEUEING now cannot be turned
|
||||
off any more, if this is set to 0, only one packet (the most recent one) is
|
||||
queued (like demanded by RFC 1122).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
++ Major bugfixes/improvements
|
||||
|
||||
* Implemented tcp_shutdown() to only shut down one end of a connection
|
||||
* Implemented shutdown() at socket- and netconn-level
|
||||
* Added errorset support to select() + improved select speed overhead
|
||||
* Merged pppd to v2.3.11 (including some backported bugfixes from 2.4.x)
|
||||
* Added timer implementation for NO_SYS==1 (may be disabled with NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1
|
||||
* Use macros defined in ip_addr.h to work with IP addresses
|
||||
* Implemented many nonblocking socket/netconn functions
|
||||
* Fixed ARP input processing: only add a new entry if a request was directed as us
|
||||
* mem_realloc() to mem_trim() to prevent confusion with realloc()
|
||||
* Some improvements for AutoIP (don't route/forward link-local addresses, don't break
|
||||
existing connections when assigning a routable address)
|
||||
* Correctly handle remote side overrunning our rcv_wnd in ooseq case
|
||||
* Removed packing from ip_addr_t, the packed version is now only used in protocol headers
|
||||
* Corrected PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE for ports where ETH_PAD_SIZE > 0
|
||||
* Added support for static ARP table entries
|
||||
|
||||
(STABLE-1.3.2)
|
||||
|
||||
* initial version of this file
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reference implementation of the TCP ISN algorithm standardized in RFC 6528.
|
||||
* Produce TCP Initial Sequence Numbers by combining an MD5-generated hash
|
||||
* based on the new TCP connection's identity and a stable secret, with the
|
||||
* current time at 4-microsecond granularity.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Specifically, the implementation uses MD5 to compute a hash of the input
|
||||
* buffer, which contains both the four-tuple of the new TCP connection (local
|
||||
* and remote IP address and port), as well as a 16-byte secret to make the
|
||||
* results unpredictable to external parties. The secret must be given at
|
||||
* initialization time and should ideally remain the same across system
|
||||
* reboots. To be sure: the spoofing-resistance of the resulting ISN depends
|
||||
* mainly on the strength of the supplied secret!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The implementation takes 32 bits from the computed hash, and adds to it the
|
||||
* current time, in 4-microsecond units. The current time is computed from a
|
||||
* boot time given at initialization, and the current uptime as provided by
|
||||
* sys_now(). Thus, it assumes that sys_now() returns a time value that is
|
||||
* relative to the boot time, i.e., that it starts at 0 at system boot, and
|
||||
* only ever increases monotonically.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For efficiency reasons, a single MD5 input buffer is used, and partially
|
||||
* filled in at initialization time. Specifically, of this 64-byte buffer, the
|
||||
* first 36 bytes are used for the four-way TCP tuple data, followed by the
|
||||
* 16-byte secret, followed by 12-byte zero padding. The 64-byte size of the
|
||||
* buffer should achieve the best performance for the actual MD5 computation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic usage:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. in your lwipopts.h, add the following lines:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #include <lwip/arch.h>
|
||||
* struct ip_addr;
|
||||
* u32_t lwip_hook_tcp_isn(const struct ip_addr *local_ip, u16_t local_port,
|
||||
* const struct ip_addr *remote_ip, u16_t remote_port);
|
||||
* "#define LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN lwip_hook_tcp_isn";
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. from your own code, call lwip_init_tcp_isn() at initialization time, with
|
||||
* appropriate parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 The MINIX 3 Project.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: David van Moolenbroek <david@minix3.org>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tcp_isn.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN
|
||||
|
||||
/* pull in md5 of ppp? */
|
||||
/*#include "netif/ppp/ppp_opts.h"
|
||||
#if !PPP_SUPPORT || (!LWIP_USE_EXTERNAL_POLARSSL && !LWIP_USE_EXTERNAL_MBEDTLS)
|
||||
#undef LWIP_INCLUDED_POLARSSL_MD5
|
||||
#define LWIP_INCLUDED_POLARSSL_MD5 1
|
||||
#include "netif/ppp/polarssl/md5.h"
|
||||
#endif*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* pull in md5 of mbedtls/polarssl */
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
|
||||
#include <polarssl/md5.h>
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
|
||||
#include <mbedtls/md5.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_IPV4
|
||||
#define LWIP_IPV4 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static u8_t input[64];
|
||||
static u32_t base_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the TCP ISN module, with the boot time and a secret.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param boot_time Wall clock boot time of the system, in seconds.
|
||||
* @param secret_16_bytes A 16-byte secret used to randomize the TCP ISNs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
lwip_init_tcp_isn(u32_t boot_time, const u8_t *secret_16_bytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize the input buffer with the secret and trailing zeroes. */
|
||||
memset(input, 0, sizeof(input));
|
||||
|
||||
MEMCPY(&input[36], secret_16_bytes, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save the boot time in 4-us units. Overflow is no problem here. */
|
||||
base_time = boot_time * 250000;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hook to generate an Initial Sequence Number (ISN) for a new TCP connection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param local_ip The local IP address.
|
||||
* @param local_port The local port number, in host-byte order.
|
||||
* @param remote_ip The remote IP address.
|
||||
* @param remote_port The remote port number, in host-byte order.
|
||||
* @return The ISN to use for the new TCP connection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
lwip_hook_tcp_isn(const ip_addr_t *local_ip, u16_t local_port,
|
||||
const ip_addr_t *remote_ip, u16_t remote_port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
|
||||
md5_context ctx;
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
|
||||
mbedtls_md5_context ctx;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
u8_t output[16];
|
||||
u32_t isn;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
|
||||
if (IP_IS_V6(local_ip))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IPV6
|
||||
{
|
||||
const ip6_addr_t *local_ip6, *remote_ip6;
|
||||
|
||||
local_ip6 = ip_2_ip6(local_ip);
|
||||
remote_ip6 = ip_2_ip6(remote_ip);
|
||||
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&input[0], &local_ip6->addr, 16);
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&input[16], &remote_ip6->addr, 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IPV4
|
||||
{
|
||||
//const ip4_addr_t *local_ip4, *remote_ip4;
|
||||
|
||||
//local_ip4 = ip_2_ip4(local_ip);
|
||||
//remote_ip4 = ip_2_ip4(remote_ip);
|
||||
|
||||
const ip_addr_t *local_ip4, *remote_ip4;
|
||||
local_ip4 = local_ip;
|
||||
remote_ip4 = remote_ip;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Represent IPv4 addresses as IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, to ensure that
|
||||
* the IPv4 and IPv6 address spaces are completely disjoint. */
|
||||
memset(&input[0], 0, 10);
|
||||
input[10] = 0xff;
|
||||
input[11] = 0xff;
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&input[12], &local_ip4->addr, 4);
|
||||
memset(&input[16], 0, 10);
|
||||
input[26] = 0xff;
|
||||
input[27] = 0xff;
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&input[28], &remote_ip4->addr, 4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
|
||||
|
||||
input[32] = (u8_t)(local_port >> 8);
|
||||
input[33] = (u8_t)(local_port & 0xff);
|
||||
input[34] = (u8_t)(remote_port >> 8);
|
||||
input[35] = (u8_t)(remote_port & 0xff);
|
||||
|
||||
/* The secret and padding are already filled in. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Generate the hash, using MD5. */
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_POLARSSL
|
||||
md5_starts(&ctx);
|
||||
md5_update(&ctx, input, sizeof(input));
|
||||
md5_finish(&ctx, output);
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_USE_MBEDTLS
|
||||
mbedtls_md5_starts(&ctx);
|
||||
mbedtls_md5_update(&ctx, input, sizeof(input));
|
||||
mbedtls_md5_finish(&ctx, output);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Arbitrarily take the first 32 bits from the generated hash. */
|
||||
MEMCPY(&isn, output, sizeof(isn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the current time in 4-microsecond units. */
|
||||
return isn + base_time + (sys_now()/configTICK_RATE_HZ) * 250000; //the unit of sys_now() is ms, convert to seconds fisrt. (modified by Realtek)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 The MINIX 3 Project.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: David van Moolenbroek <david@minix3.org>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_HDR_CONTRIB_ADDONS_TCP_ISN_H
|
||||
#define LWIP_HDR_CONTRIB_ADDONS_TCP_ISN_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void lwip_init_tcp_isn(u32_t boot_time, const u8_t *secret_16_bytes);
|
||||
u32_t lwip_hook_tcp_isn(const ip_addr_t *local_ip, u16_t local_port,
|
||||
const ip_addr_t *remote_ip, u16_t remote_port);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HDR_CONTRIB_ADDONS_TCP_ISN_H */
|
||||
6
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/FILES
Normal file
6
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/FILES
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
savannah.txt - How to obtain the current development source code.
|
||||
contrib.txt - How to contribute to lwIP as a developer.
|
||||
rawapi.txt - The documentation for the core API of lwIP.
|
||||
Also provides an overview about the other APIs and multithreading.
|
||||
snmp_agent.txt - The documentation for the lwIP SNMP agent.
|
||||
sys_arch.txt - The documentation for a system abstraction layer of lwIP.
|
||||
63
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/contrib.txt
Normal file
63
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/contrib.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
1 Introduction
|
||||
|
||||
This document describes some guidelines for people participating
|
||||
in lwIP development.
|
||||
|
||||
2 How to contribute to lwIP
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a short list of suggestions to anybody working with lwIP and
|
||||
trying to contribute bug reports, fixes, enhancements, platform ports etc.
|
||||
First of all as you may already know lwIP is a volunteer project so feedback
|
||||
to fixes or questions might often come late. Hopefully the bug and patch tracking
|
||||
features of Savannah help us not lose users' input.
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 Source code style:
|
||||
|
||||
1. do not use tabs.
|
||||
2. indentation is two spaces per level (i.e. per tab).
|
||||
3. end debug messages with a trailing newline (\n).
|
||||
4. one space between keyword and opening bracket.
|
||||
5. no space between function and opening bracket.
|
||||
6. one space and no newline before opening curly braces of a block.
|
||||
7. closing curly brace on a single line.
|
||||
8. spaces surrounding assignment and comparisons.
|
||||
9. don't initialize static and/or global variables to zero, the compiler takes care of that.
|
||||
10. use current source code style as further reference.
|
||||
|
||||
2.2 Source code documentation style:
|
||||
|
||||
1. JavaDoc compliant and Doxygen compatible.
|
||||
2. Function documentation above functions in .c files, not .h files.
|
||||
(This forces you to synchronize documentation and implementation.)
|
||||
3. Use current documentation style as further reference.
|
||||
|
||||
2.3 Bug reports and patches:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Make sure you are reporting bugs or send patches against the latest
|
||||
sources. (From the latest release and/or the current CVS sources.)
|
||||
2. If you think you found a bug make sure it's not already filed in the
|
||||
bugtracker at Savannah.
|
||||
3. If you have a fix put the patch on Savannah. If it is a patch that affects
|
||||
both core and arch specific stuff please separate them so that the core can
|
||||
be applied separately while leaving the other patch 'open'. The prefered way
|
||||
is to NOT touch archs you can't test and let maintainers take care of them.
|
||||
This is a good way to see if they are used at all - the same goes for unix
|
||||
netifs except tapif.
|
||||
4. Do not file a bug and post a fix to it to the patch area. Either a bug report
|
||||
or a patch will be enough.
|
||||
If you correct an existing bug then attach the patch to the bug rather than creating a new entry in the patch area.
|
||||
5. Trivial patches (compiler warning, indentation and spelling fixes or anything obvious which takes a line or two)
|
||||
can go to the lwip-users list. This is still the fastest way of interaction and the list is not so crowded
|
||||
as to allow for loss of fixes. Putting bugs on Savannah and subsequently closing them is too much an overhead
|
||||
for reporting a compiler warning fix.
|
||||
6. Patches should be specific to a single change or to related changes.Do not mix bugfixes with spelling and other
|
||||
trivial fixes unless the bugfix is trivial too.Do not reorganize code and rename identifiers in the same patch you
|
||||
change behaviour if not necessary.A patch is easier to read and understand if it's to the point and short than
|
||||
if it's not to the point and long :) so the chances for it to be applied are greater.
|
||||
|
||||
2.4 Platform porters:
|
||||
|
||||
1. If you have ported lwIP to a platform (an OS, a uC/processor or a combination of these) and
|
||||
you think it could benefit others[1] you might want discuss this on the mailing list. You
|
||||
can also ask for CVS access to submit and maintain your port in the contrib CVS module.
|
||||
|
||||
511
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/rawapi.txt
Normal file
511
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/rawapi.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
|
||||
Raw TCP/IP interface for lwIP
|
||||
|
||||
Authors: Adam Dunkels, Leon Woestenberg, Christiaan Simons
|
||||
|
||||
lwIP provides three Application Program's Interfaces (APIs) for programs
|
||||
to use for communication with the TCP/IP code:
|
||||
* low-level "core" / "callback" or "raw" API.
|
||||
* higher-level "sequential" API.
|
||||
* BSD-style socket API.
|
||||
|
||||
The sequential API provides a way for ordinary, sequential, programs
|
||||
to use the lwIP stack. It is quite similar to the BSD socket API. The
|
||||
model of execution is based on the blocking open-read-write-close
|
||||
paradigm. Since the TCP/IP stack is event based by nature, the TCP/IP
|
||||
code and the application program must reside in different execution
|
||||
contexts (threads).
|
||||
|
||||
The socket API is a compatibility API for existing applications,
|
||||
currently it is built on top of the sequential API. It is meant to
|
||||
provide all functions needed to run socket API applications running
|
||||
on other platforms (e.g. unix / windows etc.). However, due to limitations
|
||||
in the specification of this API, there might be incompatibilities
|
||||
that require small modifications of existing programs.
|
||||
|
||||
** Threading
|
||||
|
||||
lwIP started targeting single-threaded environments. When adding multi-
|
||||
threading support, instead of making the core thread-safe, another
|
||||
approach was chosen: there is one main thread running the lwIP core
|
||||
(also known as the "tcpip_thread"). The raw API may only be used from
|
||||
this thread! Application threads using the sequential- or socket API
|
||||
communicate with this main thread through message passing.
|
||||
|
||||
As such, the list of functions that may be called from
|
||||
other threads or an ISR is very limited! Only functions
|
||||
from these API header files are thread-safe:
|
||||
- api.h
|
||||
- netbuf.h
|
||||
- netdb.h
|
||||
- netifapi.h
|
||||
- sockets.h
|
||||
- sys.h
|
||||
|
||||
Additionaly, memory (de-)allocation functions may be
|
||||
called from multiple threads (not ISR!) with NO_SYS=0
|
||||
since they are protected by SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT and/or
|
||||
semaphores.
|
||||
|
||||
Only since 1.3.0, if SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT is set to 1
|
||||
and LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT is set to 1,
|
||||
pbuf_free() may also be called from another thread or
|
||||
an ISR (since only then, mem_free - for PBUF_RAM - may
|
||||
be called from an ISR: otherwise, the HEAP is only
|
||||
protected by semaphores).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
** The remainder of this document discusses the "raw" API. **
|
||||
|
||||
The raw TCP/IP interface allows the application program to integrate
|
||||
better with the TCP/IP code. Program execution is event based by
|
||||
having callback functions being called from within the TCP/IP
|
||||
code. The TCP/IP code and the application program both run in the same
|
||||
thread. The sequential API has a much higher overhead and is not very
|
||||
well suited for small systems since it forces a multithreaded paradigm
|
||||
on the application.
|
||||
|
||||
The raw TCP/IP interface is not only faster in terms of code execution
|
||||
time but is also less memory intensive. The drawback is that program
|
||||
development is somewhat harder and application programs written for
|
||||
the raw TCP/IP interface are more difficult to understand. Still, this
|
||||
is the preferred way of writing applications that should be small in
|
||||
code size and memory usage.
|
||||
|
||||
Both APIs can be used simultaneously by different application
|
||||
programs. In fact, the sequential API is implemented as an application
|
||||
program using the raw TCP/IP interface.
|
||||
|
||||
--- Callbacks
|
||||
|
||||
Program execution is driven by callbacks. Each callback is an ordinary
|
||||
C function that is called from within the TCP/IP code. Every callback
|
||||
function is passed the current TCP or UDP connection state as an
|
||||
argument. Also, in order to be able to keep program specific state,
|
||||
the callback functions are called with a program specified argument
|
||||
that is independent of the TCP/IP state.
|
||||
|
||||
The function for setting the application connection state is:
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_arg(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void *arg)
|
||||
|
||||
Specifies the program specific state that should be passed to all
|
||||
other callback functions. The "pcb" argument is the current TCP
|
||||
connection control block, and the "arg" argument is the argument
|
||||
that will be passed to the callbacks.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- TCP connection setup
|
||||
|
||||
The functions used for setting up connections is similar to that of
|
||||
the sequential API and of the BSD socket API. A new TCP connection
|
||||
identifier (i.e., a protocol control block - PCB) is created with the
|
||||
tcp_new() function. This PCB can then be either set to listen for new
|
||||
incoming connections or be explicitly connected to another host.
|
||||
|
||||
- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_new(void)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new connection identifier (PCB). If memory is not
|
||||
available for creating the new pcb, NULL is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t tcp_bind(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
u16_t port)
|
||||
|
||||
Binds the pcb to a local IP address and port number. The IP address
|
||||
can be specified as IP_ADDR_ANY in order to bind the connection to
|
||||
all local IP addresses.
|
||||
|
||||
If another connection is bound to the same port, the function will
|
||||
return ERR_USE, otherwise ERR_OK is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_listen(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
|
||||
Commands a pcb to start listening for incoming connections. When an
|
||||
incoming connection is accepted, the function specified with the
|
||||
tcp_accept() function will be called. The pcb will have to be bound
|
||||
to a local port with the tcp_bind() function.
|
||||
|
||||
The tcp_listen() function returns a new connection identifier, and
|
||||
the one passed as an argument to the function will be
|
||||
deallocated. The reason for this behavior is that less memory is
|
||||
needed for a connection that is listening, so tcp_listen() will
|
||||
reclaim the memory needed for the original connection and allocate a
|
||||
new smaller memory block for the listening connection.
|
||||
|
||||
tcp_listen() may return NULL if no memory was available for the
|
||||
listening connection. If so, the memory associated with the pcb
|
||||
passed as an argument to tcp_listen() will not be deallocated.
|
||||
|
||||
- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_listen_with_backlog(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t backlog)
|
||||
|
||||
Same as tcp_listen, but limits the number of outstanding connections
|
||||
in the listen queue to the value specified by the backlog argument.
|
||||
To use it, your need to set TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG=1 in your lwipopts.h.
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_accepted(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
|
||||
Inform lwIP that an incoming connection has been accepted. This would
|
||||
usually be called from the accept callback. This allows lwIP to perform
|
||||
housekeeping tasks, such as allowing further incoming connections to be
|
||||
queued in the listen backlog.
|
||||
ATTENTION: the PCB passed in must be the listening pcb, not the pcb passed
|
||||
into the accept callback!
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_accept(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
err_t (* accept)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb,
|
||||
err_t err))
|
||||
|
||||
Specified the callback function that should be called when a new
|
||||
connection arrives on a listening connection.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t tcp_connect(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
u16_t port, err_t (* connected)(void *arg,
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
|
||||
err_t err));
|
||||
|
||||
Sets up the pcb to connect to the remote host and sends the
|
||||
initial SYN segment which opens the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
The tcp_connect() function returns immediately; it does not wait for
|
||||
the connection to be properly setup. Instead, it will call the
|
||||
function specified as the fourth argument (the "connected" argument)
|
||||
when the connection is established. If the connection could not be
|
||||
properly established, either because the other host refused the
|
||||
connection or because the other host didn't answer, the "err"
|
||||
callback function of this pcb (registered with tcp_err, see below)
|
||||
will be called.
|
||||
|
||||
The tcp_connect() function can return ERR_MEM if no memory is
|
||||
available for enqueueing the SYN segment. If the SYN indeed was
|
||||
enqueued successfully, the tcp_connect() function returns ERR_OK.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- Sending TCP data
|
||||
|
||||
TCP data is sent by enqueueing the data with a call to
|
||||
tcp_write(). When the data is successfully transmitted to the remote
|
||||
host, the application will be notified with a call to a specified
|
||||
callback function.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t tcp_write(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, const void *dataptr, u16_t len,
|
||||
u8_t apiflags)
|
||||
|
||||
Enqueues the data pointed to by the argument dataptr. The length of
|
||||
the data is passed as the len parameter. The apiflags can be one or more of:
|
||||
- TCP_WRITE_FLAG_COPY: indicates whether the new memory should be allocated
|
||||
for the data to be copied into. If this flag is not given, no new memory
|
||||
should be allocated and the data should only be referenced by pointer. This
|
||||
also means that the memory behind dataptr must not change until the data is
|
||||
ACKed by the remote host
|
||||
- TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE: indicates that more data follows. If this is given,
|
||||
the PSH flag is set in the last segment created by this call to tcp_write.
|
||||
If this flag is given, the PSH flag is not set.
|
||||
|
||||
The tcp_write() function will fail and return ERR_MEM if the length
|
||||
of the data exceeds the current send buffer size or if the length of
|
||||
the queue of outgoing segment is larger than the upper limit defined
|
||||
in lwipopts.h. The number of bytes available in the output queue can
|
||||
be retrieved with the tcp_sndbuf() function.
|
||||
|
||||
The proper way to use this function is to call the function with at
|
||||
most tcp_sndbuf() bytes of data. If the function returns ERR_MEM,
|
||||
the application should wait until some of the currently enqueued
|
||||
data has been successfully received by the other host and try again.
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_sent(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
err_t (* sent)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
|
||||
u16_t len))
|
||||
|
||||
Specifies the callback function that should be called when data has
|
||||
successfully been received (i.e., acknowledged) by the remote
|
||||
host. The len argument passed to the callback function gives the
|
||||
amount bytes that was acknowledged by the last acknowledgment.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- Receiving TCP data
|
||||
|
||||
TCP data reception is callback based - an application specified
|
||||
callback function is called when new data arrives. When the
|
||||
application has taken the data, it has to call the tcp_recved()
|
||||
function to indicate that TCP can advertise increase the receive
|
||||
window.
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_recv(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
err_t (* recv)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
|
||||
struct pbuf *p, err_t err))
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the callback function that will be called when new data
|
||||
arrives. The callback function will be passed a NULL pbuf to
|
||||
indicate that the remote host has closed the connection. If
|
||||
there are no errors and the callback function is to return
|
||||
ERR_OK, then it must free the pbuf. Otherwise, it must not
|
||||
free the pbuf so that lwIP core code can store it.
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_recved(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u16_t len)
|
||||
|
||||
Must be called when the application has received the data. The len
|
||||
argument indicates the length of the received data.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- Application polling
|
||||
|
||||
When a connection is idle (i.e., no data is either transmitted or
|
||||
received), lwIP will repeatedly poll the application by calling a
|
||||
specified callback function. This can be used either as a watchdog
|
||||
timer for killing connections that have stayed idle for too long, or
|
||||
as a method of waiting for memory to become available. For instance,
|
||||
if a call to tcp_write() has failed because memory wasn't available,
|
||||
the application may use the polling functionality to call tcp_write()
|
||||
again when the connection has been idle for a while.
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_poll(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
err_t (* poll)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb),
|
||||
u8_t interval)
|
||||
|
||||
Specifies the polling interval and the callback function that should
|
||||
be called to poll the application. The interval is specified in
|
||||
number of TCP coarse grained timer shots, which typically occurs
|
||||
twice a second. An interval of 10 means that the application would
|
||||
be polled every 5 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- Closing and aborting connections
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t tcp_close(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
|
||||
Closes the connection. The function may return ERR_MEM if no memory
|
||||
was available for closing the connection. If so, the application
|
||||
should wait and try again either by using the acknowledgment
|
||||
callback or the polling functionality. If the close succeeds, the
|
||||
function returns ERR_OK.
|
||||
|
||||
The pcb is deallocated by the TCP code after a call to tcp_close().
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_abort(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
|
||||
Aborts the connection by sending a RST (reset) segment to the remote
|
||||
host. The pcb is deallocated. This function never fails.
|
||||
|
||||
ATTENTION: When calling this from one of the TCP callbacks, make
|
||||
sure you always return ERR_ABRT (and never return ERR_ABRT otherwise
|
||||
or you will risk accessing deallocated memory or memory leaks!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If a connection is aborted because of an error, the application is
|
||||
alerted of this event by the err callback. Errors that might abort a
|
||||
connection are when there is a shortage of memory. The callback
|
||||
function to be called is set using the tcp_err() function.
|
||||
|
||||
- void tcp_err(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void (* err)(void *arg,
|
||||
err_t err))
|
||||
|
||||
The error callback function does not get the pcb passed to it as a
|
||||
parameter since the pcb may already have been deallocated.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- Lower layer TCP interface
|
||||
|
||||
TCP provides a simple interface to the lower layers of the
|
||||
system. During system initialization, the function tcp_init() has
|
||||
to be called before any other TCP function is called. When the system
|
||||
is running, the two timer functions tcp_fasttmr() and tcp_slowtmr()
|
||||
must be called with regular intervals. The tcp_fasttmr() should be
|
||||
called every TCP_FAST_INTERVAL milliseconds (defined in tcp.h) and
|
||||
tcp_slowtmr() should be called every TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL milliseconds.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- UDP interface
|
||||
|
||||
The UDP interface is similar to that of TCP, but due to the lower
|
||||
level of complexity of UDP, the interface is significantly simpler.
|
||||
|
||||
- struct udp_pcb *udp_new(void)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new UDP pcb which can be used for UDP communication. The
|
||||
pcb is not active until it has either been bound to a local address
|
||||
or connected to a remote address.
|
||||
|
||||
- void udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
|
||||
Removes and deallocates the pcb.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
u16_t port)
|
||||
|
||||
Binds the pcb to a local address. The IP-address argument "ipaddr"
|
||||
can be IP_ADDR_ANY to indicate that it should listen to any local IP
|
||||
address. The function currently always return ERR_OK.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
u16_t port)
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the remote end of the pcb. This function does not generate any
|
||||
network traffic, but only set the remote address of the pcb.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the remote end of the pcb. This function does not generate
|
||||
any network traffic, but only removes the remote address of the pcb.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
|
||||
Sends the pbuf p. The pbuf is not deallocated.
|
||||
|
||||
- void udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
void (* recv)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *upcb,
|
||||
struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *addr,
|
||||
u16_t port),
|
||||
void *recv_arg)
|
||||
|
||||
Specifies a callback function that should be called when a UDP
|
||||
datagram is received.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- System initalization
|
||||
|
||||
A truly complete and generic sequence for initializing the lwip stack
|
||||
cannot be given because it depends on the build configuration (lwipopts.h)
|
||||
and additional initializations for your runtime environment (e.g. timers).
|
||||
|
||||
We can give you some idea on how to proceed when using the raw API.
|
||||
We assume a configuration using a single Ethernet netif and the
|
||||
UDP and TCP transport layers, IPv4 and the DHCP client.
|
||||
|
||||
Call these functions in the order of appearance:
|
||||
|
||||
- stats_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Clears the structure where runtime statistics are gathered.
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Not of much use since we set the NO_SYS 1 option in lwipopts.h,
|
||||
to be called for easy configuration changes.
|
||||
|
||||
- mem_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes the dynamic memory heap defined by MEM_SIZE.
|
||||
|
||||
- memp_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes the memory pools defined by MEMP_NUM_x.
|
||||
|
||||
- pbuf_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes the pbuf memory pool defined by PBUF_POOL_SIZE.
|
||||
|
||||
- etharp_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Initializes the ARP table and queue.
|
||||
Note: you must call etharp_tmr at a ARP_TMR_INTERVAL (5 seconds) regular interval
|
||||
after this initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
- ip_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Doesn't do much, it should be called to handle future changes.
|
||||
|
||||
- udp_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Clears the UDP PCB list.
|
||||
|
||||
- tcp_init()
|
||||
|
||||
Clears the TCP PCB list and clears some internal TCP timers.
|
||||
Note: you must call tcp_fasttmr() and tcp_slowtmr() at the
|
||||
predefined regular intervals after this initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
- netif_add(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *netmask, ip_addr_t *gw,
|
||||
void *state, err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
|
||||
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif))
|
||||
|
||||
Adds your network interface to the netif_list. Allocate a struct
|
||||
netif and pass a pointer to this structure as the first argument.
|
||||
Give pointers to cleared ip_addr structures when using DHCP,
|
||||
or fill them with sane numbers otherwise. The state pointer may be NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
The init function pointer must point to a initialization function for
|
||||
your ethernet netif interface. The following code illustrates it's use.
|
||||
|
||||
err_t netif_if_init(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN; i++) netif->hwaddr[i] = some_eth_addr[i];
|
||||
init_my_eth_device();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
For ethernet drivers, the input function pointer must point to the lwip
|
||||
function ethernet_input() declared in "netif/etharp.h". Other drivers
|
||||
must use ip_input() declared in "lwip/ip.h".
|
||||
|
||||
- netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
|
||||
Registers the default network interface.
|
||||
|
||||
- netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
|
||||
When the netif is fully configured this function must be called.
|
||||
|
||||
- dhcp_start(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new DHCP client for this interface on the first call.
|
||||
Note: you must call dhcp_fine_tmr() and dhcp_coarse_tmr() at
|
||||
the predefined regular intervals after starting the client.
|
||||
|
||||
You can peek in the netif->dhcp struct for the actual DHCP status.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--- Optimalization hints
|
||||
|
||||
The first thing you want to optimize is the lwip_standard_checksum()
|
||||
routine from src/core/inet.c. You can override this standard
|
||||
function with the #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>.
|
||||
|
||||
There are C examples given in inet.c or you might want to
|
||||
craft an assembly function for this. RFC1071 is a good
|
||||
introduction to this subject.
|
||||
|
||||
Other significant improvements can be made by supplying
|
||||
assembly or inline replacements for htons() and htonl()
|
||||
if you're using a little-endian architecture.
|
||||
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
|
||||
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
|
||||
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
|
||||
|
||||
Check your network interface driver if it reads at
|
||||
a higher speed than the maximum wire-speed. If the
|
||||
hardware isn't serviced frequently and fast enough
|
||||
buffer overflows are likely to occur.
|
||||
|
||||
E.g. when using the cs8900 driver, call cs8900if_service(ethif)
|
||||
as frequently as possible. When using an RTOS let the cs8900 interrupt
|
||||
wake a high priority task that services your driver using a binary
|
||||
semaphore or event flag. Some drivers might allow additional tuning
|
||||
to match your application and network.
|
||||
|
||||
For a production release it is recommended to set LWIP_STATS to 0.
|
||||
Note that speed performance isn't influenced much by simply setting
|
||||
high values to the memory options.
|
||||
|
||||
For more optimization hints take a look at the lwIP wiki.
|
||||
|
||||
--- Zero-copy MACs
|
||||
|
||||
To achieve zero-copy on transmit, the data passed to the raw API must
|
||||
remain unchanged until sent. Because the send- (or write-)functions return
|
||||
when the packets have been enqueued for sending, data must be kept stable
|
||||
after that, too.
|
||||
|
||||
This implies that PBUF_RAM/PBUF_POOL pbufs passed to raw-API send functions
|
||||
must *not* be reused by the application unless their ref-count is 1.
|
||||
|
||||
For no-copy pbufs (PBUF_ROM/PBUF_REF), data must be kept unchanged, too,
|
||||
but the stack/driver will/must copy PBUF_REF'ed data when enqueueing, while
|
||||
PBUF_ROM-pbufs are just enqueued (as ROM-data is expected to never change).
|
||||
|
||||
Also, data passed to tcp_write without the copy-flag must not be changed!
|
||||
|
||||
Therefore, be careful which type of PBUF you use and if you copy TCP data
|
||||
or not!
|
||||
135
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/savannah.txt
Normal file
135
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/savannah.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
||||
Daily Use Guide for using Savannah for lwIP
|
||||
|
||||
Table of Contents:
|
||||
|
||||
1 - Obtaining lwIP from the CVS repository
|
||||
2 - Committers/developers CVS access using SSH (to be written)
|
||||
3 - Merging from DEVEL branch to main trunk (stable branch)
|
||||
4 - How to release lwIP
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1 Obtaining lwIP from the CVS repository
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
To perform an anonymous CVS checkout of the main trunk (this is where
|
||||
bug fixes and incremental enhancements occur), do this:
|
||||
|
||||
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout lwip
|
||||
|
||||
Or, obtain a stable branch (updated with bug fixes only) as follows:
|
||||
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout \
|
||||
-r STABLE-0_7 -d lwip-0.7 lwip
|
||||
|
||||
Or, obtain a specific (fixed) release as follows:
|
||||
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout \
|
||||
-r STABLE-0_7_0 -d lwip-0.7.0 lwip
|
||||
|
||||
3 Committers/developers CVS access using SSH
|
||||
--------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The Savannah server uses SSH (Secure Shell) protocol 2 authentication and encryption.
|
||||
As such, CVS commits to the server occur through a SSH tunnel for project members.
|
||||
To create a SSH2 key pair in UNIX-like environments, do this:
|
||||
|
||||
ssh-keygen -t dsa
|
||||
|
||||
Under Windows, a recommended SSH client is "PuTTY", freely available with good
|
||||
documentation and a graphic user interface. Use its key generator.
|
||||
|
||||
Now paste the id_dsa.pub contents into your Savannah account public key list. Wait
|
||||
a while so that Savannah can update its configuration (This can take minutes).
|
||||
|
||||
Try to login using SSH:
|
||||
|
||||
ssh -v your_login@cvs.sv.gnu.org
|
||||
|
||||
If it tells you:
|
||||
|
||||
Authenticating with public key "your_key_name"...
|
||||
Server refused to allocate pty
|
||||
|
||||
then you could login; Savannah refuses to give you a shell - which is OK, as we
|
||||
are allowed to use SSH for CVS only. Now, you should be able to do this:
|
||||
|
||||
export CVS_RSH=ssh
|
||||
cvs -z3 -d:ext:your_login@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip co lwip
|
||||
|
||||
after which you can edit your local files with bug fixes or new features and
|
||||
commit them. Make sure you know what you are doing when using CVS to make
|
||||
changes on the repository. If in doubt, ask on the lwip-members mailing list.
|
||||
|
||||
(If SSH asks about authenticity of the host, you can check the key
|
||||
fingerprint against http://savannah.nongnu.org/cvs/?group=lwip)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3 Merging from DEVEL branch to main trunk (stable)
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Merging is a delicate process in CVS and requires the
|
||||
following disciplined steps in order to prevent conflicts
|
||||
in the future. Conflicts can be hard to solve!
|
||||
|
||||
Merging from branch A to branch B requires that the A branch
|
||||
has a tag indicating the previous merger. This tag is called
|
||||
'merged_from_A_to_B'. After merging, the tag is moved in the
|
||||
A branch to remember this merger for future merge actions.
|
||||
|
||||
IMPORTANT: AFTER COMMITTING A SUCCESFUL MERGE IN THE
|
||||
REPOSITORY, THE TAG MUST BE SET ON THE SOURCE BRANCH OF THE
|
||||
MERGE ACTION (REPLACING EXISTING TAGS WITH THE SAME NAME).
|
||||
|
||||
Merge all changes in DEVEL since our last merge to main:
|
||||
|
||||
In the working copy of the main trunk:
|
||||
cvs update -P -jmerged_from_DEVEL_to_main -jDEVEL
|
||||
|
||||
(This will apply the changes between 'merged_from_DEVEL_to_main'
|
||||
and 'DEVEL' to your work set of files)
|
||||
|
||||
We can now commit the merge result.
|
||||
cvs commit -R -m "Merged from DEVEL to main."
|
||||
|
||||
If this worked out OK, we now move the tag in the DEVEL branch
|
||||
to this merge point, so we can use this point for future merges:
|
||||
|
||||
cvs rtag -F -r DEVEL merged_from_DEVEL_to_main lwip
|
||||
|
||||
4 How to release lwIP
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
|
||||
First, checkout a clean copy of the branch to be released. Tag this set with
|
||||
tag name "STABLE-0_6_3". (I use release number 0.6.3 throughout this example).
|
||||
|
||||
Login CVS using pserver authentication, then export a clean copy of the
|
||||
tagged tree. Export is similar to a checkout, except that the CVS metadata
|
||||
is not created locally.
|
||||
|
||||
export CVS_RSH=ssh
|
||||
cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/sources/lwip checkout \
|
||||
-r STABLE-0_6_3 -d lwip-0.6.3 lwip
|
||||
|
||||
Archive this directory using tar, gzip'd, bzip2'd and zip'd.
|
||||
|
||||
tar czvf lwip-0.6.3.tar.gz lwip-0.6.3
|
||||
tar cjvf lwip-0.6.3.tar.bz2 lwip-0.6.3
|
||||
zip -r lwip-0.6.3.zip lwip-0.6.3
|
||||
|
||||
Now, sign the archives with a detached GPG binary signature as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
gpg -b lwip-0.6.3.tar.gz
|
||||
gpg -b lwip-0.6.3.tar.bz2
|
||||
gpg -b lwip-0.6.3.zip
|
||||
|
||||
Upload these files using anonymous FTP:
|
||||
ncftp ftp://savannah.gnu.org/incoming/savannah/lwip
|
||||
|
||||
ncftp>mput *0.6.3.*
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, you may post a news item on Savannah, like this:
|
||||
|
||||
A new 0.6.3 release is now available here:
|
||||
http://savannah.nongnu.org/files/?group=lwip&highlight=0.6.3
|
||||
|
||||
You will have to submit this via the user News interface, then approve
|
||||
this via the Administrator News interface.
|
||||
181
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/snmp_agent.txt
Normal file
181
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/snmp_agent.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
|
||||
SNMPv1 agent for lwIP
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Christiaan Simons
|
||||
|
||||
This is a brief introduction how to use and configure the SNMP agent.
|
||||
Note the agent uses the raw-API UDP interface so you may also want to
|
||||
read rawapi.txt to gain a better understanding of the SNMP message handling.
|
||||
|
||||
0 Agent Capabilities
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
SNMPv1 per RFC1157
|
||||
This is an old(er) standard but is still widely supported.
|
||||
For SNMPv2c and v3 have a greater complexity and need many
|
||||
more lines of code. IMHO this breaks the idea of "lightweight IP".
|
||||
|
||||
Note the S in SNMP stands for "Simple". Note that "Simple" is
|
||||
relative. SNMP is simple compared to the complex ISO network
|
||||
management protocols CMIP (Common Management Information Protocol)
|
||||
and CMOT (CMip Over Tcp).
|
||||
|
||||
MIB II per RFC1213
|
||||
The standard lwIP stack management information base.
|
||||
This is a required MIB, so this is always enabled.
|
||||
When builing lwIP without TCP, the mib-2.tcp group is omitted.
|
||||
The groups EGP, CMOT and transmission are disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
Most mib-2 objects are not writable except:
|
||||
sysName, sysLocation, sysContact, snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
|
||||
Writing to or changing the ARP and IP address and route
|
||||
tables is not possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Note lwIP has a very limited notion of IP routing. It currently
|
||||
doen't have a route table and doesn't have a notion of the U,G,H flags.
|
||||
Instead lwIP uses the interface list with only one default interface
|
||||
acting as a single gateway interface (G) for the default route.
|
||||
|
||||
The agent returns a "virtual table" with the default route 0.0.0.0
|
||||
for the default interface and network routes (no H) for each
|
||||
network interface in the netif_list.
|
||||
All routes are considered to be up (U).
|
||||
|
||||
Loading additional MIBs
|
||||
MIBs can only be added in compile-time, not in run-time.
|
||||
There is no MIB compiler thus additional MIBs must be hand coded.
|
||||
|
||||
Large SNMP message support
|
||||
The packet decoding and encoding routines are designed
|
||||
to use pbuf-chains. Larger payloads than the minimum
|
||||
SNMP requirement of 484 octets are supported if the
|
||||
PBUF_POOL_SIZE and IP_REASS_BUFSIZE are set to match your
|
||||
local requirement.
|
||||
|
||||
1 Building the Agent
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
First of all you'll need to add the following define
|
||||
to your local lwipopts.h:
|
||||
|
||||
#define LWIP_SNMP 1
|
||||
|
||||
and add the source files in lwip/src/core/snmp
|
||||
and some snmp headers in lwip/src/include/lwip to your makefile.
|
||||
|
||||
Note you'll might need to adapt you network driver to update
|
||||
the mib2 variables for your interface.
|
||||
|
||||
2 Running the Agent
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
The following function calls must be made in your program to
|
||||
actually get the SNMP agent running.
|
||||
|
||||
Before starting the agent you should supply pointers
|
||||
to non-volatile memory for sysContact, sysLocation,
|
||||
and snmpEnableAuthenTraps. You can do this by calling
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_set_syscontact()
|
||||
snmp_set_syslocation()
|
||||
snmp_set_snmpenableauthentraps()
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally you may want to set
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_set_sysdescr()
|
||||
snmp_set_sysobjid() (if you have a private MIB)
|
||||
snmp_set_sysname()
|
||||
|
||||
Also before starting the agent you need to setup
|
||||
one or more trap destinations using these calls:
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_trap_dst_enable();
|
||||
snmp_trap_dst_ip_set();
|
||||
|
||||
In the lwIP initialisation sequence call snmp_init() just after
|
||||
the call to udp_init().
|
||||
|
||||
Exactly every 10 msec the SNMP uptime timestamp must be updated with
|
||||
snmp_inc_sysuptime(). You should call this from a timer interrupt
|
||||
or a timer signal handler depending on your runtime environment.
|
||||
|
||||
An alternative way to update the SNMP uptime timestamp is to do a call like
|
||||
snmp_add_sysuptime(100) each 1000ms (which is bigger "step", but call to
|
||||
a lower frequency). Another one is to not call snmp_inc_sysuptime() or
|
||||
snmp_add_sysuptime(), and to define the SNMP_GET_SYSUPTIME(sysuptime) macro.
|
||||
This one is undefined by default in mib2.c. SNMP_GET_SYSUPTIME is called inside
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime(u32_t *value), and enable to change "sysuptime" value only
|
||||
when it's queried (any function which need "sysuptime" have to call
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3 Private MIBs
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
If want to extend the agent with your own private MIB you'll need to
|
||||
add the following define to your local lwipopts.h:
|
||||
|
||||
#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 1
|
||||
|
||||
You must provide the private_mib.h and associated files yourself.
|
||||
Note we don't have a "MIB compiler" that generates C source from a MIB,
|
||||
so you're required to do some serious coding if you enable this!
|
||||
|
||||
Note the lwIP enterprise ID (26381) is assigned to the lwIP project,
|
||||
ALL OBJECT IDENTIFIERS LIVING UNDER THIS ID ARE ASSIGNED BY THE lwIP
|
||||
MAINTAINERS!
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to create your own private MIB you'll need
|
||||
to apply for your own enterprise ID with IANA: http://www.iana.org/numbers.html
|
||||
|
||||
You can set it by passing a struct snmp_obj_id to the agent
|
||||
using snmp_set_sysobjid(&my_object_id), just before snmp_init().
|
||||
|
||||
Note the object identifiers for thes MIB-2 and your private MIB
|
||||
tree must be kept in sorted ascending (lexicographical) order.
|
||||
This to ensure correct getnext operation.
|
||||
|
||||
An example for a private MIB is part of the "minimal Unix" project:
|
||||
contrib/ports/unix/proj/minimal/lwip_prvmib.c
|
||||
|
||||
The next chapter gives a more detailed description of the
|
||||
MIB-2 tree and the optional private MIB.
|
||||
|
||||
4 The Gory Details
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
4.0 Object identifiers and the MIB tree.
|
||||
|
||||
We have three distinct parts for all object identifiers:
|
||||
|
||||
The prefix
|
||||
.iso.org.dod.internet
|
||||
|
||||
the middle part
|
||||
.mgmt.mib-2.ip.ipNetToMediaTable.ipNetToMediaEntry.ipNetToMediaPhysAddress
|
||||
|
||||
and the index part
|
||||
.1.192.168.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
Objects located above the .internet hierarchy aren't supported.
|
||||
Currently only the .mgmt sub-tree is available and
|
||||
when the SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB is enabled the .private tree
|
||||
becomes available too.
|
||||
|
||||
Object identifiers from incoming requests are checked
|
||||
for a matching prefix, middle part and index part
|
||||
or are expanded(*) for GetNext requests with short
|
||||
or inexisting names in the request.
|
||||
(* we call this "expansion" but this also
|
||||
resembles the "auto-completion" operation)
|
||||
|
||||
The middle part is usually located in ROM (const)
|
||||
to preserve precious RAM on small microcontrollers.
|
||||
However RAM location is possible for a dynamically
|
||||
changing private tree.
|
||||
|
||||
The index part is handled by functions which in
|
||||
turn use dynamically allocated index trees from RAM.
|
||||
These trees are updated by e.g. the etharp code
|
||||
when new entries are made or removed form the ARP cache.
|
||||
|
||||
/** @todo more gory details */
|
||||
267
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/sys_arch.txt
Normal file
267
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/doc/sys_arch.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
|
||||
sys_arch interface for lwIP 0.6++
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Adam Dunkels
|
||||
|
||||
The operating system emulation layer provides a common interface
|
||||
between the lwIP code and the underlying operating system kernel. The
|
||||
general idea is that porting lwIP to new architectures requires only
|
||||
small changes to a few header files and a new sys_arch
|
||||
implementation. It is also possible to do a sys_arch implementation
|
||||
that does not rely on any underlying operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
The sys_arch provides semaphores and mailboxes to lwIP. For the full
|
||||
lwIP functionality, multiple threads support can be implemented in the
|
||||
sys_arch, but this is not required for the basic lwIP
|
||||
functionality. Previous versions of lwIP required the sys_arch to
|
||||
implement timer scheduling as well but as of lwIP 0.5 this is
|
||||
implemented in a higher layer.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the source file providing the functionality of sys_arch,
|
||||
the OS emulation layer must provide several header files defining
|
||||
macros used throughout lwip. The files required and the macros they
|
||||
must define are listed below the sys_arch description.
|
||||
|
||||
Semaphores can be either counting or binary - lwIP works with both
|
||||
kinds. Mailboxes are used for message passing and can be implemented
|
||||
either as a queue which allows multiple messages to be posted to a
|
||||
mailbox, or as a rendez-vous point where only one message can be
|
||||
posted at a time. lwIP works with both kinds, but the former type will
|
||||
be more efficient. A message in a mailbox is just a pointer, nothing
|
||||
more.
|
||||
|
||||
Semaphores are represented by the type "sys_sem_t" which is typedef'd
|
||||
in the sys_arch.h file. Mailboxes are equivalently represented by the
|
||||
type "sys_mbox_t". lwIP does not place any restrictions on how
|
||||
sys_sem_t or sys_mbox_t are represented internally.
|
||||
|
||||
Since lwIP 1.4.0, semaphore and mailbox functions are prototyped in a way that
|
||||
allows both using pointers or actual OS structures to be used. This way, memory
|
||||
required for such types can be either allocated in place (globally or on the
|
||||
stack) or on the heap (allocated internally in the "*_new()" functions).
|
||||
|
||||
The following functions must be implemented by the sys_arch:
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_init(void)
|
||||
|
||||
Is called to initialize the sys_arch layer.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t sys_sem_new(sys_sem_t *sem, u8_t count)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a new semaphore. The semaphore is allocated to the memory that 'sem'
|
||||
points to (which can be both a pointer or the actual OS structure).
|
||||
The "count" argument specifies the initial state of the semaphore (which is
|
||||
either 0 or 1).
|
||||
If the semaphore has been created, ERR_OK should be returned. Returning any
|
||||
other error will provide a hint what went wrong, but except for assertions,
|
||||
no real error handling is implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
|
||||
Deallocates a semaphore.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
|
||||
Signals a semaphore.
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t *sem, u32_t timeout)
|
||||
|
||||
Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
|
||||
signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
|
||||
only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
|
||||
milliseconds). If the "timeout" argument is zero, the thread should be
|
||||
blocked until the semaphore is signalled.
|
||||
|
||||
If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
|
||||
milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
|
||||
semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
|
||||
(i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
|
||||
sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
|
||||
|
||||
- int sys_sem_valid(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
|
||||
Returns 1 if the semaphore is valid, 0 if it is not valid.
|
||||
When using pointers, a simple way is to check the pointer for != NULL.
|
||||
When directly using OS structures, implementing this may be more complex.
|
||||
This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_sem_set_invalid(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
|
||||
Invalidate a semaphore so that sys_sem_valid() returns 0.
|
||||
ATTENTION: This does NOT mean that the semaphore shall be deallocated:
|
||||
sys_sem_free() is always called before calling this function!
|
||||
This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t sys_mbox_new(sys_mbox_t *mbox, int size)
|
||||
|
||||
Creates an empty mailbox for maximum "size" elements. Elements stored
|
||||
in mailboxes are pointers. You have to define macros "_MBOX_SIZE"
|
||||
in your lwipopts.h, or ignore this parameter in your implementation
|
||||
and use a default size.
|
||||
If the mailbox has been created, ERR_OK should be returned. Returning any
|
||||
other error will provide a hint what went wrong, but except for assertions,
|
||||
no real error handling is implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
|
||||
|
||||
Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
|
||||
mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
|
||||
programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg)
|
||||
|
||||
Posts the "msg" to the mailbox. This function have to block until
|
||||
the "msg" is really posted.
|
||||
|
||||
- err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg)
|
||||
|
||||
Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox. Returns ERR_MEM if this one
|
||||
is full, else, ERR_OK if the "msg" is posted.
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
|
||||
|
||||
Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
|
||||
not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
|
||||
the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). If "timeout" is 0, the thread should
|
||||
be blocked until a message arrives. The "msg" argument is a result
|
||||
parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
|
||||
ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
|
||||
should be dropped.
|
||||
|
||||
The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
|
||||
Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
|
||||
timeout.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
|
||||
implemented by lwIP.
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg)
|
||||
|
||||
This is similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, however if a message is not
|
||||
present in the mailbox, it immediately returns with the code
|
||||
SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success 0 is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
To allow for efficient implementations, this can be defined as a
|
||||
function-like macro in sys_arch.h instead of a normal function. For
|
||||
example, a naive implementation could be:
|
||||
#define sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(mbox,msg) \
|
||||
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox,msg,1)
|
||||
although this would introduce unnecessary delays.
|
||||
|
||||
- int sys_mbox_valid(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
|
||||
|
||||
Returns 1 if the mailbox is valid, 0 if it is not valid.
|
||||
When using pointers, a simple way is to check the pointer for != NULL.
|
||||
When directly using OS structures, implementing this may be more complex.
|
||||
This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_mbox_set_invalid(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
|
||||
|
||||
Invalidate a mailbox so that sys_mbox_valid() returns 0.
|
||||
ATTENTION: This does NOT mean that the mailbox shall be deallocated:
|
||||
sys_mbox_free() is always called before calling this function!
|
||||
This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
|
||||
|
||||
If threads are supported by the underlying operating system and if
|
||||
such functionality is needed in lwIP, the following function will have
|
||||
to be implemented as well:
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(char *name, void (* thread)(void *arg), void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
|
||||
|
||||
Starts a new thread named "name" with priority "prio" that will begin its
|
||||
execution in the function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an
|
||||
argument to the thread() function. The stack size to used for this thread is
|
||||
the "stacksize" parameter. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id
|
||||
and the priority are system dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
- sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
|
||||
|
||||
This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
|
||||
the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
|
||||
critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
|
||||
want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
|
||||
might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
|
||||
function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
|
||||
other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
|
||||
that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
|
||||
|
||||
sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
- void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
|
||||
|
||||
This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
|
||||
value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
|
||||
more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
|
||||
an operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
For some configurations, you also need:
|
||||
|
||||
- u32_t sys_now(void)
|
||||
|
||||
This optional function returns the current time in milliseconds (don't care
|
||||
for wraparound, this is only used for time diffs).
|
||||
Not implementing this function means you cannot use some modules (e.g. TCP
|
||||
timestamps, internal timeouts for NO_SYS==1).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note:
|
||||
|
||||
Be carefull with using mem_malloc() in sys_arch. When malloc() refers to
|
||||
mem_malloc() you can run into a circular function call problem. In mem.c
|
||||
mem_init() tries to allcate a semaphore using mem_malloc, which of course
|
||||
can't be performed when sys_arch uses mem_malloc.
|
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Additional files required for the "OS support" emulation layer:
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
cc.h - Architecture environment, some compiler specific, some
|
||||
environment specific (probably should move env stuff
|
||||
to sys_arch.h.)
|
||||
|
||||
Typedefs for the types used by lwip -
|
||||
u8_t, s8_t, u16_t, s16_t, u32_t, s32_t, mem_ptr_t
|
||||
|
||||
Compiler hints for packing lwip's structures -
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x)
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
|
||||
Platform specific diagnostic output -
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x) - non-fatal, print a message.
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) - fatal, print message and abandon execution.
|
||||
Portability defines for printf formatters:
|
||||
U16_F, S16_F, X16_F, U32_F, S32_F, X32_F, SZT_F
|
||||
|
||||
"lightweight" synchronization mechanisms -
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(x) - declare a protection state variable.
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(x) - enter protection mode.
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(x) - leave protection mode.
|
||||
|
||||
If the compiler does not provide memset() this file must include a
|
||||
definition of it, or include a file which defines it.
|
||||
|
||||
This file must either include a system-local <errno.h> which defines
|
||||
the standard *nix error codes, or it should #define LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
|
||||
to make lwip/arch.h define the codes which are used throughout.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
perf.h - Architecture specific performance measurement.
|
||||
Measurement calls made throughout lwip, these can be defined to nothing.
|
||||
PERF_START - start measuring something.
|
||||
PERF_STOP(x) - stop measuring something, and record the result.
|
||||
|
||||
sys_arch.h - Tied to sys_arch.c
|
||||
|
||||
Arch dependent types for the following objects:
|
||||
sys_sem_t, sys_mbox_t, sys_thread_t,
|
||||
And, optionally:
|
||||
sys_prot_t
|
||||
|
||||
Defines to set vars of sys_mbox_t and sys_sem_t to NULL.
|
||||
SYS_MBOX_NULL NULL
|
||||
SYS_SEM_NULL NULL
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__)|| defined (__GNUC__)
|
||||
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __CC_H__
|
||||
#define __CC_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "cpu.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned char u8_t;
|
||||
typedef signed char s8_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short u16_t;
|
||||
typedef signed short s16_t;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int u32_t;
|
||||
typedef signed long s32_t;
|
||||
typedef u32_t mem_ptr_t;
|
||||
typedef int sys_prot_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#define U16_F "d"
|
||||
#define S16_F "d"
|
||||
#define X16_F "x"
|
||||
#define U32_F "d"
|
||||
#define S32_F "d"
|
||||
#define X32_F "x"
|
||||
#define SZT_F "uz"
|
||||
|
||||
/* define compiler specific symbols */
|
||||
#if defined (__ICCARM__)
|
||||
#if !defined (__IARSTDLIB__)
|
||||
#define _STRING
|
||||
#ifndef memcmp
|
||||
#define memcmp(dst, src, sz) _memcmp(dst, src, sz)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef memset
|
||||
#define memset(dst, val, sz) _memset(dst, val, sz)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef memcpy
|
||||
#define memcpy(dst, src, sz) _memcpy(dst, src, sz)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif // __IARSTDLIB__
|
||||
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined (__CC_ARM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN __packed
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined (__GNUC__)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT __attribute__ ((__packed__))
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined (__TASKING__)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) //do { if(!(x)) while(1); } while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __CC_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __CPU_H__
|
||||
#define __CPU_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __CPU_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__)
|
||||
#pragma pack()
|
||||
#elif defined (__GNUC__)
|
||||
#pragma pack()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __ARCH_INIT_H__
|
||||
#define __ARCH_INIT_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCPIP_INIT_DONE(arg) tcpip_init_done(arg)
|
||||
|
||||
void tcpip_init_done(void *);
|
||||
int wait_for_tcpip_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __ARCH_INIT_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LIB_H__
|
||||
#define __LIB_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LIB_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __PERF_H__
|
||||
#define __PERF_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#define PERF_START /* null definition */
|
||||
#define PERF_STOP(x) /* null definition */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __PERF_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __SYS_RTXC_H__
|
||||
#define __SYS_RTXC_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "queue.h"
|
||||
#include "semphr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define SYS_MBOX_NULL (xQueueHandle)0
|
||||
#define SYS_SEM_NULL (xSemaphoreHandle)0
|
||||
#define SYS_DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
|
||||
|
||||
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_sem_t;
|
||||
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_mutex_t;
|
||||
typedef xQueueHandle sys_mbox_t;
|
||||
typedef xTaskHandle sys_thread_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _sys_arch_state_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Task creation data.
|
||||
char cTaskName[configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN];
|
||||
unsigned short nStackDepth;
|
||||
unsigned short nTaskCount;
|
||||
} sys_arch_state_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//extern sys_arch_state_t s_sys_arch_state;
|
||||
|
||||
//void sys_set_default_state();
|
||||
//void sys_set_state(signed char *pTaskName, unsigned short nStackSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Message queue constants. */
|
||||
#define archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 6 )
|
||||
#endif /* __SYS_RTXC_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Ethernet Interface Skeleton
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is a skeleton for developing Ethernet network interface
|
||||
* drivers for lwIP. Add code to the low_level functions and do a
|
||||
* search-and-replace for the word "ethernetif" to replace it with
|
||||
* something that better describes your network interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/lwip_timers.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "err.h"
|
||||
#include "ethernetif.h"
|
||||
#include "queue.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip_netconf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//#include "lwip/ethip6.h" //Add for ipv6
|
||||
|
||||
#include <platform/platform_stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "platform_opts.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if CONFIG_WLAN
|
||||
#include <lwip_intf.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if CONFIG_INIC_HOST
|
||||
#include "freertos/inic_intf.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define netifMTU (1500)
|
||||
#define netifINTERFACE_TASK_STACK_SIZE ( 350 )
|
||||
#define netifINTERFACE_TASK_PRIORITY ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1 )
|
||||
#define netifGUARD_BLOCK_TIME ( 250 )
|
||||
/* The time to block waiting for input. */
|
||||
#define emacBLOCK_TIME_WAITING_FOR_INPUT ( ( portTickType ) 100 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_CONCURRENT_MODE
|
||||
#define IF2NAME0 'r'
|
||||
#define IF2NAME1 '2'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static void arp_timer(void *arg);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* In this function, the hardware should be initialized.
|
||||
* Called from ethernetif_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the already initialized lwip network interface structure
|
||||
* for this ethernetif
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void low_level_init(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* set netif MAC hardware address length */
|
||||
netif->hwaddr_len = ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set netif maximum transfer unit */
|
||||
netif->mtu = 1500;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Accept broadcast address and ARP traffic */
|
||||
netif->flags = NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST | NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* make LwIP_Init do igmp_start to add group 224.0.0.1 */
|
||||
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_IGMP;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wlan interface is initialized later */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function should do the actual transmission of the packet. The packet is
|
||||
* contained in the pbuf that is passed to the function. This pbuf
|
||||
* might be chained.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
|
||||
* @param p the MAC packet to send (e.g. IP packet including MAC addresses and type)
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet could be sent
|
||||
* an err_t value if the packet couldn't be sent
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Returning ERR_MEM here if a DMA queue of your MAC is full can lead to
|
||||
* strange results. You might consider waiting for space in the DMA queue
|
||||
* to become availale since the stack doesn't retry to send a packet
|
||||
* dropped because of memory failure (except for the TCP timers).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static err_t low_level_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Refer to eCos lwip eth_drv_send() */
|
||||
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
|
||||
int sg_len = 0;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
#if CONFIG_WLAN
|
||||
if(!rltk_wlan_running(netif_get_idx(netif)))
|
||||
return ERR_IF;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (sg_len) {
|
||||
#if CONFIG_WLAN
|
||||
if (rltk_wlan_send(netif_get_idx(netif), sg_list, sg_len, p->tot_len) == 0)
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_INIC_HOST
|
||||
if(rltk_inic_send( sg_list, sg_len, p->tot_len) == 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return ERR_BUF; // return a non-fatal error
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*for ethernet mii interface*/
|
||||
static err_t low_level_output_mii(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
|
||||
int sg_len = 0;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (sg_len) {
|
||||
if(rltk_mii_send(sg_list, sg_len, p->tot_len) == 0)
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return ERR_BUF; // return a non-fatal error
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should allocate a pbuf and transfer the bytes of the incoming
|
||||
* packet from the interface into the pbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
|
||||
* @return a pbuf filled with the received packet (including MAC header)
|
||||
* NULL on memory error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//static struct pbuf * low_level_input(struct netif *netif){}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function is the ethernetif_input task, it is processed when a packet
|
||||
* is ready to be read from the interface. It uses the function low_level_input()
|
||||
* that should handle the actual reception of bytes from the network
|
||||
* interface. Then the type of the received packet is determined and
|
||||
* the appropriate input function is called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//void ethernetif_input( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Refer to eCos eth_drv_recv to do similarly in ethernetif_input */
|
||||
void ethernetif_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
|
||||
struct pbuf *p, *q;
|
||||
int sg_len = 0;
|
||||
#if CONFIG_WLAN
|
||||
if(!rltk_wlan_running(netif_get_idx(netif)))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if ((total_len > MAX_ETH_MSG) || (total_len < 0))
|
||||
total_len = MAX_ETH_MSG;
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate buffer to store received packet
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, total_len, PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
printf("\n\rCannot allocate pbuf to receive packet");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create scatter list
|
||||
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy received packet to scatter list from wrapper rx skb
|
||||
//printf("\n\rwlan:%c: Recv sg_len: %d, tot_len:%d", netif->name[1],sg_len, total_len);
|
||||
#if CONFIG_WLAN
|
||||
rltk_wlan_recv(netif_get_idx(netif), sg_list, sg_len);
|
||||
#elif CONFIG_INIC_HOST
|
||||
rltk_inic_recv(sg_list, sg_len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// Pass received packet to the interface
|
||||
if (ERR_OK != netif->input(p, netif))
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ethernetif_mii_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct eth_drv_sg sg_list[MAX_ETH_DRV_SG];
|
||||
struct pbuf *p, *q;
|
||||
int sg_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((total_len > MAX_ETH_MSG) || (total_len < 0))
|
||||
total_len = MAX_ETH_MSG;
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate buffer to store received packet
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, total_len, PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
printf("\n\rCannot allocate pbuf to receive packet");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create scatter list
|
||||
for (q = p; q != NULL && sg_len < MAX_ETH_DRV_SG; q = q->next) {
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len].buf = (unsigned int) q->payload;
|
||||
sg_list[sg_len++].len = q->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rltk_mii_recv(sg_list, sg_len);
|
||||
|
||||
// Pass received packet to the interface
|
||||
if (ERR_OK != netif->input(p, netif))
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should be called at the beginning of the program to set up the
|
||||
* network interface. It calls the function low_level_init() to do the
|
||||
* actual setup of the hardware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function should be passed as a parameter to netif_add().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this ethernetif
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the loopif is initialized
|
||||
* ERR_MEM if private data couldn't be allocated
|
||||
* any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", (netif != NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
|
||||
/* Initialize interface hostname */
|
||||
if(netif->name[1] == '0')
|
||||
netif->hostname = "lwip0";
|
||||
else if(netif->name[1] == '1')
|
||||
netif->hostname = "lwip1";
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
|
||||
|
||||
netif->output = etharp_output;
|
||||
//#if LWIP_IPV6
|
||||
// netif->output_ip6 = ethip6_output;
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
netif->linkoutput = low_level_output;
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize the hardware */
|
||||
low_level_init(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
etharp_init();
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
err_t ethernetif_mii_init(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", (netif != NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
|
||||
netif->hostname = "lwip2";
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
|
||||
|
||||
netif->output = etharp_output;
|
||||
//#if LWIP_IPV6
|
||||
// netif->output_ip6 = ethip6_output;
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
netif->linkoutput = low_level_output_mii;
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize the hardware */
|
||||
low_level_init(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
etharp_init();
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void arp_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
etharp_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* For FreeRTOS tickless
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int lwip_tickless_used = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
int arp_timeout_exist(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sys_timeouts *timeouts;
|
||||
struct sys_timeo *t;
|
||||
|
||||
timeouts = sys_arch_timeouts();
|
||||
|
||||
for(t = timeouts->next; t != NULL;t = t->next)
|
||||
if(t->h == arp_timer)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Called by rltk_wlan_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING()
|
||||
void lwip_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(arp_timeout_exist()) {
|
||||
tcpip_untimeout(arp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lwip_tickless_used = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Called in ips_leave() path, support tickless when wifi power wakeup due to ioctl or deinit
|
||||
void lwip_POST_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(lwip_tickless_used) {
|
||||
tcpip_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __ETHERNETIF_H__
|
||||
#define __ETHERNETIF_H__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//----- ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Ethernet Buffer
|
||||
//----- ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
struct eth_drv_sg {
|
||||
unsigned int buf;
|
||||
unsigned int len;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_ETH_DRV_SG 32
|
||||
#define MAX_ETH_MSG 1540
|
||||
|
||||
void ethernetif_recv(struct netif *netif, int total_len);
|
||||
err_t ethernetif_init(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
err_t ethernetif_mii_init(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
void lwip_PRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void);
|
||||
void lwip_POST_SLEEP_PROCESSING(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* lwIP includes. */
|
||||
#include "lwip/debug.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "queue.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/lwip_timers.h"
|
||||
#include "autoconf.h"
|
||||
#include "tcm_heap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
extern void * vTaskGetCurrentTCB( void );
|
||||
struct timeoutlist
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sys_timeouts timeouts;
|
||||
xTaskHandle pid;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the number of threads that can be started with sys_thread_new() */
|
||||
#define SYS_THREAD_MAX 6
|
||||
|
||||
static struct timeoutlist s_timeoutlist[SYS_THREAD_MAX];
|
||||
static u16_t s_nextthread = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Creates an empty mailbox.
|
||||
err_t sys_mbox_new(sys_mbox_t *mbox, int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void ) size;
|
||||
|
||||
*mbox = xQueueCreate( size, sizeof( void * ) );
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
++lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
|
||||
if (lwip_stats.sys.mbox.max < lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used) {
|
||||
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.max = lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
if (*mbox == NULL)
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
|
||||
mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
|
||||
programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( *mbox ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Line for breakpoint. Should never break here! */
|
||||
portNOP();
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.err++;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO notify the user of failure.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
vQueueDelete( *mbox );
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
--lwip_stats.sys.mbox.used;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Posts the "msg" to the mailbox.
|
||||
void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ( xQueueSendToBack(*mbox, &data, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdTRUE ){}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox.
|
||||
err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t result;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( xQueueSend( *mbox, &msg, 0 ) == pdPASS )
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// could not post, queue must be full
|
||||
result = ERR_MEM;
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
lwip_stats.sys.mbox.err++;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
|
||||
not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
|
||||
the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). The "msg" argument is a result
|
||||
parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
|
||||
ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
|
||||
should be dropped.
|
||||
|
||||
The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
|
||||
Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
|
||||
timeout.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
|
||||
implemented by lwIP.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *dummyptr;
|
||||
portTickType StartTime, EndTime, Elapsed;
|
||||
|
||||
StartTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( msg == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg = &dummyptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( timeout != 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( pdTRUE == xQueueReceive( *mbox, &(*msg), timeout / portTICK_RATE_MS ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
return ( Elapsed );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // timed out blocking for message
|
||||
{
|
||||
*msg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // block forever for a message.
|
||||
{
|
||||
while( pdTRUE != xQueueReceive( *mbox, &(*msg), portMAX_DELAY ) ){} // time is arbitrary
|
||||
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
return ( Elapsed ); // return time blocked TODO test
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, but if message is not ready immediately, we'll
|
||||
return with SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success, 0 is returned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *dummyptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( msg == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg = &dummyptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( pdTRUE == xQueueReceive( *mbox, &(*msg), 0 ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SYS_MBOX_EMPTY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
int sys_mbox_valid(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*mbox == SYS_MBOX_NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void sys_mbox_set_invalid(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*mbox = SYS_MBOX_NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Creates a new semaphore. The "count" argument specifies
|
||||
// the initial state of the semaphore.
|
||||
err_t sys_sem_new(sys_sem_t *sem, u8_t count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
vSemaphoreCreateBinary(*sem );
|
||||
if(*sem == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
++lwip_stats.sys.sem.err;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(count == 0) // Means it can't be taken
|
||||
{
|
||||
xSemaphoreTake(*sem,1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
++lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
|
||||
if (lwip_stats.sys.sem.max < lwip_stats.sys.sem.used) {
|
||||
lwip_stats.sys.sem.max = lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
|
||||
signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
|
||||
only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
|
||||
milliseconds).
|
||||
|
||||
If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
|
||||
milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
|
||||
semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
|
||||
(i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
|
||||
sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t *sem, u32_t timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType StartTime, EndTime, Elapsed;
|
||||
|
||||
StartTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
|
||||
if( timeout != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreTake( *sem, timeout / portTICK_RATE_MS ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
return (Elapsed); // return time blocked TODO test
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // must block without a timeout
|
||||
{
|
||||
while( xSemaphoreTake(*sem, portMAX_DELAY) != pdTRUE){}
|
||||
EndTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
Elapsed = (EndTime - StartTime) * portTICK_RATE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
return ( Elapsed ); // return time blocked
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Signals a semaphore
|
||||
void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xSemaphoreGive(*sem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Deallocates a semaphore
|
||||
void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
--lwip_stats.sys.sem.used;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
vQueueDelete(*sem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
int sys_sem_valid(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*sem == SYS_SEM_NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void sys_sem_set_invalid(sys_sem_t *sem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*sem = SYS_SEM_NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// Initialize sys arch
|
||||
void sys_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize the the per-thread sys_timeouts structures
|
||||
// make sure there are no valid pids in the list
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < SYS_THREAD_MAX; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s_timeoutlist[i].pid = 0;
|
||||
s_timeoutlist[i].timeouts.next = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// keep track of how many threads have been created
|
||||
s_nextthread = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Returns a pointer to the per-thread sys_timeouts structure. In lwIP,
|
||||
each thread has a list of timeouts which is represented as a linked
|
||||
list of sys_timeout structures. The sys_timeouts structure holds a
|
||||
pointer to a linked list of timeouts. This function is called by
|
||||
the lwIP timeout scheduler and must not return a NULL value.
|
||||
|
||||
In a single threaded sys_arch implementation, this function will
|
||||
simply return a pointer to a global sys_timeouts variable stored in
|
||||
the sys_arch module.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct sys_timeouts *sys_arch_timeouts(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
xTaskHandle pid;
|
||||
struct timeoutlist *tl;
|
||||
|
||||
pid = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < s_nextthread; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tl = &(s_timeoutlist[i]);
|
||||
if(tl->pid == pid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &(tl->timeouts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Error
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Mutexes*/
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#if LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX == 0
|
||||
/* Create a new mutex*/
|
||||
err_t sys_mutex_new(sys_mutex_t *mutex) {
|
||||
|
||||
*mutex = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
|
||||
if(*mutex == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
++lwip_stats.sys.mutex.err;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
++lwip_stats.sys.mutex.used;
|
||||
if (lwip_stats.sys.mutex.max < lwip_stats.sys.mutex.used) {
|
||||
lwip_stats.sys.mutex.max = lwip_stats.sys.mutex.used;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Deallocate a mutex*/
|
||||
void sys_mutex_free(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
--lwip_stats.sys.mutex.used;
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
vQueueDelete(*mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Lock a mutex*/
|
||||
void sys_mutex_lock(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sys_arch_sem_wait(*mutex, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Unlock a mutex*/
|
||||
void sys_mutex_unlock(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xSemaphoreGive(*mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /*LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Starts a new thread with priority "prio" that will begin its execution in the
|
||||
function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an argument to the
|
||||
thread() function. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id and
|
||||
the priority are system dependent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
sys_thread_t sys_thread_new_tcm(const char *name, lwip_thread_fn thread , void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xTaskHandle CreatedTask;
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( s_nextthread < SYS_THREAD_MAX )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vPortEnterCritical();
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_TCM_HEAP
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *stack_addr = tcm_heap_malloc(stacksize * sizeof(int));
|
||||
|
||||
if(stack_addr == NULL){
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = xTaskGenericCreate(
|
||||
thread,
|
||||
( signed portCHAR * ) name,
|
||||
stacksize,
|
||||
arg,
|
||||
prio,
|
||||
&CreatedTask,
|
||||
stack_addr,
|
||||
NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
result = xTaskCreate( thread, ( signed portCHAR * ) name, stacksize, arg, prio, &CreatedTask );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// For each task created, store the task handle (pid) in the timers array.
|
||||
// This scheme doesn't allow for threads to be deleted
|
||||
s_timeoutlist[s_nextthread++].pid = CreatedTask;
|
||||
vPortExitCritical();
|
||||
|
||||
if(result == pdPASS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CreatedTask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Starts a new thread with priority "prio" that will begin its execution in the
|
||||
function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an argument to the
|
||||
thread() function. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id and
|
||||
the priority are system dependent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(const char *name, lwip_thread_fn thread , void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xTaskHandle CreatedTask;
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( s_nextthread < SYS_THREAD_MAX )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vPortEnterCritical();
|
||||
result = xTaskCreate( thread, ( signed portCHAR * ) name, stacksize, arg, prio, &CreatedTask );
|
||||
|
||||
// For each task created, store the task handle (pid) in the timers array.
|
||||
// This scheme doesn't allow for threads to be deleted
|
||||
s_timeoutlist[s_nextthread++].pid = CreatedTask;
|
||||
vPortExitCritical();
|
||||
|
||||
if(result == pdPASS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CreatedTask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int sys_thread_delete(xTaskHandle pid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, isFind = 0;
|
||||
struct timeoutlist *tl, *tend = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
pid = (( pid == NULL)?(xTaskHandle) vTaskGetCurrentTCB() : pid);
|
||||
|
||||
if (s_nextthread)
|
||||
{
|
||||
vPortEnterCritical();
|
||||
|
||||
tend = &(s_timeoutlist[s_nextthread-1]);//the last one
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < s_nextthread; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tl = &(s_timeoutlist[i]);
|
||||
if(tl->pid == pid)
|
||||
{//find the task, exchange with the last one
|
||||
memcpy(tl, tend, sizeof(struct timeoutlist));
|
||||
memset(tend, 0, sizeof(struct timeoutlist));
|
||||
s_nextthread --;
|
||||
isFind = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (isFind) {
|
||||
vTaskDelete( pid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
vPortExitCritical();
|
||||
|
||||
if (isFind)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pdPASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pdFAIL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pdFAIL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
|
||||
the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
|
||||
critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
|
||||
want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
|
||||
might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
|
||||
function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
|
||||
other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
|
||||
that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
|
||||
|
||||
sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
|
||||
system.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
vPortEnterCritical();
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
|
||||
value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
|
||||
more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
|
||||
an operating system.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
( void ) pval;
|
||||
vPortExitCritical();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Prints an assertion messages and aborts execution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sys_assert( const char *msg )
|
||||
{
|
||||
( void ) msg;
|
||||
/*FSL:only needed for debugging
|
||||
printf(msg);
|
||||
printf("\n\r");
|
||||
*/
|
||||
vPortEnterCritical( );
|
||||
for(;;)
|
||||
;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t sys_now(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t sys_jiffies(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __SYS_RTXC_H__
|
||||
#define __SYS_RTXC_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "queue.h"
|
||||
#include "semphr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define SYS_MBOX_NULL (xQueueHandle)0
|
||||
#define SYS_SEM_NULL (xSemaphoreHandle)0
|
||||
#define SYS_DEFAULT_THREAD_STACK_DEPTH configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
|
||||
|
||||
typedef xSemaphoreHandle sys_sem_t;
|
||||
typedef xQueueHandle sys_mbox_t;
|
||||
typedef xTaskHandle sys_thread_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _sys_arch_state_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Task creation data.
|
||||
char cTaskName[configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN];
|
||||
unsigned short nStackDepth;
|
||||
unsigned short nTaskCount;
|
||||
} sys_arch_state_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//extern sys_arch_state_t s_sys_arch_state;
|
||||
|
||||
//void sys_set_default_state();
|
||||
//void sys_set_state(signed char *pTaskName, unsigned short nStackSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Message queue constants. */
|
||||
#define archMESG_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 6 )
|
||||
#endif /* __SYS_RTXC_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
13
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/FILES
Normal file
13
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/FILES
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
api/ - The code for the high-level wrapper API. Not needed if
|
||||
you use the lowel-level call-back/raw API.
|
||||
|
||||
core/ - The core of the TPC/IP stack; protocol implementations,
|
||||
memory and buffer management, and the low-level raw API.
|
||||
|
||||
include/ - lwIP include files.
|
||||
|
||||
netif/ - Generic network interface device drivers are kept here,
|
||||
as well as the ARP module.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on the various subdirectories, check the FILES
|
||||
file in each directory.
|
||||
792
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/api_lib.c
Normal file
792
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/api_lib.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Sequential API External module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the part of the API that is linked with
|
||||
the application */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/api.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new netconn (of a specific type) that has a callback function.
|
||||
* The corresponding pcb is also created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param t the type of 'connection' to create (@see enum netconn_type)
|
||||
* @param proto the IP protocol for RAW IP pcbs
|
||||
* @param callback a function to call on status changes (RX available, TX'ed)
|
||||
* @return a newly allocated struct netconn or
|
||||
* NULL on memory error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netconn*
|
||||
netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto, netconn_callback callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netconn *conn;
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
|
||||
conn = netconn_alloc(t, callback);
|
||||
if (conn != NULL) {
|
||||
msg.function = do_newconn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.n.proto = proto;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
if (TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("freeing conn without freeing pcb", conn->pcb.tcp == NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no op_completed", sys_sem_valid(&conn->op_completed));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox));
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("conn->acceptmbox shouldn't exist", !sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox));
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
sys_sem_free(&conn->op_completed);
|
||||
sys_mbox_free(&conn->recvmbox);
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_NETCONN, conn);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return conn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close a netconn 'connection' and free its resources.
|
||||
* UDP and RAW connection are completely closed, TCP pcbs might still be in a waitstate
|
||||
* after this returns.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn to delete
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the connection was deleted
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* No ASSERT here because possible to get a (conn == NULL) if we got an accept error */
|
||||
if (conn == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_delconn;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
netconn_free(conn);
|
||||
|
||||
/* don't care for return value of do_delconn since it only calls void functions */
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the local or remote IP address and port of a netconn.
|
||||
* For RAW netconns, this returns the protocol instead of a port!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn to query
|
||||
* @param addr a pointer to which to save the IP address
|
||||
* @param port a pointer to which to save the port (or protocol for RAW)
|
||||
* @param local 1 to get the local IP address, 0 to get the remote one
|
||||
* @return ERR_CONN for invalid connections
|
||||
* ERR_OK if the information was retrieved
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t *port, u8_t local)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid port", (port != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_getaddr;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.ad.ipaddr = addr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.ad.port = port;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.ad.local = local;
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bind a netconn to a specific local IP address and port.
|
||||
* Binding one netconn twice might not always be checked correctly!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn to bind
|
||||
* @param addr the local IP address to bind the netconn to (use IP_ADDR_ANY
|
||||
* to bind to all addresses)
|
||||
* @param port the local port to bind the netconn to (not used for RAW)
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if bound, any other err_t on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_bind: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_bind;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.bc.ipaddr = addr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.bc.port = port;
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Connect a netconn to a specific remote IP address and port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn to connect
|
||||
* @param addr the remote IP address to connect to
|
||||
* @param port the remote port to connect to (no used for RAW)
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if connected, return value of tcp_/udp_/raw_connect otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_connect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_connect;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.bc.ipaddr = addr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.bc.port = port;
|
||||
/* This is the only function which need to not block tcpip_thread */
|
||||
err = tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disconnect a netconn from its current peer (only valid for UDP netconns).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn to disconnect
|
||||
* @return TODO: return value is not set here...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_disconnect(struct netconn *conn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_disconnect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_disconnect;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a TCP netconn into listen mode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the tcp netconn to set to listen mode
|
||||
* @param backlog the listen backlog, only used if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG==1
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was set to listen (UDP and RAW netconns
|
||||
* don't return any error (yet?))
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This does no harm. If TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG is off, backlog is unused. */
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_listen: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_listen;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.lb.backlog = backlog;
|
||||
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept a new connection on a TCP listening netconn.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the TCP listen netconn
|
||||
* @param new_conn pointer where the new connection is stored
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if a new connection has been received or an error
|
||||
* code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn, struct netconn **new_conn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
struct netconn *newconn;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid pointer", (new_conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
*new_conn = NULL;
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid acceptmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
err = conn->last_err;
|
||||
if (ERR_IS_FATAL(err)) {
|
||||
/* don't recv on fatal errors: this might block the application task
|
||||
waiting on acceptmbox forever! */
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
|
||||
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->acceptmbox, (void **)&newconn, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_TIMEOUT);
|
||||
return ERR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->acceptmbox, (void **)&newconn, 0);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
|
||||
/* Register event with callback */
|
||||
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (newconn == NULL) {
|
||||
/* connection has been aborted */
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_ABRT);
|
||||
return ERR_ABRT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
|
||||
/* Let the stack know that we have accepted the connection. */
|
||||
msg.function = do_recv;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
/* don't care for the return value of do_recv */
|
||||
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
|
||||
|
||||
*new_conn = newconn;
|
||||
/* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(new_conn);
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Receive data: actual implementation that doesn't care whether pbuf or netbuf
|
||||
* is received
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
|
||||
* @param new_buf pointer where a new pbuf/netbuf is stored when received data
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
|
||||
* memory error or another error)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
netconn_recv_data(struct netconn *conn, void **new_buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *buf = NULL;
|
||||
u16_t len;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid pointer", (new_buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
*new_buf = NULL;
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox), return ERR_CONN;);
|
||||
|
||||
err = conn->last_err;
|
||||
if (ERR_IS_FATAL(err)) {
|
||||
/* don't recv on fatal errors: this might block the application task
|
||||
waiting on recvmbox forever! */
|
||||
/* @todo: this does not allow us to fetch data that has been put into recvmbox
|
||||
before the fatal error occurred - is that a problem? */
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
|
||||
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->recvmbox, &buf, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_TIMEOUT);
|
||||
return ERR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->recvmbox, &buf, 0);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
|
||||
if (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP)
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!netconn_get_noautorecved(conn) || (buf == NULL)) {
|
||||
/* Let the stack know that we have taken the data. */
|
||||
/* TODO: Speedup: Don't block and wait for the answer here
|
||||
(to prevent multiple thread-switches). */
|
||||
msg.function = do_recv;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
if (buf != NULL) {
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.r.len = ((struct pbuf *)buf)->tot_len;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.r.len = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* don't care for the return value of do_recv */
|
||||
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we are closed, we indicate that we no longer wish to use the socket */
|
||||
if (buf == NULL) {
|
||||
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
|
||||
/* Avoid to lose any previous error code */
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_CLSD);
|
||||
return ERR_CLSD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
len = ((struct pbuf *)buf)->tot_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
|
||||
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("buf != NULL", buf != NULL);
|
||||
len = netbuf_len((struct netbuf *)buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DEC(conn->recv_avail, len);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
|
||||
/* Register event with callback */
|
||||
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, len);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_recv_data: received %p, len=%"U16_F"\n", buf, len));
|
||||
|
||||
*new_buf = buf;
|
||||
/* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Receive data (in form of a pbuf) from a TCP netconn
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
|
||||
* @param new_buf pointer where a new pbuf is stored when received data
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
|
||||
* memory error or another error)
|
||||
* ERR_ARG if conn is not a TCP netconn
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf(struct netconn *conn, struct pbuf **new_buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL) &&
|
||||
netconn_type(conn) == NETCONN_TCP, return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
return netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)new_buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Receive data (in form of a netbuf containing a packet buffer) from a netconn
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
|
||||
* @param new_buf pointer where a new netbuf is stored when received data
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
|
||||
* memory error or another error)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf **new_buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
struct netbuf *buf = NULL;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid pointer", (new_buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
*new_buf = NULL;
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox), return ERR_CONN;);
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
|
||||
if (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP)
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *p = NULL;
|
||||
/* This is not a listening netconn, since recvmbox is set */
|
||||
|
||||
buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
|
||||
if (buf == NULL) {
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_MEM);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
err = netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)&p);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
buf->p = p;
|
||||
buf->ptr = p;
|
||||
buf->port = 0;
|
||||
ip_addr_set_any(&buf->addr);
|
||||
*new_buf = buf;
|
||||
/* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
|
||||
return netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)new_buf);
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TCP: update the receive window: by calling this, the application
|
||||
* tells the stack that it has processed data and is able to accept
|
||||
* new data.
|
||||
* ATTENTION: use with care, this is mainly used for sockets!
|
||||
* Can only be used when calling netconn_set_noautorecved(conn, 1) before.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn for which to update the receive window
|
||||
* @param length amount of data processed (ATTENTION: this must be accurate!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netconn_recved(struct netconn *conn, u32_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
if ((conn != NULL) && (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP) &&
|
||||
(netconn_get_noautorecved(conn))) {
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
/* Let the stack know that we have taken the data. */
|
||||
/* TODO: Speedup: Don't block and wait for the answer here
|
||||
(to prevent multiple thread-switches). */
|
||||
msg.function = do_recv;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.r.len = length;
|
||||
/* don't care for the return value of do_recv */
|
||||
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(length);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send data (in form of a netbuf) to a specific remote IP address and port.
|
||||
* Only to be used for UDP and RAW netconns (not TCP).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the netconn over which to send data
|
||||
* @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
|
||||
* @param addr the remote IP address to which to send the data
|
||||
* @param port the remote port to which to send the data
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (buf != NULL) {
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&buf->addr, addr);
|
||||
buf->port = port;
|
||||
return netconn_send(conn, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send data over a UDP or RAW netconn (that is already connected).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the UDP or RAW netconn over which to send data
|
||||
* @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_send: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_send: sending %"U16_F" bytes\n", buf->p->tot_len));
|
||||
msg.function = do_send;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.b = buf;
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send data over a TCP netconn.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the TCP netconn over which to send data
|
||||
* @param dataptr pointer to the application buffer that contains the data to send
|
||||
* @param size size of the application data to send
|
||||
* @param apiflags combination of following flags :
|
||||
* - NETCONN_COPY: data will be copied into memory belonging to the stack
|
||||
* - NETCONN_MORE: for TCP connection, PSH flag will be set on last segment sent
|
||||
* - NETCONN_DONTBLOCK: only write the data if all dat can be written at once
|
||||
* @param bytes_written pointer to a location that receives the number of written bytes
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_write_partly(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size,
|
||||
u8_t apiflags, size_t *bytes_written)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
u8_t dontblock;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn->type", (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dontblock = netconn_is_nonblocking(conn) || (apiflags & NETCONN_DONTBLOCK);
|
||||
if (dontblock && !bytes_written) {
|
||||
/* This implies netconn_write() cannot be used for non-blocking send, since
|
||||
it has no way to return the number of bytes written. */
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* non-blocking write sends as much */
|
||||
msg.function = do_write;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.w.dataptr = dataptr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.w.apiflags = apiflags;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.w.len = size;
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
|
||||
if (conn->send_timeout != 0) {
|
||||
/* get the time we started, which is later compared to
|
||||
sys_now() + conn->send_timeout */
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.w.time_started = sys_now();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.w.time_started = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
|
||||
|
||||
/* For locking the core: this _can_ be delayed on low memory/low send buffer,
|
||||
but if it is, this is done inside api_msg.c:do_write(), so we can use the
|
||||
non-blocking version here. */
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
if ((err == ERR_OK) && (bytes_written != NULL)) {
|
||||
if (dontblock
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
|
||||
|| (conn->send_timeout != 0)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
|
||||
) {
|
||||
/* nonblocking write: maybe the data has been sent partly */
|
||||
*bytes_written = msg.msg.msg.w.len;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* blocking call succeeded: all data has been sent if it */
|
||||
*bytes_written = size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close ot shutdown a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the TCP netconn to close or shutdown
|
||||
* @param how fully close or only shutdown one side?
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
netconn_close_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t how)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_close: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_close;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
/* shutting down both ends is the same as closing */
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.sd.shut = how;
|
||||
/* because of the LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING implementation of do_close,
|
||||
don't use TCPIP_APIMSG here */
|
||||
err = tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the TCP netconn to close
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_close(struct netconn *conn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* shutting down both ends is the same as closing */
|
||||
return netconn_close_shutdown(conn, NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Shut down one or both sides of a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the TCP netconn to shut down
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t shut_rx, u8_t shut_tx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return netconn_close_shutdown(conn, (shut_rx ? NETCONN_SHUT_RD : 0) | (shut_tx ? NETCONN_SHUT_WR : 0));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Join multicast groups for UDP netconns.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param conn the UDP netconn for which to change multicast addresses
|
||||
* @param multiaddr IP address of the multicast group to join or leave
|
||||
* @param netif_addr the IP address of the network interface on which to send
|
||||
* the igmp message
|
||||
* @param join_or_leave flag whether to send a join- or leave-message
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the action was taken, any err_t on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *multiaddr,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *netif_addr,
|
||||
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_join_leave_group: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
msg.function = do_join_leave_group;
|
||||
msg.msg.conn = conn;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.jl.multiaddr = multiaddr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.jl.netif_addr = netif_addr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.jl.join_or_leave = join_or_leave;
|
||||
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
|
||||
|
||||
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Execute a DNS query, only one IP address is returned
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name a string representation of the DNS host name to query
|
||||
* @param addr a preallocated ip_addr_t where to store the resolved IP address
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK: resolving succeeded
|
||||
* ERR_MEM: memory error, try again later
|
||||
* ERR_ARG: dns client not initialized or invalid hostname
|
||||
* ERR_VAL: dns server response was invalid
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dns_api_msg msg;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
sys_sem_t sem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid name", (name != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
err = sys_sem_new(&sem, 0);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg.name = name;
|
||||
msg.addr = addr;
|
||||
msg.err = &err;
|
||||
msg.sem = &sem;
|
||||
|
||||
tcpip_callback(do_gethostbyname, &msg);
|
||||
sys_sem_wait(&sem);
|
||||
sys_sem_free(&sem);
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS*/
|
||||
|
||||
//Realtek add
|
||||
err_t netconn_abort(struct netconn *conn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (conn->acceptmbox != SYS_MBOX_NULL) {
|
||||
/* Register event with callback */
|
||||
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
|
||||
sys_mbox_post(&conn->acceptmbox, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Realtek add end
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
1565
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/api_msg.c
Normal file
1565
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/api_msg.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
75
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/err.c
Normal file
75
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/err.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Error Management module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
static const char *err_strerr[] = {
|
||||
"Ok.", /* ERR_OK 0 */
|
||||
"Out of memory error.", /* ERR_MEM -1 */
|
||||
"Buffer error.", /* ERR_BUF -2 */
|
||||
"Timeout.", /* ERR_TIMEOUT -3 */
|
||||
"Routing problem.", /* ERR_RTE -4 */
|
||||
"Operation in progress.", /* ERR_INPROGRESS -5 */
|
||||
"Illegal value.", /* ERR_VAL -6 */
|
||||
"Operation would block.", /* ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7 */
|
||||
"Address in use.", /* ERR_USE -8 */
|
||||
"Already connected.", /* ERR_ISCONN -9 */
|
||||
"Connection aborted.", /* ERR_ABRT -10 */
|
||||
"Connection reset.", /* ERR_RST -11 */
|
||||
"Connection closed.", /* ERR_CLSD -12 */
|
||||
"Not connected.", /* ERR_CONN -13 */
|
||||
"Illegal argument.", /* ERR_ARG -14 */
|
||||
"Low-level netif error.", /* ERR_IF -15 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an lwip internal error to a string representation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param err an lwip internal err_t
|
||||
* @return a string representation for err
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
lwip_strerr(err_t err)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return err_strerr[-err];
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
245
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/netbuf.c
Normal file
245
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/netbuf.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Network buffer management
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create (allocate) and initialize a new netbuf.
|
||||
* The netbuf doesn't yet contain a packet buffer!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to a new netbuf
|
||||
* NULL on lack of memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct
|
||||
netbuf *netbuf_new(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netbuf *buf;
|
||||
|
||||
buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
|
||||
if (buf != NULL) {
|
||||
buf->p = NULL;
|
||||
buf->ptr = NULL;
|
||||
ip_addr_set_any(&buf->addr);
|
||||
buf->port = 0;
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
|
||||
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
|
||||
buf->flags = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
|
||||
buf->toport_chksum = 0;
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
|
||||
ip_addr_set_any(&buf->toaddr);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Deallocate a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pointer to a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netbuf_delete(struct netbuf *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (buf != NULL) {
|
||||
if (buf->p != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(buf->p);
|
||||
buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate memory for a packet buffer for a given netbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the netbuf for which to allocate a packet buffer
|
||||
* @param size the size of the packet buffer to allocate
|
||||
* @return pointer to the allocated memory
|
||||
* NULL if no memory could be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
netbuf_alloc(struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_alloc: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return NULL;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deallocate any previously allocated memory. */
|
||||
if (buf->p != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(buf->p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, size, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (buf->p == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold size",
|
||||
(buf->p->len >= size));
|
||||
buf->ptr = buf->p;
|
||||
return buf->p->payload;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the packet buffer included in a netbuf
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pointer to the netbuf which contains the packet buffer to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netbuf_free(struct netbuf *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
|
||||
if (buf->p != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(buf->p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let a netbuf reference existing (non-volatile) data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf netbuf which should reference the data
|
||||
* @param dataptr pointer to the data to reference
|
||||
* @param size size of the data
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if data is referenced
|
||||
* ERR_MEM if data couldn't be referenced due to lack of memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netbuf_ref(struct netbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
if (buf->p != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(buf->p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, 0, PBUF_REF);
|
||||
if (buf->p == NULL) {
|
||||
buf->ptr = NULL;
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
buf->p->payload = (void*)dataptr;
|
||||
buf->p->len = buf->p->tot_len = size;
|
||||
buf->ptr = buf->p;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chain one netbuf to another (@see pbuf_chain)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param head the first netbuf
|
||||
* @param tail netbuf to chain after head, freed by this function, may not be reference after returning
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netbuf_chain(struct netbuf *head, struct netbuf *tail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid head", (head != NULL), return;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_chain: invalid tail", (tail != NULL), return;);
|
||||
pbuf_cat(head->p, tail->p);
|
||||
head->ptr = head->p;
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, tail);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the data pointer and length of the data inside a netbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf netbuf to get the data from
|
||||
* @param dataptr pointer to a void pointer where to store the data pointer
|
||||
* @param len pointer to an u16_t where the length of the data is stored
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the information was retreived,
|
||||
* ERR_BUF on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netbuf_data(struct netbuf *buf, void **dataptr, u16_t *len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid len", (len != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
if (buf->ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_BUF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dataptr = buf->ptr->payload;
|
||||
*len = buf->ptr->len;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
|
||||
* to the next part.
|
||||
* The packet buffer itself is not modified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the netbuf to modify
|
||||
* @return -1 if there is no next part
|
||||
* 1 if moved to the next part but now there is no next part
|
||||
* 0 if moved to the next part and there are still more parts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s8_t
|
||||
netbuf_next(struct netbuf *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return -1;);
|
||||
if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
buf->ptr = buf->ptr->next;
|
||||
if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
|
||||
* to the beginning of the packet.
|
||||
* The packet buffer itself is not modified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the netbuf to modify
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netbuf_first(struct netbuf *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
|
||||
buf->ptr = buf->p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
353
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/netdb.c
Normal file
353
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/netdb.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* API functions for name resolving
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netdb.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/api.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dns.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** helper struct for gethostbyname_r to access the char* buffer */
|
||||
struct gethostbyname_r_helper {
|
||||
ip_addr_t *addr_list[2];
|
||||
ip_addr_t addr;
|
||||
char *aliases;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** h_errno is exported in netdb.h for access by applications. */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
|
||||
int h_errno;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO */
|
||||
|
||||
/** define "hostent" variables storage: 0 if we use a static (but unprotected)
|
||||
* set of variables for lwip_gethostbyname, 1 if we use a local storage */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
|
||||
#define LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** define "hostent" variables storage */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
|
||||
#define HOSTENT_STORAGE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define HOSTENT_STORAGE static
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_STATIC_HOSTENT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
|
||||
* for the host with name name.
|
||||
* Due to dns_gethostbyname limitations, only one address is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the hostname to resolve
|
||||
* @return an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
|
||||
* for the host with name name
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct hostent*
|
||||
lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
ip_addr_t addr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* buffer variables for lwip_gethostbyname() */
|
||||
HOSTENT_STORAGE struct hostent s_hostent;
|
||||
HOSTENT_STORAGE char *s_aliases;
|
||||
HOSTENT_STORAGE ip_addr_t s_hostent_addr;
|
||||
HOSTENT_STORAGE ip_addr_t *s_phostent_addr[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/* query host IP address */
|
||||
err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &addr);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
|
||||
h_errno = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* fill hostent */
|
||||
s_hostent_addr = addr;
|
||||
s_phostent_addr[0] = &s_hostent_addr;
|
||||
s_phostent_addr[1] = NULL;
|
||||
s_hostent.h_name = (char*)name;
|
||||
s_hostent.h_aliases = &s_aliases;
|
||||
s_hostent.h_addrtype = AF_INET;
|
||||
s_hostent.h_length = sizeof(ip_addr_t);
|
||||
s_hostent.h_addr_list = (char**)&s_phostent_addr;
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_DEBUG
|
||||
/* dump hostent */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_name == %s\n", s_hostent.h_name));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases == %p\n", s_hostent.h_aliases));
|
||||
if (s_hostent.h_aliases != NULL) {
|
||||
u8_t idx;
|
||||
for ( idx=0; s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]; idx++) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases[%i]-> == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addrtype == %d\n", s_hostent.h_addrtype));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_length == %d\n", s_hostent.h_length));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list == %p\n", s_hostent.h_addr_list));
|
||||
if (s_hostent.h_addr_list != NULL) {
|
||||
u8_t idx;
|
||||
for ( idx=0; s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]; idx++) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i] == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, ip_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx])));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
|
||||
/* this function should return the "per-thread" hostent after copy from s_hostent */
|
||||
return sys_thread_hostent(&s_hostent);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return &s_hostent;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thread-safe variant of lwip_gethostbyname: instead of using a static
|
||||
* buffer, this function takes buffer and errno pointers as arguments
|
||||
* and uses these for the result.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the hostname to resolve
|
||||
* @param ret pre-allocated struct where to store the result
|
||||
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to store additional data
|
||||
* @param buflen the size of buf
|
||||
* @param result pointer to a hostent pointer that is set to ret on success
|
||||
* and set to zero on error
|
||||
* @param h_errnop pointer to an int where to store errors (instead of modifying
|
||||
* the global h_errno)
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, non-zero on error, additional error information
|
||||
* is stored in *h_errnop instead of h_errno to be thread-safe
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int
|
||||
lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
|
||||
size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct gethostbyname_r_helper *h;
|
||||
char *hostname;
|
||||
size_t namelen;
|
||||
int lh_errno;
|
||||
|
||||
if (h_errnop == NULL) {
|
||||
/* ensure h_errnop is never NULL */
|
||||
h_errnop = &lh_errno;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (result == NULL) {
|
||||
/* not all arguments given */
|
||||
*h_errnop = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* first thing to do: set *result to nothing */
|
||||
*result = NULL;
|
||||
if ((name == NULL) || (ret == NULL) || (buf == NULL)) {
|
||||
/* not all arguments given */
|
||||
*h_errnop = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
namelen = strlen(name);
|
||||
if (buflen < (sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper) + namelen + 1 + (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))) {
|
||||
/* buf can't hold the data needed + a copy of name */
|
||||
*h_errnop = ERANGE;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
h = (struct gethostbyname_r_helper*)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(buf);
|
||||
hostname = ((char*)h) + sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper);
|
||||
|
||||
/* query host IP address */
|
||||
err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &h->addr);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
|
||||
*h_errnop = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy the hostname into buf */
|
||||
MEMCPY(hostname, name, namelen);
|
||||
hostname[namelen] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* fill hostent */
|
||||
h->addr_list[0] = &h->addr;
|
||||
h->addr_list[1] = NULL;
|
||||
h->aliases = NULL;
|
||||
ret->h_name = hostname;
|
||||
ret->h_aliases = &h->aliases;
|
||||
ret->h_addrtype = AF_INET;
|
||||
ret->h_length = sizeof(ip_addr_t);
|
||||
ret->h_addr_list = (char**)&h->addr_list;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set result != NULL */
|
||||
*result = ret;
|
||||
|
||||
/* return success */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frees one or more addrinfo structures returned by getaddrinfo(), along with
|
||||
* any additional storage associated with those structures. If the ai_next field
|
||||
* of the structure is not null, the entire list of structures is freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ai struct addrinfo to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct addrinfo *next;
|
||||
|
||||
while (ai != NULL) {
|
||||
next = ai->ai_next;
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_NETDB, ai);
|
||||
ai = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Translates the name of a service location (for example, a host name) and/or
|
||||
* a service name and returns a set of socket addresses and associated
|
||||
* information to be used in creating a socket with which to address the
|
||||
* specified service.
|
||||
* Memory for the result is allocated internally and must be freed by calling
|
||||
* lwip_freeaddrinfo()!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Due to a limitation in dns_gethostbyname, only the first address of a
|
||||
* host is returned.
|
||||
* Also, service names are not supported (only port numbers)!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nodename descriptive name or address string of the host
|
||||
* (may be NULL -> local address)
|
||||
* @param servname port number as string of NULL
|
||||
* @param hints structure containing input values that set socktype and protocol
|
||||
* @param res pointer to a pointer where to store the result (set to NULL on failure)
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, non-zero on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int
|
||||
lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename, const char *servname,
|
||||
const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
ip_addr_t addr;
|
||||
struct addrinfo *ai;
|
||||
struct sockaddr_in *sa = NULL;
|
||||
int port_nr = 0;
|
||||
size_t total_size;
|
||||
size_t namelen = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (res == NULL) {
|
||||
return EAI_FAIL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*res = NULL;
|
||||
if ((nodename == NULL) && (servname == NULL)) {
|
||||
return EAI_NONAME;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (servname != NULL) {
|
||||
/* service name specified: convert to port number
|
||||
* @todo?: currently, only ASCII integers (port numbers) are supported! */
|
||||
port_nr = atoi(servname);
|
||||
if ((port_nr <= 0) || (port_nr > 0xffff)) {
|
||||
return EAI_SERVICE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (nodename != NULL) {
|
||||
/* service location specified, try to resolve */
|
||||
err = netconn_gethostbyname(nodename, &addr);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
return EAI_FAIL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* service location specified, use loopback address */
|
||||
ip_addr_set_loopback(&addr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
total_size = sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
|
||||
if (nodename != NULL) {
|
||||
namelen = strlen(nodename);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("namelen is too long", (namelen + 1) <= (mem_size_t)-1);
|
||||
total_size += namelen + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If this fails, please report to lwip-devel! :-) */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("total_size <= NETDB_ELEM_SIZE: please report this!",
|
||||
total_size <= NETDB_ELEM_SIZE);
|
||||
ai = (struct addrinfo *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETDB);
|
||||
if (ai == NULL) {
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(ai, 0, total_size);
|
||||
sa = (struct sockaddr_in*)((u8_t*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo));
|
||||
/* set up sockaddr */
|
||||
inet_addr_from_ipaddr(&sa->sin_addr, &addr);
|
||||
sa->sin_family = AF_INET;
|
||||
sa->sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
|
||||
sa->sin_port = htons((u16_t)port_nr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set up addrinfo */
|
||||
ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
|
||||
if (hints != NULL) {
|
||||
/* copy socktype & protocol from hints if specified */
|
||||
ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
|
||||
ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (nodename != NULL) {
|
||||
/* copy nodename to canonname if specified */
|
||||
ai->ai_canonname = ((char*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
|
||||
MEMCPY(ai->ai_canonname, nodename, namelen);
|
||||
ai->ai_canonname[namelen] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
|
||||
ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr*)sa;
|
||||
|
||||
*res = ai;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
memerr:
|
||||
if (ai != NULL) {
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_NETDB, ai);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return EAI_MEMORY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */
|
||||
160
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/netifapi.c
Normal file
160
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/netifapi.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Network Interface Sequential API module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netifapi.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call netif_add() inside the tcpip_thread context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
do_netifapi_netif_add(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!netif_add( msg->netif,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.ipaddr,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.netmask,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.gw,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.state,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.init,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.input)) {
|
||||
msg->err = ERR_IF;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
msg->err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call netif_set_addr() inside the tcpip_thread context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
do_netifapi_netif_set_addr(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif_set_addr( msg->netif,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.ipaddr,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.netmask,
|
||||
msg->msg.add.gw);
|
||||
msg->err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) inside the
|
||||
* tcpip_thread context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
do_netifapi_netif_common(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (msg->msg.common.errtfunc != NULL) {
|
||||
msg->err = msg->msg.common.errtfunc(msg->netif);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
msg->err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
msg->msg.common.voidfunc(msg->netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call netif_add() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
|
||||
* tcpip_thread context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note for params @see netif_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netifapi_netif_add(struct netif *netif,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *netmask,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *gw,
|
||||
void *state,
|
||||
netif_init_fn init,
|
||||
netif_input_fn input)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netifapi_msg msg;
|
||||
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_add;
|
||||
msg.msg.netif = netif;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.ipaddr = ipaddr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.netmask = netmask;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.gw = gw;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.state = state;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.init = init;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.input = input;
|
||||
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
|
||||
return msg.msg.err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call netif_set_addr() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
|
||||
* tcpip_thread context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note for params @see netif_set_addr()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netifapi_netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *netmask,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *gw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netifapi_msg msg;
|
||||
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_set_addr;
|
||||
msg.msg.netif = netif;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.ipaddr = ipaddr;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.netmask = netmask;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.add.gw = gw;
|
||||
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
|
||||
return msg.msg.err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) in a thread-safe
|
||||
* way by running that function inside the tcpip_thread context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note use only for functions where there is only "netif" parameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netifapi_netif_common(struct netif *netif, netifapi_void_fn voidfunc,
|
||||
netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netifapi_msg msg;
|
||||
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_common;
|
||||
msg.msg.netif = netif;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.common.voidfunc = voidfunc;
|
||||
msg.msg.msg.common.errtfunc = errtfunc;
|
||||
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
|
||||
return msg.msg.err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
|
||||
2566
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/sockets.c
Normal file
2566
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/sockets.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
520
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/tcpip.c
Normal file
520
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/api/tcpip.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Sequential API Main thread module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !NO_SYS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/init.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/ppp_oe.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "osdep_service.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* global variables */
|
||||
static tcpip_init_done_fn tcpip_init_done;
|
||||
static void *tcpip_init_done_arg;
|
||||
static sys_mbox_t mbox;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
|
||||
/** The global semaphore to lock the stack. */
|
||||
sys_mutex_t lock_tcpip_core;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The main lwIP thread. This thread has exclusive access to lwIP core functions
|
||||
* (unless access to them is not locked). Other threads communicate with this
|
||||
* thread using message boxes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It also starts all the timers to make sure they are running in the right
|
||||
* thread context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
tcpip_thread(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
if (tcpip_init_done != NULL) {
|
||||
tcpip_init_done(tcpip_init_done_arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
while (1) { /* MAIN Loop */
|
||||
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE();
|
||||
/* wait for a message, timeouts are processed while waiting */
|
||||
sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(&mbox, (void **)&msg);
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
switch (msg->type) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_API:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: API message %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
msg->msg.apimsg->function(&(msg->msg.apimsg->msg));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_INPKT:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: PACKET %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
#if LWIP_ETHERNET
|
||||
if (msg->msg.inp.netif->flags & (NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP | NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET)) {
|
||||
ethernet_input(msg->msg.inp.p, msg->msg.inp.netif);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ETHERNET */
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_input(msg->msg.inp.p, msg->msg.inp.netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, msg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_API
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: Netif API message %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
msg->msg.netifapimsg->function(&(msg->msg.netifapimsg->msg));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: TIMEOUT %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
sys_timeout(msg->msg.tmo.msecs, msg->msg.tmo.h, msg->msg.tmo.arg);
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: UNTIMEOUT %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
sys_untimeout(msg->msg.tmo.h, msg->msg.tmo.arg);
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
|
||||
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: CALLBACK %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
msg->msg.cb.function(msg->msg.cb.ctx);
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK_STATIC:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: CALLBACK_STATIC %p\n", (void *)msg));
|
||||
msg->msg.cb.function(msg->msg.cb.ctx);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: invalid message: %d\n", msg->type));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("tcpip_thread: invalid message", 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pass a received packet to tcpip_thread for input processing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the received packet, p->payload pointing to the Ethernet header or
|
||||
* to an IP header (if inp doesn't have NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP or
|
||||
* NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET flags)
|
||||
* @param inp the network interface on which the packet was received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT
|
||||
err_t ret;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_input: PACKET %p/%p\n", (void *)p, (void *)inp));
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ETHERNET
|
||||
if (inp->flags & (NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP | NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET)) {
|
||||
ret = ethernet_input(p, inp);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ETHERNET */
|
||||
{
|
||||
ret = ip_input(p, inp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT);
|
||||
if (msg == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_INPKT;
|
||||
msg->msg.inp.p = p;
|
||||
msg->msg.inp.netif = inp;
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_trypost(&mbox, msg) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, msg);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call a specific function in the thread context of
|
||||
* tcpip_thread for easy access synchronization.
|
||||
* A function called in that way may access lwIP core code
|
||||
* without fearing concurrent access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f the function to call
|
||||
* @param ctx parameter passed to f
|
||||
* @param block 1 to block until the request is posted, 0 to non-blocking mode
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_callback_with_block(tcpip_callback_fn function, void *ctx, u8_t block)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
|
||||
if (msg == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK;
|
||||
msg->msg.cb.function = function;
|
||||
msg->msg.cb.ctx = ctx;
|
||||
if (block) {
|
||||
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, msg);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_trypost(&mbox, msg) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* call sys_timeout in tcpip_thread
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param msec time in milliseconds for timeout
|
||||
* @param h function to be called on timeout
|
||||
* @param arg argument to pass to timeout function h
|
||||
* @return ERR_MEM on memory error, ERR_OK otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
|
||||
if (msg == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
msg->msg.tmo.msecs = msecs;
|
||||
msg->msg.tmo.h = h;
|
||||
msg->msg.tmo.arg = arg;
|
||||
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, msg);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* call sys_untimeout in tcpip_thread
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param msec time in milliseconds for timeout
|
||||
* @param h function to be called on timeout
|
||||
* @param arg argument to pass to timeout function h
|
||||
* @return ERR_MEM on memory error, ERR_OK otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
|
||||
if (msg == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT;
|
||||
msg->msg.tmo.h = h;
|
||||
msg->msg.tmo.arg = arg;
|
||||
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, msg);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
|
||||
* This function is then running in the thread context
|
||||
* of tcpip_thread and has exclusive access to lwIP core code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_apimsg(struct api_msg *apimsg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg msg;
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
/* catch functions that don't set err */
|
||||
apimsg->msg.err = ERR_VAL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
UBaseType_t prio = uxTaskPriorityGet(NULL); // add to prevent switch to tcpip thread between mbox post and sem wait
|
||||
if((TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO + 1) > prio)
|
||||
vTaskPrioritySet(NULL, TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO + 1); // set priority higher than tcpip thread
|
||||
msg.type = TCPIP_MSG_API;
|
||||
msg.msg.apimsg = apimsg;
|
||||
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, &msg);
|
||||
sys_arch_sem_wait(&apimsg->msg.conn->op_completed, 0);
|
||||
vTaskPrioritySet(NULL, prio); // restore to original priority
|
||||
return apimsg->msg.err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
|
||||
* This function has exclusive access to lwIP core code by locking it
|
||||
* before the function is called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK (only for compatibility fo tcpip_apimsg())
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_apimsg_lock(struct api_msg *apimsg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
/* catch functions that don't set err */
|
||||
apimsg->msg.err = ERR_VAL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
apimsg->function(&(apimsg->msg));
|
||||
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
return apimsg->msg.err;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_API
|
||||
#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Much like tcpip_apimsg, but calls the lower part of a netifapi_*
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netifapimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
|
||||
* @return error code given back by the function that was called
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_netifapi(struct netifapi_msg* netifapimsg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg msg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
err_t err = sys_sem_new(&netifapimsg->msg.sem, 0);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
netifapimsg->msg.err = err;
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
msg.type = TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI;
|
||||
msg.msg.netifapimsg = netifapimsg;
|
||||
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, &msg);
|
||||
sys_sem_wait(&netifapimsg->msg.sem);
|
||||
sys_sem_free(&netifapimsg->msg.sem);
|
||||
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call the lower part of a netifapi_* function
|
||||
* This function has exclusive access to lwIP core code by locking it
|
||||
* before the function is called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netifapimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK (only for compatibility fo tcpip_netifapi())
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_netifapi_lock(struct netifapi_msg* netifapimsg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
netifapimsg->function(&(netifapimsg->msg));
|
||||
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a structure for a static callback message and initialize it.
|
||||
* This is intended to be used to send "static" messages from interrupt context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param function the function to call
|
||||
* @param ctx parameter passed to function
|
||||
* @return a struct pointer to pass to tcpip_trycallback().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct tcpip_callback_msg* tcpip_callbackmsg_new(tcpip_callback_fn function, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcpip_msg *msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
|
||||
if (msg == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK_STATIC;
|
||||
msg->msg.cb.function = function;
|
||||
msg->msg.cb.ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return (struct tcpip_callback_msg*)msg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a callback message allocated by tcpip_callbackmsg_new().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param msg the message to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void tcpip_callbackmsg_delete(struct tcpip_callback_msg* msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to post a callback-message to the tcpip_thread mbox
|
||||
* This is intended to be used to send "static" messages from interrupt context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param msg pointer to the message to post
|
||||
* @return sys_mbox_trypost() return code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
tcpip_trycallback(struct tcpip_callback_msg* msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return sys_mbox_trypost(&mbox, msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize this module:
|
||||
* - initialize all sub modules
|
||||
* - start the tcpip_thread
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param initfunc a function to call when tcpip_thread is running and finished initializing
|
||||
* @param arg argument to pass to initfunc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
tcpip_init(tcpip_init_done_fn initfunc, void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lwip_init();
|
||||
|
||||
tcpip_init_done = initfunc;
|
||||
tcpip_init_done_arg = arg;
|
||||
if(sys_mbox_new(&mbox, TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("failed to create tcpip_thread mbox", 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
|
||||
if(sys_mutex_new(&lock_tcpip_core) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("failed to create lock_tcpip_core", 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
|
||||
#if CONFIG_USE_TCM_HEAP
|
||||
sys_thread_new_tcm(TCPIP_THREAD_NAME, tcpip_thread, NULL, TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE, TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sys_thread_new(TCPIP_THREAD_NAME, tcpip_thread, NULL, TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE, TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Simple callback function used with tcpip_callback to free a pbuf
|
||||
* (pbuf_free has a wrong signature for tcpip_callback)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
pbuf_free_int(void *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q = (struct pbuf *)p;
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A simple wrapper function that allows you to free a pbuf from interrupt context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if callback could be enqueued, an err_t if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
pbuf_free_callback(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return tcpip_callback_with_block(pbuf_free_int, p, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A simple wrapper function that allows you to free heap memory from
|
||||
* interrupt context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param m the heap memory to free
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if callback could be enqueued, an err_t if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
mem_free_callback(void *m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return tcpip_callback_with_block(mem_free, m, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !NO_SYS */
|
||||
108
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/def.c
Normal file
108
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/def.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Common functions used throughout the stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* These are reference implementations of the byte swapping functions.
|
||||
* Again with the aim of being simple, correct and fully portable.
|
||||
* Byte swapping is the second thing you would want to optimize. You will
|
||||
* need to port it to your architecture and in your cc.h:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
|
||||
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
|
||||
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note ntohs() and ntohl() are merely references to the htonx counterparts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u16_t from host- to network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u16_t in host byte order
|
||||
* @return n in network byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
lwip_htons(u16_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((n & 0xff) << 8) | ((n & 0xff00) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u16_t from network- to host byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u16_t in network byte order
|
||||
* @return n in host byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
lwip_ntohs(u16_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return lwip_htons(n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u32_t from host- to network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u32_t in host byte order
|
||||
* @return n in network byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
lwip_htonl(u32_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((n & 0xff) << 24) |
|
||||
((n & 0xff00) << 8) |
|
||||
((n & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) |
|
||||
((n & 0xff000000UL) >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u32_t from network- to host byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u32_t in network byte order
|
||||
* @return n in host byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
lwip_ntohl(u32_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return lwip_htonl(n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */
|
||||
1950
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/dhcp.c
Normal file
1950
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/dhcp.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1354
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/dns.c
Normal file
1354
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/dns.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
332
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/init.c
Normal file
332
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/init.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Modules initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/init.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sockets.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dns.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/lwip_timers.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/api.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compile-time sanity checks for configuration errors.
|
||||
* These can be done independently of LWIP_DEBUG, without penalty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
|
||||
#error "BYTE_ORDER is not defined, you have to define it in your cc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!IP_SOF_BROADCAST && IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use broadcast filter per pcb on recv operations, you have to define IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use UDP Lite, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DHCP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DHCP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_IGMP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DNS)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DNS, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* MEMP_NUM_* checks are disabled when not using the pool allocator */
|
||||
#if (LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING && (MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_RAW && (MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use RAW, you have to define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_UDP && (MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use UDP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_IGMP && (MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP<=1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP>1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ((LWIP_NETCONN || LWIP_SOCKET) && (MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* There must be sufficient timeouts, taking into account requirements of the subsystems. */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TIMERS && (MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT < (LWIP_TCP + IP_REASSEMBLY + LWIP_ARP + (2*LWIP_DHCP) + LWIP_AUTOIP + LWIP_IGMP + LWIP_DNS + PPP_SUPPORT))
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT is too low to accomodate all required timeouts"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (IP_REASSEMBLY && (MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS doesn't make sense since each struct ip_reassdata must hold 2 pbufs at least!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_WND > 0xffff))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_WND must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN > 0xffff))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < 2))
|
||||
#error "TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least 2 for no-copy TCP writes to work"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((TCP_MAXRTX > 12) || (TCP_SYNMAXRTX > 12)))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_MAXRTX and TCP_SYNMAXRTX must less or equal to 12 (due to tcp_backoff table), so, you have to reduce them in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG && (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG < 0) || (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG > 0xff))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP backlog, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG must fit into an u8_t"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_NETIF_API && (NO_SYS==1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use NETIF API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ((LWIP_SOCKET || LWIP_NETCONN) && (NO_SYS==1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_SOCKET)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use Socket API, you have to define LWIP_NETCONN=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_AUTOIP)) && LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DHCP/AUTOIP cooperation mode, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_AUTOIP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_ARP)) && DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DHCP ARP checking, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_ARP && LWIP_AUTOIP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use AUTOIP, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((LWIP_EVENT_API && LWIP_CALLBACK_API) || (!LWIP_EVENT_API && !LWIP_CALLBACK_API)))
|
||||
#error "One and exactly one of LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API has to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (MEM_LIBC_MALLOC && MEM_USE_POOLS)
|
||||
#error "MEM_LIBC_MALLOC and MEM_USE_POOLS may not both be simultaneously enabled in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS)
|
||||
#error "MEM_USE_POOLS requires custom pools (MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS) to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE <= MEM_ALIGNMENT)
|
||||
#error "PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be greater than MEM_ALIGNMENT or the offset may take the full first pbuf"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && !DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && !(defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)))
|
||||
#error "you have to define define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{'host1', 0x123}, {'host2', 0x234}} to initialize DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if PPP_SUPPORT && !PPPOS_SUPPORT & !PPPOE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#error "PPP_SUPPORT needs either PPPOS_SUPPORT or PPPOE_SUPPORT turned on"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !LWIP_ETHERNET && (LWIP_ARP || PPPOE_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#error "LWIP_ETHERNET needs to be turned on for LWIP_ARP or PPPOE_SUPPORT"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP && !defined(LWIP_RAND)
|
||||
#error "When using IGMP, LWIP_RAND() needs to be defined to a random-function returning an u32_t random value"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT && !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
|
||||
#error "When using LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT, LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING must be enabled, too"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP && LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF && !TCP_OVERSIZE
|
||||
#error "LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF needs TCP_OVERSIZE enabled to create single-pbuf TCP packets"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG && IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
|
||||
#error "LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF does not work with IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1 as that creates pbuf queues"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_TCP
|
||||
#if NETCONN_COPY != TCP_WRITE_FLAG_COPY
|
||||
#error "NETCONN_COPY != TCP_WRITE_FLAG_COPY"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if NETCONN_MORE != TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE
|
||||
#error "NETCONN_MORE != TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_SOCKET
|
||||
/* Check that the SO_* socket options and SOF_* lwIP-internal flags match */
|
||||
#if SO_ACCEPTCONN != SOF_ACCEPTCONN
|
||||
#error "SO_ACCEPTCONN != SOF_ACCEPTCONN"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SO_REUSEADDR != SOF_REUSEADDR
|
||||
#error "WARNING: SO_REUSEADDR != SOF_REUSEADDR"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SO_KEEPALIVE != SOF_KEEPALIVE
|
||||
#error "WARNING: SO_KEEPALIVE != SOF_KEEPALIVE"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SO_BROADCAST != SOF_BROADCAST
|
||||
#error "WARNING: SO_BROADCAST != SOF_BROADCAST"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SO_LINGER != SOF_LINGER
|
||||
#error "WARNING: SO_LINGER != SOF_LINGER"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compile-time checks for deprecated options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_API_MSG
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_API_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG
|
||||
#error "TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef RAW_STATS
|
||||
#error "RAW_STATS option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST
|
||||
#error "ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT
|
||||
#error "ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS
|
||||
#define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_DISABLE_MEMP_SANITY_CHECKS
|
||||
#define LWIP_DISABLE_MEMP_SANITY_CHECKS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* MEMP sanity checks */
|
||||
#if !LWIP_DISABLE_MEMP_SANITY_CHECKS
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN
|
||||
#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
|
||||
#if !MEMP_NUM_NETCONN && LWIP_SOCKET
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_NETCONN cannot be 0 when using sockets!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
#if MEMP_NUM_NETCONN > (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN+MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB)
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_NETCONN should be less than the sum of MEMP_NUM_{TCP,RAW,UDP}_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_MEMP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_DISABLE_MEMP_SANITY_CHECKS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* TCP sanity checks */
|
||||
#if !LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC && (MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG < TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG should be at least as big as TCP_SND_QUEUELEN. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TCP_SND_BUF < (2 * TCP_MSS)
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_BUF must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work smoothly. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < (2 * (TCP_SND_BUF / TCP_MSS))
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TCP_SNDLOWAT >= TCP_SND_BUF
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDLOWAT must be less than TCP_SND_BUF. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT >= TCP_SND_QUEUELEN
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT must be less than TCP_SND_QUEUELEN. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC && (TCP_WND > (PBUF_POOL_SIZE * (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE - (PBUF_LINK_HLEN + PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN))))
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is larger than space provided by PBUF_POOL_SIZE * (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE - protocol headers). If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if TCP_WND < TCP_MSS
|
||||
#error "lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is smaller than MSS. If you know what you are doing, define LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS to 1 to disable this error."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_DISABLE_TCP_SANITY_CHECKS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform Sanity check of user-configurable values, and initialize all modules.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
lwip_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Modules initialization */
|
||||
stats_init();
|
||||
#if !NO_SYS
|
||||
sys_init();
|
||||
#endif /* !NO_SYS */
|
||||
mem_init();
|
||||
memp_init();
|
||||
pbuf_init();
|
||||
netif_init();
|
||||
#if LWIP_SOCKET
|
||||
lwip_socket_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
|
||||
ip_init();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
etharp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_RAW
|
||||
raw_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDP
|
||||
udp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
tcp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
snmp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
autoip_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
igmp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS
|
||||
dns_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TIMERS
|
||||
sys_timeouts_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
|
||||
* with RFC 3927.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
|
||||
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* USAGE:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* define LWIP_AUTOIP 1 in your lwipopts.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you don't use tcpip.c (so, don't call, you don't call tcpip_init):
|
||||
* - First, call autoip_init().
|
||||
* - call autoip_tmr() all AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL msces,
|
||||
* that should be defined in autoip.h.
|
||||
* I recommend a value of 100. The value must divide 1000 with a remainder almost 0.
|
||||
* Possible values are 1000, 500, 333, 250, 200, 166, 142, 125, 111, 100 ....
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Without DHCP:
|
||||
* - Call autoip_start() after netif_add().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With DHCP:
|
||||
* - define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 1 in your lwipopts.h.
|
||||
* - Configure your DHCP Client.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* 169.254.0.0 */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_NET 0xA9FE0000
|
||||
/* 169.254.1.0 */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_START (AUTOIP_NET | 0x0100)
|
||||
/* 169.254.254.255 */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_END (AUTOIP_NET | 0xFEFF)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pseudo random macro based on netif informations.
|
||||
* You could use "rand()" from the C Library if you define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND
|
||||
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) ( (((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[5]) & 0xff) << 24) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[3]) & 0xff) << 16) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[2]) & 0xff) << 8) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[4]) & 0xff))) + \
|
||||
(netif->autoip?netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr:0))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Macro that generates the initial IP address to be tried by AUTOIP.
|
||||
* If you want to override this, define it to something else in lwipopts.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR
|
||||
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif) \
|
||||
htonl(AUTOIP_RANGE_START + ((u32_t)(((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[4])) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[5]))) << 8)))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR */
|
||||
|
||||
/* static functions */
|
||||
static void autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* creates a pseudo random LL IP-Address for a network interface */
|
||||
static void autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* sends an ARP probe */
|
||||
static err_t autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* sends an ARP announce */
|
||||
static err_t autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address */
|
||||
static err_t autoip_bind(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* start sending probes for llipaddr */
|
||||
static void autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set a statically allocated struct autoip to work with.
|
||||
* Using this prevents autoip_start to allocate it using mem_malloc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the netif for which to set the struct autoip
|
||||
* @param dhcp (uninitialised) dhcp struct allocated by the application
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct autoip *autoip)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", netif != NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("autoip != NULL", autoip != NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("netif already has a struct autoip set", netif->autoip == NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* clear data structure */
|
||||
memset(autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
|
||||
/* autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF; */
|
||||
netif->autoip = autoip;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Restart AutoIP client and check the next address (conflict detected)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif The netif under AutoIP control
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_restart(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr++;
|
||||
autoip_start(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handle a IP address conflict after an ARP conflict detection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Somehow detect if we are defending or retreating */
|
||||
unsigned char defend = 1; /* tbd */
|
||||
|
||||
if (defend) {
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
|
||||
/* retreat, there was a conflicting ARP in the last
|
||||
* DEFEND_INTERVAL seconds
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defending, but in DEFEND_INTERVAL, retreating\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
|
||||
autoip_restart(netif);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defend, send ARP Announce\n"));
|
||||
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
|
||||
netif->autoip->lastconflict = DEFEND_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we do not defend, retreating\n"));
|
||||
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
|
||||
autoip_restart(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which create the IP-Address
|
||||
* @param ipaddr ip address to initialize
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Here we create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
|
||||
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.1
|
||||
* We have 254 * 256 possibilities */
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t addr = ntohl(LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif));
|
||||
addr += netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr;
|
||||
addr = AUTOIP_NET | (addr & 0xffff);
|
||||
/* Now, 169.254.0.0 <= addr <= 169.254.255.255 */
|
||||
|
||||
if (addr < AUTOIP_RANGE_START) {
|
||||
addr += AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (addr > AUTOIP_RANGE_END) {
|
||||
addr -= AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("AUTOIP address not in range", (addr >= AUTOIP_RANGE_START) &&
|
||||
(addr <= AUTOIP_RANGE_END));
|
||||
ip4_addr_set_u32(ipaddr, htonl(addr));
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_create_addr(): tried_llipaddr=%"U16_F", %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr), ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an ARP probe from a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface used to send the probe
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, ðbroadcast,
|
||||
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, IP_ADDR_ANY, ðzero,
|
||||
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an ARP announce from a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface used to send the announce
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, ðbroadcast,
|
||||
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr, ðzero,
|
||||
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface to configure with current LL IP-Address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
autoip_bind(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
|
||||
ip_addr_t sn_mask, gw_addr;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_bind(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F" %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
(void*)netif, netif->name[0], netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num,
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&autoip->llipaddr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&autoip->llipaddr)));
|
||||
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&sn_mask, 255, 255, 0, 0);
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&gw_addr, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, &autoip->llipaddr);
|
||||
netif_set_netmask(netif, &sn_mask);
|
||||
netif_set_gw(netif, &gw_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* bring the interface up */
|
||||
netif_set_up(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start AutoIP client
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which start the AutoIP client
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
autoip_start(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
|
||||
err_t result = ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set IP-Address, Netmask and Gateway to 0 to make sure that
|
||||
* ARP Packets are formed correctly
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->netmask);
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->gw);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_start(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F"\n", (void*)netif, netif->name[0],
|
||||
netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num));
|
||||
if (autoip == NULL) {
|
||||
/* no AutoIP client attached yet? */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_start(): starting new AUTOIP client\n"));
|
||||
autoip = (struct autoip *)mem_malloc(sizeof(struct autoip));
|
||||
if (autoip == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_start(): could not allocate autoip\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
|
||||
/* store this AutoIP client in the netif */
|
||||
netif->autoip = autoip;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_start(): allocated autoip"));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
|
||||
autoip->ttw = 0;
|
||||
autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&autoip->llipaddr);
|
||||
autoip->lastconflict = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
autoip_create_addr(netif, &(autoip->llipaddr));
|
||||
autoip_start_probing(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
|
||||
|
||||
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING;
|
||||
autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_start_probing(): changing state to PROBING: %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* time to wait to first probe, this is randomly
|
||||
* choosen out of 0 to PROBE_WAIT seconds.
|
||||
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
autoip->ttw = (u16_t)(LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) % (PROBE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND));
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* if we tried more then MAX_CONFLICTS we must limit our rate for
|
||||
* accquiring and probing address
|
||||
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (autoip->tried_llipaddr > MAX_CONFLICTS) {
|
||||
autoip->ttw = RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handle a possible change in the network configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If there is an AutoIP address configured, take the interface down
|
||||
* and begin probing with the same address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif->autoip && netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF) {
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
autoip_start_probing(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stop AutoIP client
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which stop the AutoIP client
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
autoip_stop(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_tmr()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
|
||||
/* loop through netif's */
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
/* only act on AutoIP configured interfaces */
|
||||
if (netif->autoip != NULL) {
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->lastconflict--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr() AutoIP-State: %"U16_F", ttw=%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->state), netif->autoip->ttw));
|
||||
|
||||
switch(netif->autoip->state) {
|
||||
case AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING:
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw--;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->sent_num >= PROBE_NUM) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING;
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr(): changing state to ANNOUNCING: %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr)));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
autoip_arp_probe(netif);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr() PROBING Sent Probe\n"));
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
|
||||
/* calculate time to wait to next probe */
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = (u16_t)((LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) %
|
||||
((PROBE_MAX - PROBE_MIN) * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND) ) +
|
||||
PROBE_MIN * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING:
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw--;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->sent_num == 0) {
|
||||
/* We are here the first time, so we waited ANNOUNCE_WAIT seconds
|
||||
* Now we can bind to an IP address and use it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* autoip_bind calls netif_set_up. This triggers a gratuitous ARP
|
||||
* which counts as an announcement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
autoip_bind(netif);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr() ANNOUNCING Sent Announce\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (netif->autoip->sent_num >= ANNOUNCE_NUM) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND;
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = 0;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr(): changing state to BOUND: %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface to use for autoip processing
|
||||
* @param hdr Incoming ARP packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_arp_reply()\n"));
|
||||
if ((netif->autoip != NULL) && (netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF)) {
|
||||
/* when ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
|
||||
*
|
||||
* when probing ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
|
||||
* we have a conflict and must solve it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ip_addr_t sipaddr, dipaddr;
|
||||
struct eth_addr netifaddr;
|
||||
ETHADDR16_COPY(netifaddr.addr, netif->hwaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy struct ip_addr2 to aligned ip_addr, to support compilers without
|
||||
* structure packing (not using structure copy which breaks strict-aliasing rules).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IPADDR2_COPY(&sipaddr, &hdr->sipaddr);
|
||||
IPADDR2_COPY(&dipaddr, &hdr->dipaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING) ||
|
||||
((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING) &&
|
||||
(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0))) {
|
||||
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1:
|
||||
* from beginning to after ANNOUNCE_WAIT
|
||||
* seconds we have a conflict if
|
||||
* ip.src == llipaddr OR
|
||||
* ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr)) ||
|
||||
(ip_addr_cmp(&dipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
|
||||
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr))) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
|
||||
("autoip_arp_reply(): Probe Conflict detected\n"));
|
||||
autoip_restart(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.5:
|
||||
* in any state we have a conflict if
|
||||
* ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
|
||||
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
|
||||
("autoip_arp_reply(): Conflicting ARP-Packet detected\n"));
|
||||
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* ICMP - Internet Control Message Protocol
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some ICMP messages should be passed to the transport protocols. This
|
||||
is not implemented. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** Small optimization: set to 0 if incoming PBUF_POOL pbuf always can be
|
||||
* used to modify and send a response packet (and to 1 if this is not the case,
|
||||
* e.g. when link header is stripped of when receiving) */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
|
||||
#define LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN 1
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The amount of data from the original packet to return in a dest-unreachable */
|
||||
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE 8
|
||||
|
||||
static void icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void lwip_frag_needed(struct pbuf *p, int new_mtu);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Processes ICMP input packets, called from ip_input().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently only processes icmp echo requests and sends
|
||||
* out the echo response.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the icmp echo request packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
|
||||
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t type;
|
||||
//#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
u8_t code;
|
||||
//#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
s16_t hlen;
|
||||
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.recv);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4;
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -hlen) || (p->tot_len < sizeof(u16_t)*2)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: short ICMP (%"U16_F" bytes) received\n", p->tot_len));
|
||||
goto lenerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
type = *((u8_t *)p->payload);
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
code = *(((u8_t *)p->payload)+1);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case ICMP_ER:
|
||||
/* This is OK, echo reply might have been parsed by a raw PCB
|
||||
(as obviously, an echo request has been sent, too). */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ICMP_ECHO:
|
||||
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
|
||||
{
|
||||
int accepted = 1;
|
||||
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
|
||||
/* multicast destination address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(¤t_iphdr_dest)) {
|
||||
accepted = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_MULTICAST_PING */
|
||||
#if !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
|
||||
/* broadcast destination address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isbroadcast(¤t_iphdr_dest, inp)) {
|
||||
accepted = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
|
||||
/* broadcast or multicast destination address not acceptd? */
|
||||
if (!accepted) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: Not echoing to multicast or broadcast pings\n"));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ping\n"));
|
||||
if (p->tot_len < sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: bad ICMP echo received\n"));
|
||||
goto lenerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (inet_chksum_pbuf(p) != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.chkerr);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, (PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
|
||||
/* p is not big enough to contain link headers
|
||||
* allocate a new one and copy p into it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf *r;
|
||||
/* switch p->payload to ip header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: moving p->payload to ip header failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* allocate new packet buffer with space for link headers */
|
||||
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (r == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: allocating new pbuf failed\n"));
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct the ICMP header",
|
||||
(r->len >= hlen + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)));
|
||||
/* copy the whole packet including ip header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_copy(r, p) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: copying to new pbuf failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)r->payload;
|
||||
/* switch r->payload back to icmp header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(r, -hlen)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free the original p */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
/* we now have an identical copy of p that has room for link headers */
|
||||
p = r;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* restore p->payload to point to icmp header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
|
||||
/* At this point, all checks are OK. */
|
||||
/* We generate an answer by switching the dest and src ip addresses,
|
||||
* setting the icmp type to ECHO_RESPONSE and updating the checksum. */
|
||||
iecho = (struct icmp_echo_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->src, *ip_current_dest_addr());
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->dest, *ip_current_src_addr());
|
||||
ICMPH_TYPE_SET(iecho, ICMP_ER);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_ICMP
|
||||
/* adjust the checksum */
|
||||
if (iecho->chksum >= PP_HTONS(0xffffU - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
|
||||
iecho->chksum += PP_HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
iecho->chksum += PP_HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* CHECKSUM_GEN_ICMP */
|
||||
iecho->chksum = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_ICMP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the correct TTL and recalculate the header checksum. */
|
||||
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ICMP_TTL);
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP */
|
||||
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
|
||||
/* increase number of echo replies attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps();
|
||||
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't move over header in packet", 0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
err_t ret;
|
||||
/* send an ICMP packet, src addr is the dest addr of the curren packet */
|
||||
ret = ip_output_if(p, ip_current_dest_addr(), IP_HDRINCL,
|
||||
ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP, inp);
|
||||
if (ret != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ip_output_if returned an error: %c.\n", ret));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if LWIP_MTU_ADJUST
|
||||
case ICMP_DUR:
|
||||
if(ICMP_DUR_FRAG == code){
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t mtu = (*(((u8_t *)p->payload) + 6) << 8) +*(((u8_t *)p->payload) + 7);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("rx icmp destination unreach, mtu %d\n", mtu));
|
||||
|
||||
/*remove icmp header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -8)) {
|
||||
goto lenerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lwip_frag_needed(p, mtu);
|
||||
}else{
|
||||
goto NotSupport;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
NotSupport:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ICMP type %"S16_F" code %"S16_F" not supported.\n",
|
||||
(s16_t)type, (s16_t)code));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.proterr);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.drop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
lenerr:
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.lenerr);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
|
||||
memerr:
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an icmp 'destination unreachable' packet, called from ip_input() if
|
||||
* the transport layer protocol is unknown and from udp_input() if the local
|
||||
* port is not bound.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
|
||||
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
* @param t type of the 'unreachable' packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_DUR, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a 'time exceeded' packet, called from ip_forward() if TTL is 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the input packet for which the 'time exceeded' should be sent,
|
||||
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
* @param t type of the 'time exceeded' packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_TE, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an icmp packet in response to an incoming packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
|
||||
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
* @param type Type of the ICMP header
|
||||
* @param code Code of the ICMP header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
/* we can use the echo header here */
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr *icmphdr;
|
||||
ip_addr_t iphdr_src;
|
||||
|
||||
/* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE,
|
||||
PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
|
||||
(q->len >= (sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE)));
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded from "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, (" to "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
icmphdr = (struct icmp_echo_hdr *)q->payload;
|
||||
icmphdr->type = type;
|
||||
icmphdr->code = code;
|
||||
icmphdr->id = 0;
|
||||
icmphdr->seqno = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy fields from original packet */
|
||||
SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr), (u8_t *)p->payload,
|
||||
IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate checksum */
|
||||
icmphdr->chksum = 0;
|
||||
icmphdr->chksum = inet_chksum(icmphdr, q->len);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
|
||||
/* increase number of destination unreachable messages attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds();
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(iphdr_src, iphdr->src);
|
||||
ip_output(q, NULL, &iphdr_src, ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,822 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
* are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
|
||||
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
|
||||
* source code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Note 1)
|
||||
Although the rfc requires V1 AND V2 capability
|
||||
we will only support v2 since now V1 is very old (August 1989)
|
||||
V1 can be added if required
|
||||
|
||||
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
|
||||
show this up.
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Note 2)
|
||||
A query for a specific group address (as opposed to ALLHOSTS)
|
||||
has now been implemented as I am unsure if it is required
|
||||
|
||||
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
|
||||
show this up.
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Note 3)
|
||||
The router alert rfc 2113 is implemented in outgoing packets
|
||||
but not checked rigorously incoming
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Steve Reynolds
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* RFC 988 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V0
|
||||
* RFC 1054 - Host extensions for IP multicasting -
|
||||
* RFC 1112 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V1
|
||||
* RFC 2236 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2 - V2 <- this code is based on this RFC (it's the "de facto" standard)
|
||||
* RFC 3376 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3 - V3
|
||||
* RFC 4604 - Using Internet Group Management Protocol Version 3... - V3+
|
||||
* RFC 2113 - IP Router Alert Option -
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Includes
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/debug.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* IGMP constants
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IGMP_TTL 1
|
||||
#define IGMP_MINLEN 8
|
||||
#define ROUTER_ALERT 0x9404U
|
||||
#define ROUTER_ALERTLEN 4
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* IGMP message types, including version number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IGMP_MEMB_QUERY 0x11 /* Membership query */
|
||||
#define IGMP_V1_MEMB_REPORT 0x12 /* Ver. 1 membership report */
|
||||
#define IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT 0x16 /* Ver. 2 membership report */
|
||||
#define IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP 0x17 /* Leave-group message */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Group membership states */
|
||||
#define IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER 0
|
||||
#define IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER 1
|
||||
#define IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* IGMP packet format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct igmp_msg {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_msgtype);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_maxresp);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t igmp_checksum);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t igmp_group_address);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct igmp_group *igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr);
|
||||
static err_t igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group);
|
||||
static void igmp_timeout( struct igmp_group *group);
|
||||
static void igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time);
|
||||
static void igmp_delaying_member(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp);
|
||||
static err_t igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest, struct netif *netif);
|
||||
static void igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct igmp_group* igmp_group_list;
|
||||
static ip_addr_t allsystems;
|
||||
static ip_addr_t allrouters;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the IGMP module
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_init: initializing\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&allsystems, 224, 0, 0, 1);
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&allrouters, 224, 0, 0, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dump global IGMP groups list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_dump_group_list()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_dump_group_list: [%"U32_F"] ", (u32_t)(group->group_state)));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->netif));
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define igmp_dump_group_list()
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start IGMP processing on interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which start IGMP processing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_start(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group* group;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: starting IGMP processing on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
|
||||
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, &allsystems);
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
|
||||
group->use++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow the igmp messages at the MAC level */
|
||||
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &allsystems);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &allsystems, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stop IGMP processing on interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which stop IGMP processing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_stop(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
struct igmp_group *prev = NULL;
|
||||
struct igmp_group *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/* look for groups joined on this interface further down the list */
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
next = group->next;
|
||||
/* is it a group joined on this interface? */
|
||||
if (group->netif == netif) {
|
||||
/* is it the first group of the list? */
|
||||
if (group == igmp_group_list) {
|
||||
igmp_group_list = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* is there a "previous" group defined? */
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
prev->next = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* disable the group at the MAC level */
|
||||
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_stop: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &(group->group_address), IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free group */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* change the "previous" */
|
||||
prev = group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* move to "next" */
|
||||
group = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Report IGMP memberships for this interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which report IGMP memberships
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_report_groups(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_report_groups: sending IGMP reports on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if ((group->netif == netif) && (!ip_addr_cmp(&group->group_address, &allsystems))) {
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Realtek added to only send igmp leave, but not remove group */
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_report_groups_leave(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if ((group->netif == netif) && (!ip_addr_cmp(&group->group_address, &allsystems)) && (group->last_reporter_flag)) {
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Search for a group in the global igmp_group_list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
|
||||
* @param addr the group ip address to search for
|
||||
* @return a struct igmp_group* if the group has been found,
|
||||
* NULL if the group wasn't found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct igmp_group *
|
||||
igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if ((group->netif == ifp) && (ip_addr_cmp(&(group->group_address), addr))) {
|
||||
return group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* to be clearer, we return NULL here instead of
|
||||
* 'group' (which is also NULL at this point).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Search for a specific igmp group and create a new one if not found-
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
|
||||
* @param addr the group ip address to search
|
||||
* @return a struct igmp_group*,
|
||||
* NULL on memory error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct igmp_group *
|
||||
igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search if the group already exists */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(ifp, addr);
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Group already exists. */
|
||||
return group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Group doesn't exist yet, create a new one */
|
||||
group = (struct igmp_group *)memp_malloc(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP);
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
group->netif = ifp;
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(group->group_address), addr);
|
||||
group->timer = 0; /* Not running */
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER;
|
||||
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
|
||||
group->use = 0;
|
||||
group->next = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_group_list = group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_lookup_group: %sallocated a new group with address ", (group?"":"impossible to ")));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, addr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", ifp));
|
||||
|
||||
return group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove a group in the global igmp_group_list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the group to remove from the global igmp_group_list
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if group was removed from the list, an err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is it the first group? */
|
||||
if (igmp_group_list == group) {
|
||||
igmp_group_list = group->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* look for group further down the list */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *tmpGroup;
|
||||
for (tmpGroup = igmp_group_list; tmpGroup != NULL; tmpGroup = tmpGroup->next) {
|
||||
if (tmpGroup->next == group) {
|
||||
tmpGroup->next = group->next;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Group not found in the global igmp_group_list */
|
||||
if (tmpGroup == NULL)
|
||||
err = ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free group */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called from ip_input() if a new IGMP packet is received.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p received igmp packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
|
||||
* @param inp network interface on which the packet was received
|
||||
* @param dest destination ip address of the igmp packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, ip_addr_t *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr * iphdr;
|
||||
struct igmp_msg* igmp;
|
||||
struct igmp_group* group;
|
||||
struct igmp_group* groupref;
|
||||
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.recv);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note that the length CAN be greater than 8 but only 8 are used - All are included in the checksum */
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4)) || (p->len < IGMP_MINLEN)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.lenerr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: length error\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: message from "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" to address "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", inp));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now calculate and check the checksum */
|
||||
igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
|
||||
if (inet_chksum(igmp, p->len)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.chkerr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: checksum error\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Packet is ok so find an existing group */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, dest); /* use the destination IP address of incoming packet */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If group can be found or create... */
|
||||
if (!group) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.drop);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP frame not for us\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOW ACT ON THE INCOMING MESSAGE TYPE... */
|
||||
switch (igmp->igmp_msgtype) {
|
||||
case IGMP_MEMB_QUERY: {
|
||||
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to the "all systems" address ? */
|
||||
if ((ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) && ip_addr_isany(&igmp->igmp_group_address)) {
|
||||
/* THIS IS THE GENERAL QUERY */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: General IGMP_MEMB_QUERY on \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
|
||||
|
||||
if (igmp->igmp_maxresp == 0) {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_v1);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: got an all hosts query with time== 0 - this is V1 and not implemented - treat as v2\n"));
|
||||
igmp->igmp_maxresp = IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_general);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
groupref = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
while (groupref) {
|
||||
/* Do not send messages on the all systems group address! */
|
||||
if ((groupref->netif == inp) && (!(ip_addr_cmp(&(groupref->group_address), &allsystems)))) {
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member(groupref, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
groupref = groupref->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group ? */
|
||||
if (!ip_addr_isany(&igmp->igmp_group_address)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &igmp->igmp_group_address);
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) {
|
||||
ip_addr_t groupaddr;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" using \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
|
||||
/* we first need to re-look for the group since we used dest last time */
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(groupaddr, igmp->igmp_group_address);
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &groupaddr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" with the group address as destination [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_group);
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member(group, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.drop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.proterr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT: {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT\n"));
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_report);
|
||||
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
|
||||
/* This is on a specific group we have already looked up */
|
||||
group->timer = 0; /* stopped */
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
|
||||
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default: {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: unexpected msg %d in state %d on group %p on if %p\n",
|
||||
igmp->igmp_msgtype, group->group_state, &group, group->netif));
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.proterr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Join a group on one network interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should join a new group
|
||||
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to join
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if group was joined on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_joingroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure it is multicast address */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop through netif's */
|
||||
netif = netif_list;
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Should we join this interface ? */
|
||||
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
|
||||
/* find group or create a new one if not found */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, groupaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
/* This should create a new group, check the state to make sure */
|
||||
if (group->group_state != IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to group not in state IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER\n"));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* OK - it was new group */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to new group: "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If first use of the group, allow the group at the MAC level */
|
||||
if ((group->use==0) && (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.tx_join);
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_start_timer(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Need to work out where this timer comes from */
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Increment group use */
|
||||
group->use++;
|
||||
/* Join on this interface */
|
||||
err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Return an error even if some network interfaces are joined */
|
||||
/** @todo undo any other netif already joined */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: Not enought memory to join to group\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Leave a group on one network interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should leave a group
|
||||
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to leave
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if group was left on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_leavegroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure it is multicast address */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop through netif's */
|
||||
netif = netif_list;
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Should we leave this interface ? */
|
||||
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
|
||||
/* find group */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(netif, groupaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Only send a leave if the flag is set according to the state diagram */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: Leaving group: "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If there is no other use of the group */
|
||||
if (group->use <= 1) {
|
||||
/* If we are the last reporter for this group */
|
||||
if (group->last_reporter_flag) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: sending leaving group\n"));
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.tx_leave);
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the group at the MAC level */
|
||||
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: remove group: "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free the group */
|
||||
igmp_remove_group(group);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Decrement group use */
|
||||
group->use--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Leave on this interface */
|
||||
err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* It's not a fatal error on "leavegroup" */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: not member of group\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The igmp timer function (both for NO_SYS=1 and =0)
|
||||
* Should be called every IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (100 ms is default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_tmr(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if (group->timer > 0) {
|
||||
group->timer--;
|
||||
if (group->timer == 0) {
|
||||
igmp_timeout(group);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called if a timeout for one group is reached.
|
||||
* Sends a report for this group.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group an igmp_group for which a timeout is reached
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
igmp_timeout(struct igmp_group *group)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the state is IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER then we send a report for this group */
|
||||
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_timeout: report membership for group with address "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(group->group_address));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->netif));
|
||||
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.tx_report);
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start a timer for an igmp group
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the igmp_group for which to start a timer
|
||||
* @param max_time the time in multiples of IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL (decrease with
|
||||
* every call to igmp_tmr())
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ensure the input value is > 0 */
|
||||
if (max_time <= 1) {
|
||||
group->timer = 1;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else{
|
||||
/* ensure the random value is > 0 & avoid doing a divide by zero and get an exception */
|
||||
group->timer = (LWIP_RAND() % (max_time - 1)) + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delaying membership report for a group if necessary
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the igmp_group for which "delaying" membership report
|
||||
* @param maxresp query delay
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER) ||
|
||||
((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) &&
|
||||
((group->timer == 0) || (maxresp < group->timer)))) {
|
||||
igmp_start_timer(group, maxresp);
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs the IP header
|
||||
* and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source IP address is NULL,
|
||||
* the IP address of the outgoing network interface is filled in as source address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
|
||||
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
|
||||
* returns errors returned by netif->output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is the "router alert" option */
|
||||
u16_t ra[2];
|
||||
ra[0] = PP_HTONS(ROUTER_ALERT);
|
||||
ra[1] = 0x0000; /* Router shall examine packet */
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.xmit);
|
||||
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, IGMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_IGMP, netif, ra, ROUTER_ALERTLEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an igmp packet to a specific group.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the group to which to send the packet
|
||||
* @param type the type of igmp packet to send
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf* p = NULL;
|
||||
struct igmp_msg* igmp = NULL;
|
||||
ip_addr_t src = *IP_ADDR_ANY;
|
||||
ip_addr_t* dest = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* IP header + "router alert" option + IGMP header */
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, IGMP_MINLEN, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
|
||||
if (p) {
|
||||
igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("igmp_send: check that first pbuf can hold struct igmp_msg",
|
||||
(p->len >= sizeof(struct igmp_msg)));
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(src, group->netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) {
|
||||
dest = &(group->group_address);
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(igmp->igmp_group_address, group->group_address);
|
||||
group->last_reporter_flag = 1; /* Remember we were the last to report */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP) {
|
||||
dest = &allrouters;
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(igmp->igmp_group_address, group->group_address);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) || (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP)) {
|
||||
igmp->igmp_msgtype = type;
|
||||
igmp->igmp_maxresp = 0;
|
||||
igmp->igmp_checksum = 0;
|
||||
igmp->igmp_checksum = inet_chksum(igmp, IGMP_MINLEN);
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_ip_output_if(p, &src, dest, group->netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_send: not enough memory for igmp_send\n"));
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.memerr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Functions common to all TCP/IPv4 modules, such as the byte order functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Incluse internet checksum functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are some reference implementations of the checksum algorithm, with the
|
||||
* aim of being simple, correct and fully portable. Checksumming is the
|
||||
* first thing you would want to optimize for your platform. If you create
|
||||
* your own version, link it in and in your cc.h put:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Or you can select from the implementations below by defining
|
||||
* LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM to 1, 2 or 3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM
|
||||
# define LWIP_CHKSUM lwip_standard_chksum
|
||||
# ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
|
||||
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 2
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If none set: */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
|
||||
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* lwip checksum
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
|
||||
* @param len length of data to be summed
|
||||
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note accumulator size limits summable length to 64k
|
||||
* @note host endianess is irrelevant (p3 RFC1071)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
u16_t src;
|
||||
u8_t *octetptr;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
/* dataptr may be at odd or even addresses */
|
||||
octetptr = (u8_t*)dataptr;
|
||||
while (len > 1) {
|
||||
/* declare first octet as most significant
|
||||
thus assume network order, ignoring host order */
|
||||
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
|
||||
octetptr++;
|
||||
/* declare second octet as least significant */
|
||||
src |= (*octetptr);
|
||||
octetptr++;
|
||||
acc += src;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len > 0) {
|
||||
/* accumulate remaining octet */
|
||||
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
|
||||
acc += src;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* add deferred carry bits */
|
||||
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
|
||||
if ((acc & 0xffff0000UL) != 0) {
|
||||
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* This maybe a little confusing: reorder sum using htons()
|
||||
instead of ntohs() since it has a little less call overhead.
|
||||
The caller must invert bits for Internet sum ! */
|
||||
return htons((u16_t)acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 2) /* Alternative version #2 */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Curt McDowell
|
||||
* Broadcom Corp.
|
||||
* csm@broadcom.com
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IP checksum two bytes at a time with support for
|
||||
* unaligned buffer.
|
||||
* Works for len up to and including 0x20000.
|
||||
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. 12/08/2005
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
|
||||
* @param len length of data to be summed
|
||||
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t *pb = (u8_t *)dataptr;
|
||||
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
|
||||
u32_t sum = 0;
|
||||
int odd = ((mem_ptr_t)pb & 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get aligned to u16_t */
|
||||
if (odd && len > 0) {
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the bulk of the data */
|
||||
ps = (u16_t *)(void *)pb;
|
||||
while (len > 1) {
|
||||
sum += *ps++;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Consume left-over byte, if any */
|
||||
if (len > 0) {
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add end bytes */
|
||||
sum += t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Swap if alignment was odd */
|
||||
if (odd) {
|
||||
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (u16_t)sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 3) /* Alternative version #3 */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An optimized checksum routine. Basically, it uses loop-unrolling on
|
||||
* the checksum loop, treating the head and tail bytes specially, whereas
|
||||
* the inner loop acts on 8 bytes at a time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @arg start of buffer to be checksummed. May be an odd byte address.
|
||||
* @len number of bytes in the buffer to be checksummed.
|
||||
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. December 8th, 2005
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t *pb = (u8_t *)dataptr;
|
||||
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
|
||||
u32_t *pl;
|
||||
u32_t sum = 0, tmp;
|
||||
/* starts at odd byte address? */
|
||||
int odd = ((mem_ptr_t)pb & 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (odd && len > 0) {
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ps = (u16_t *)pb;
|
||||
|
||||
if (((mem_ptr_t)ps & 3) && len > 1) {
|
||||
sum += *ps++;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pl = (u32_t *)ps;
|
||||
|
||||
while (len > 7) {
|
||||
tmp = sum + *pl++; /* ping */
|
||||
if (tmp < sum) {
|
||||
tmp++; /* add back carry */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sum = tmp + *pl++; /* pong */
|
||||
if (sum < tmp) {
|
||||
sum++; /* add back carry */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
len -= 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* make room in upper bits */
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
|
||||
ps = (u16_t *)pl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* 16-bit aligned word remaining? */
|
||||
while (len > 1) {
|
||||
sum += *ps++;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* dangling tail byte remaining? */
|
||||
if (len > 0) { /* include odd byte */
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sum += t; /* add end bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
|
||||
if (odd) {
|
||||
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (u16_t)sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
|
||||
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
|
||||
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
u32_t addr;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
|
||||
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
|
||||
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
|
||||
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
/* just executing this next line is probably faster that the if statement needed
|
||||
to check whether we really need to execute it, and does no harm */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(src);
|
||||
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(dest);
|
||||
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
|
||||
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
|
||||
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
|
||||
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
u32_t addr;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
u16_t chklen;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
|
||||
for(q = p; (q != NULL) && (chksum_len > 0); q = q->next) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
|
||||
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
|
||||
chklen = q->len;
|
||||
if (chklen > chksum_len) {
|
||||
chklen = chksum_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, chklen);
|
||||
chksum_len -= chklen;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("delete me", chksum_len < 0x7fff);
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
/* fold the upper bit down */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(src);
|
||||
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(dest);
|
||||
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
|
||||
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the Internet checksum over a portion of memory. Used primarily for IP
|
||||
* and ICMP.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dataptr start of the buffer to calculate the checksum (no alignment needed)
|
||||
* @param len length of the buffer to calculate the checksum
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ~LWIP_CHKSUM(dataptr, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate a checksum over a chain of pbufs (without pseudo-header, much like
|
||||
* inet_chksum only pbufs are used).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf chain over that the checksum should be calculated
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
|
||||
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are some implementations for LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY, which copies data
|
||||
* like MEMCPY but generates a checksum at the same time. Since this is a
|
||||
* performance-sensitive function, you might want to create your own version
|
||||
* in assembly targeted at your hardware by defining it in lwipopts.h:
|
||||
* #define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY(dst, src, len) your_chksum_copy(dst, src, len)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
|
||||
/** Safe but slow: first call MEMCPY, then call LWIP_CHKSUM.
|
||||
* For architectures with big caches, data might still be in cache when
|
||||
* generating the checksum after copying.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
lwip_chksum_copy(void *dst, const void *src, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MEMCPY(dst, src, len);
|
||||
return LWIP_CHKSUM(dst, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM == 1) */
|
||||
953
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/ipv4/ip.c
Normal file
953
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/ipv4/ip.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* This is the IPv4 layer implementation for incoming and outgoing IP traffic.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see ip_frag.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
#include "platform_opts.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set this to 0 in the rare case of wanting to call an extra function to
|
||||
* generate the IP checksum (in contrast to calculating it on-the-fly). */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_INLINE_IP_CHKSUM
|
||||
#define LWIP_INLINE_IP_CHKSUM 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if LWIP_INLINE_IP_CHKSUM && CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
|
||||
#define CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP || defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT)
|
||||
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Some defines for DHCP to let link-layer-addressed packets through while the
|
||||
* netif is down.
|
||||
* To use this in your own application/protocol, define LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT
|
||||
* to return 1 if the port is accepted and 0 if the port is not accepted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT)
|
||||
/* accept DHCP client port and custom port */
|
||||
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(port) (((port) == PP_NTOHS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT)) \
|
||||
|| (LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(port)))
|
||||
#elif defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) /* LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) */
|
||||
/* accept custom port only */
|
||||
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(port) (LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(port))
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) */
|
||||
/* accept DHCP client port only */
|
||||
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(port) ((port) == PP_NTOHS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) */
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING 0
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The interface that provided the packet for the current callback
|
||||
* invocation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *current_netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header of the input packet currently being processed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
|
||||
/** Source IP address of current_header */
|
||||
ip_addr_t current_iphdr_src;
|
||||
/** Destination IP address of current_header */
|
||||
ip_addr_t current_iphdr_dest;
|
||||
|
||||
/** The IP header ID of the next outgoing IP packet */
|
||||
static u16_t ip_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finds the appropriate network interface for a given IP address. It
|
||||
* searches the list of network interfaces linearly. A match is found
|
||||
* if the masked IP address of the network interface equals the masked
|
||||
* IP address given to the function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address for which to find the route
|
||||
* @return the netif on which to send to reach dest
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
ip_route(ip_addr_t *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
struct netif *last_netif = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_HOOK_IP4_ROUTE
|
||||
netif = LWIP_HOOK_IP4_ROUTE(dest);
|
||||
if (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* iterate through netifs */
|
||||
for (netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
|
||||
/* network mask matches? */
|
||||
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
|
||||
if (ip_addr_netcmp(dest, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))) {
|
||||
/* return netif on which to forward IP packet */
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif_default == NULL) || (!netif_is_up(netif_default))) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_route: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(dest), ip4_addr2_16(dest), ip4_addr3_16(dest), ip4_addr4_16(dest)));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no matching netif found, use default netif */
|
||||
return netif_default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine whether an IP address is in a reserved set of addresses
|
||||
* that may not be forwarded, or whether datagrams to that destination
|
||||
* may be forwarded.
|
||||
* @param p the packet to forward
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address
|
||||
* @return 1: can forward 0: discard
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_canforward(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(ip_current_dest_addr());
|
||||
|
||||
if (p->flags & PBUF_FLAG_LLBCAST) {
|
||||
/* don't route link-layer broadcasts */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((p->flags & PBUF_FLAG_LLMCAST) && !IP_MULTICAST(addr)) {
|
||||
/* don't route link-layer multicasts unless the destination address is an IP
|
||||
multicast address */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (IP_EXPERIMENTAL(addr)) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (IP_CLASSA(addr)) {
|
||||
u32_t net = addr & IP_CLASSA_NET;
|
||||
if ((net == 0) || (net == (IP_LOOPBACKNET << IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT))) {
|
||||
/* don't route loopback packets */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forwards an IP packet. It finds an appropriate route for the
|
||||
* packet, decrements the TTL value of the packet, adjusts the
|
||||
* checksum and outputs the packet on the appropriate interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to forward (p->payload points to IP header)
|
||||
* @param iphdr the IP header of the input packet
|
||||
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ip_forward(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_hdr *iphdr, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ip_canforward(p)) {
|
||||
goto return_noroute;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* RFC3927 2.7: do not forward link-local addresses */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_islinklocal(¤t_iphdr_dest)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not forwarding LLA %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(¤t_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr2_16(¤t_iphdr_dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(¤t_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr4_16(¤t_iphdr_dest)));
|
||||
goto return_noroute;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find network interface where to forward this IP packet to. */
|
||||
netif = ip_route(¤t_iphdr_dest);
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: no forwarding route for %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F" found\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(¤t_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr2_16(¤t_iphdr_dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(¤t_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr4_16(¤t_iphdr_dest)));
|
||||
/* @todo: send ICMP_DUR_NET? */
|
||||
goto return_noroute;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
|
||||
/* Do not forward packets onto the same network interface on which
|
||||
* they arrived. */
|
||||
if((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !IP_FORWARD_ALLOW_TX_ON_RX_NETIF
|
||||
if (netif == inp) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not bouncing packets back on incoming interface.\n"));
|
||||
goto return_noroute;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD_ALLOW_TX_ON_RX_NETIF */
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* decrement TTL */
|
||||
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, IPH_TTL(iphdr) - 1);
|
||||
/* send ICMP if TTL == 0 */
|
||||
if (IPH_TTL(iphdr) == 0) {
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* Don't send ICMP messages in response to ICMP messages */
|
||||
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_ICMP) {
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_TTL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Incrementally update the IP checksum. */
|
||||
if (IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) >= PP_HTONS(0xffffU - 0x100)) {
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + PP_HTONS(0x100) + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + PP_HTONS(0x100));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: forwarding packet to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(¤t_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr2_16(¤t_iphdr_dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(¤t_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr4_16(¤t_iphdr_dest)));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.fw);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams();
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_STOP("ip_forward");
|
||||
/* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
|
||||
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH) &&(netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) ){
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if ((IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & PP_NTOHS(IP_DF)) == 0) {
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
ip_frag(p, netif, ip_current_dest_addr());
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG */
|
||||
/* @todo: send ICMP Destination Unreacheable code 13 "Communication administratively prohibited"? */
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* send ICMP Destination Unreacheable code 4: "Fragmentation Needed and DF Set" */
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_FRAG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* transmit pbuf on chosen interface */
|
||||
netif->output(netif, p, ¤t_iphdr_dest);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
return_noroute:
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function is called by the network interface device driver when
|
||||
* an IP packet is received. The function does the basic checks of the
|
||||
* IP header such as packet size being at least larger than the header
|
||||
* size etc. If the packet was not destined for us, the packet is
|
||||
* forwarded (using ip_forward). The IP checksum is always checked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally, the packet is sent to the upper layer protocol input function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the received IP packet (p->payload points to IP header)
|
||||
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was processed (could return ERR_* if it wasn't
|
||||
* processed, but currently always returns ERR_OK)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
u16_t iphdr_hlen;
|
||||
u16_t iphdr_len;
|
||||
#if IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING
|
||||
int check_ip_src=1;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING */
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.recv);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinreceives();
|
||||
|
||||
/* identify the IP header */
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
if (IPH_V(iphdr) != 4) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("IP packet dropped due to bad version number %"U16_F"\n", IPH_V(iphdr)));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_HOOK_IP4_INPUT
|
||||
if (LWIP_HOOK_IP4_INPUT(p, inp)) {
|
||||
/* the packet has been eaten */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* obtain IP header length in number of 32-bit words */
|
||||
iphdr_hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr);
|
||||
/* calculate IP header length in bytes */
|
||||
iphdr_hlen *= 4;
|
||||
/* obtain ip length in bytes */
|
||||
iphdr_len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr));
|
||||
|
||||
/* header length exceeds first pbuf length, or ip length exceeds total pbuf length? */
|
||||
if ((iphdr_hlen > p->len) || (iphdr_len > p->tot_len)) {
|
||||
if (iphdr_hlen > p->len) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("IP header (len %"U16_F") does not fit in first pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
|
||||
iphdr_hlen, p->len));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (iphdr_len > p->tot_len) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("IP (len %"U16_F") is longer than pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
|
||||
iphdr_len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.lenerr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify checksum */
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
|
||||
if (inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("Checksum (0x%"X16_F") failed, IP packet dropped.\n", inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen)));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.chkerr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Trim pbuf. This should have been done at the netif layer,
|
||||
* but we'll do it anyway just to be sure that its done. */
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(p, iphdr_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy IP addresses to aligned ip_addr_t */
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(current_iphdr_dest, iphdr->dest);
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(current_iphdr_src, iphdr->src);
|
||||
|
||||
/* match packet against an interface, i.e. is this packet for us? */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(¤t_iphdr_dest)) {
|
||||
if ((inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && (igmp_lookfor_group(inp, ¤t_iphdr_dest))) {
|
||||
netif = inp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
netif = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* start trying with inp. if that's not acceptable, start walking the
|
||||
list of configured netifs.
|
||||
'first' is used as a boolean to mark whether we started walking the list */
|
||||
int first = 1;
|
||||
netif = inp;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: iphdr->dest 0x%"X32_F" netif->ip_addr 0x%"X32_F" (0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F")\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) & ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->ip_addr) & ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) & ~ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* interface is up and configured? */
|
||||
if ((netif_is_up(netif)) && (!ip_addr_isany(&(netif->ip_addr)))) {
|
||||
/* unicast to this interface address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(¤t_iphdr_dest, &(netif->ip_addr)) ||
|
||||
/* or broadcast on this interface network address? */
|
||||
ip_addr_isbroadcast(¤t_iphdr_dest, netif)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
|
||||
/* break out of for loop */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
/* connections to link-local addresses must persist after changing
|
||||
the netif's address (RFC3927 ch. 1.9) */
|
||||
if ((netif->autoip != NULL) &&
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(¤t_iphdr_dest, &(netif->autoip->llipaddr))) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: LLA packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
|
||||
/* break out of for loop */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (first) {
|
||||
first = 0;
|
||||
netif = netif_list;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (netif == inp) {
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while(netif != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING
|
||||
/* Pass DHCP messages regardless of destination address. DHCP traffic is addressed
|
||||
* using link layer addressing (such as Ethernet MAC) so we must not filter on IP.
|
||||
* According to RFC 1542 section 3.1.1, referred by RFC 2131).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to accept private broadcast communication while a netif is down,
|
||||
* define LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(dst_port), e.g.:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #define LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(dst_port) ((dst_port) == PP_NTOHS(12345))
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
/* remote port is DHCP server? */
|
||||
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDP) {
|
||||
struct udp_hdr *udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: UDP packet to DHCP client port %"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ntohs(udphdr->dest)));
|
||||
if (IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(udphdr->dest)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: DHCP packet accepted.\n"));
|
||||
netif = inp;
|
||||
check_ip_src = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING */
|
||||
|
||||
/* broadcast or multicast packet source address? Compliant with RFC 1122: 3.2.1.3 */
|
||||
#if IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING
|
||||
/* DHCP servers need 0.0.0.0 to be allowed as source address (RFC 1.1.2.2: 3.2.1.3/a) */
|
||||
if (check_ip_src && !ip_addr_isany(¤t_iphdr_src))
|
||||
#endif /* IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING */
|
||||
{ if ((ip_addr_isbroadcast(¤t_iphdr_src, inp)) ||
|
||||
(ip_addr_ismulticast(¤t_iphdr_src))) {
|
||||
/* packet source is not valid */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("ip_input: packet source is not valid.\n"));
|
||||
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* packet not for us? */
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
/* packet not for us, route or discard */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: packet not for us.\n"));
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD
|
||||
/* non-broadcast packet? */
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DONT_CARE_TP
|
||||
if(inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IPSWITCH)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(¤t_iphdr_dest, inp))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* try to forward IP packet on (other) interfaces */
|
||||
ip_forward(p, iphdr, inp);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
|
||||
{
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
|
||||
}
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* packet consists of multiple fragments? */
|
||||
if ((IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & PP_HTONS(IP_OFFMASK | IP_MF)) != 0) {
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY /* packet fragment reassembly code present? */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP packet is a fragment (id=0x%04"X16_F" tot_len=%"U16_F" len=%"U16_F" MF=%"U16_F" offset=%"U16_F"), calling ip_reass()\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)), p->tot_len, ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr)), !!(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & PP_HTONS(IP_MF)), (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK)*8));
|
||||
/* reassemble the packet*/
|
||||
p = ip_reass(p);
|
||||
/* packet not fully reassembled yet? */
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
#else /* IP_REASSEMBLY == 0, no packet fragment reassembly code present */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since it was fragmented (0x%"X16_F") (while IP_REASSEMBLY == 0).\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr))));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
/* unsupported protocol feature */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 /* no support for IP options in the IP header? */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* there is an extra "router alert" option in IGMP messages which we allow for but do not police */
|
||||
if((iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) && (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_IGMP)) {
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) {
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since there were IP options (while IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0).\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
/* unsupported protocol feature */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* send to upper layers */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: \n"));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
|
||||
current_netif = inp;
|
||||
current_header = iphdr;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_RAW
|
||||
/* raw input did not eat the packet? */
|
||||
if (raw_input(p, inp) == 0)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (IPH_PROTO(iphdr)) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_UDP:
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_UDPLITE:
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
|
||||
udp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_TCP:
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
|
||||
tcp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_ICMP:
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
|
||||
icmp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_IGMP:
|
||||
igmp_input(p, inp, ¤t_iphdr_dest);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* send ICMP destination protocol unreachable unless is was a broadcast */
|
||||
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(¤t_iphdr_dest, inp) &&
|
||||
!ip_addr_ismulticast(¤t_iphdr_dest)) {
|
||||
p->payload = iphdr;
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PROTO);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("Unsupported transport protocol %"U16_F"\n", IPH_PROTO(iphdr)));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.proterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
current_netif = NULL;
|
||||
current_header = NULL;
|
||||
ip_addr_set_any(¤t_iphdr_src);
|
||||
ip_addr_set_any(¤t_iphdr_dest);
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs
|
||||
* the IP header and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source
|
||||
* IP address is NULL, the IP address of the outgoing network
|
||||
* interface is filled in as source address.
|
||||
* If the destination IP address is IP_HDRINCL, p is assumed to already
|
||||
* include an IP header and p->payload points to it instead of the data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
|
||||
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
|
||||
* returns errors returned by netif->output
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note ip_id: RFC791 "some host may be able to simply use
|
||||
* unique identifiers independent of destination"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos,
|
||||
u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
|
||||
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif, NULL, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as ip_output_if() but with the possibility to include IP options:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @ param ip_options pointer to the IP options, copied into the IP header
|
||||
* @ param optlen length of ip_options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
|
||||
u16_t optlen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
ip_addr_t dest_addr;
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
u32_t chk_sum = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* pbufs passed to IP must have a ref-count of 1 as their payload pointer
|
||||
gets altered as the packet is passed down the stack */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->ref == 1", p->ref == 1);
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutrequests();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Should the IP header be generated or is it already included in p? */
|
||||
if (dest != IP_HDRINCL) {
|
||||
u16_t ip_hlen = IP_HLEN;
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
|
||||
u16_t optlen_aligned = 0;
|
||||
if (optlen != 0) {
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
/* round up to a multiple of 4 */
|
||||
optlen_aligned = ((optlen + 3) & ~3);
|
||||
ip_hlen += optlen_aligned;
|
||||
/* First write in the IP options */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, optlen_aligned)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output_if_opt: not enough room for IP options in pbuf\n"));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_BUF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEMCPY(p->payload, ip_options, optlen);
|
||||
if (optlen < optlen_aligned) {
|
||||
/* zero the remaining bytes */
|
||||
memset(((char*)p->payload) + optlen, 0, optlen_aligned - optlen);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < optlen_aligned/2; i++) {
|
||||
chk_sum += ((u16_t*)p->payload)[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
|
||||
/* generate IP header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output: not enough room for IP header in pbuf\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_BUF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct ip_hdr",
|
||||
(p->len >= sizeof(struct ip_hdr)));
|
||||
|
||||
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ttl);
|
||||
IPH_PROTO_SET(iphdr, proto);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += LWIP_MAKE_U16(proto, ttl);
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* dest cannot be NULL here */
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->dest, *dest);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) >> 16;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
|
||||
IPH_VHL_SET(iphdr, 4, ip_hlen / 4);
|
||||
IPH_TOS_SET(iphdr, tos);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += LWIP_MAKE_U16(tos, iphdr->_v_hl);
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(p->tot_len));
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += iphdr->_len;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_MTU_ADJUST
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, htons(IP_DF));
|
||||
IPH_ID_SET(iphdr, htons(ip_id));
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += iphdr->_id;
|
||||
chk_sum += iphdr->_offset;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_MTU_ADJUST */
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
IPH_ID_SET(iphdr, htons(ip_id));
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += iphdr->_id;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
++ip_id;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(src)) {
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->src, netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* src cannot be NULL here */
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->src, *src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
|
||||
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->src) & 0xFFFF;
|
||||
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->src) >> 16;
|
||||
chk_sum = (chk_sum >> 16) + (chk_sum & 0xFFFF);
|
||||
chk_sum = (chk_sum >> 16) + chk_sum;
|
||||
chk_sum = ~chk_sum;
|
||||
iphdr->_chksum = chk_sum; /* network order */
|
||||
#else /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, ip_hlen));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* IP header already included in p */
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(dest_addr, iphdr->dest);
|
||||
dest = &dest_addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output_if: %c%c%"U16_F"\n", netif->name[0], netif->name[1], netif->num));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &netif->ip_addr)) {
|
||||
/* Packet to self, enqueue it for loopback */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif_loop_output()"));
|
||||
return netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
if ((p->flags & PBUF_FLAG_MCASTLOOP) != 0) {
|
||||
netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
/* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
|
||||
if (netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
|
||||
return ip_frag(p, netif, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif->output()"));
|
||||
return netif->output(netif, p, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Simple interface to ip_output_if. It finds the outgoing network
|
||||
* interface and calls upon ip_output_if to do the actual work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
|
||||
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/* pbufs passed to IP must have a ref-count of 1 as their payload pointer
|
||||
gets altered as the packet is passed down the stack */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->ref == 1", p->ref == 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(dest), ip4_addr2_16(dest), ip4_addr3_16(dest), ip4_addr4_16(dest)));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
/** Like ip_output, but takes and addr_hint pointer that is passed on to netif->addr_hint
|
||||
* before calling ip_output_if.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param addr_hint address hint pointer set to netif->addr_hint before
|
||||
* calling ip_output_if()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
|
||||
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
/* pbufs passed to IP must have a ref-count of 1 as their payload pointer
|
||||
gets altered as the packet is passed down the stack */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->ref == 1", p->ref == 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(dest), ip4_addr2_16(dest), ip4_addr3_16(dest), ip4_addr4_16(dest)));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETIF_SET_HWADDRHINT(netif, addr_hint);
|
||||
err = ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
|
||||
NETIF_SET_HWADDRHINT(netif, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
/* Print an IP header by using LWIP_DEBUGF
|
||||
* @param p an IP packet, p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP header:\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|%2"S16_F" |%2"S16_F" | 0x%02"X16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (v, hl, tos, len)\n",
|
||||
IPH_V(iphdr),
|
||||
IPH_HL(iphdr),
|
||||
IPH_TOS(iphdr),
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr))));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" |%"U16_F"%"U16_F"%"U16_F"| %4"U16_F" | (id, flags, offset)\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)),
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 15 & 1,
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 14 & 1,
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 13 & 1,
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (ttl, proto, chksum)\n",
|
||||
IPH_TTL(iphdr),
|
||||
IPH_PROTO(iphdr),
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr))));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (src)\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr2_16(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr4_16(&iphdr->src)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (dest)\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr2_16(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr4_16(&iphdr->dest)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* This is the IPv4 address tools implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* used by IP_ADDR_ANY and IP_ADDR_BROADCAST in ip_addr.h */
|
||||
const ip_addr_t ip_addr_any = { IPADDR_ANY };
|
||||
const ip_addr_t ip_addr_broadcast = { IPADDR_BROADCAST };
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine if an address is a broadcast address on a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param addr address to be checked
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface against which the address is checked
|
||||
* @return returns non-zero if the address is a broadcast address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
ip4_addr_isbroadcast(u32_t addr, const struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_t ipaddr;
|
||||
ip4_addr_set_u32(&ipaddr, addr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* all ones (broadcast) or all zeroes (old skool broadcast) */
|
||||
if ((~addr == IPADDR_ANY) ||
|
||||
(addr == IPADDR_ANY)) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
/* no broadcast support on this network interface? */
|
||||
} else if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST) == 0) {
|
||||
/* the given address cannot be a broadcast address
|
||||
* nor can we check against any broadcast addresses */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
/* address matches network interface address exactly? => no broadcast */
|
||||
} else if (addr == ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->ip_addr)) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
/* on the same (sub) network... */
|
||||
} else if (ip_addr_netcmp(&ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))
|
||||
/* ...and host identifier bits are all ones? =>... */
|
||||
&& ((addr & ~ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask)) ==
|
||||
(IPADDR_BROADCAST & ~ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask)))) {
|
||||
/* => network broadcast address */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Checks if a netmask is valid (starting with ones, then only zeros)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netmask the IPv4 netmask to check (in network byte order!)
|
||||
* @return 1 if the netmask is valid, 0 if it is not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
ip4_addr_netmask_valid(u32_t netmask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t mask;
|
||||
u32_t nm_hostorder = lwip_htonl(netmask);
|
||||
|
||||
/* first, check for the first zero */
|
||||
for (mask = 1UL << 31 ; mask != 0; mask >>= 1) {
|
||||
if ((nm_hostorder & mask) == 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* then check that there is no one */
|
||||
for (; mask != 0; mask >>= 1) {
|
||||
if ((nm_hostorder & mask) != 0) {
|
||||
/* there is a one after the first zero -> invalid */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no one after the first zero -> valid */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here for now until needed in other places in lwIP */
|
||||
#ifndef isprint
|
||||
#define in_range(c, lo, up) ((u8_t)c >= lo && (u8_t)c <= up)
|
||||
#define isprint(c) in_range(c, 0x20, 0x7f)
|
||||
#define isdigit(c) in_range(c, '0', '9')
|
||||
#define isxdigit(c) (isdigit(c) || in_range(c, 'a', 'f') || in_range(c, 'A', 'F'))
|
||||
#define islower(c) in_range(c, 'a', 'z')
|
||||
#define isspace(c) (c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || c == '\v')
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
|
||||
* The value returned is in network order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
|
||||
* @return ip address in network order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
ipaddr_addr(const char *cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_t val;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ipaddr_aton(cp, &val)) {
|
||||
return ip4_addr_get_u32(&val);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (IPADDR_NONE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
|
||||
* of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
|
||||
* Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
|
||||
* This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
|
||||
* cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
|
||||
* @param addr pointer to which to save the ip address in network order
|
||||
* @return 1 if cp could be converted to addr, 0 on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int
|
||||
ipaddr_aton(const char *cp, ip_addr_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t val;
|
||||
u8_t base;
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
u32_t parts[4];
|
||||
u32_t *pp = parts;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *cp;
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Collect number up to ``.''.
|
||||
* Values are specified as for C:
|
||||
* 0x=hex, 0=octal, 1-9=decimal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (!isdigit(c))
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
val = 0;
|
||||
base = 10;
|
||||
if (c == '0') {
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
if (c == 'x' || c == 'X') {
|
||||
base = 16;
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
base = 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
if (isdigit(c)) {
|
||||
val = (val * base) + (int)(c - '0');
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else if (base == 16 && isxdigit(c)) {
|
||||
val = (val << 4) | (int)(c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (c == '.') {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Internet format:
|
||||
* a.b.c.d
|
||||
* a.b.c (with c treated as 16 bits)
|
||||
* a.b (with b treated as 24 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (pp >= parts + 3) {
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*pp++ = val;
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check for trailing characters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (c != '\0' && !isspace(c)) {
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Concoct the address according to
|
||||
* the number of parts specified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
switch (pp - parts + 1) {
|
||||
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
return (0); /* initial nondigit */
|
||||
|
||||
case 1: /* a -- 32 bits */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2: /* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
|
||||
if (val > 0xffffffUL) {
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
val |= parts[0] << 24;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3: /* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
|
||||
if (val > 0xffff) {
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 4: /* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
|
||||
if (val > 0xff) {
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("unhandled", 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (addr) {
|
||||
ip4_addr_set_u32(addr, htonl(val));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert numeric IP address into decimal dotted ASCII representation.
|
||||
* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param addr ip address in network order to convert
|
||||
* @return pointer to a global static (!) buffer that holds the ASCII
|
||||
* represenation of addr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *
|
||||
ipaddr_ntoa(const ip_addr_t *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char str[16];
|
||||
return ipaddr_ntoa_r(addr, str, 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as ipaddr_ntoa, but reentrant since a user-supplied buffer is used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param addr ip address in network order to convert
|
||||
* @param buf target buffer where the string is stored
|
||||
* @param buflen length of buf
|
||||
* @return either pointer to buf which now holds the ASCII
|
||||
* representation of addr or NULL if buf was too small
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *ipaddr_ntoa_r(const ip_addr_t *addr, char *buf, int buflen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t s_addr;
|
||||
char inv[3];
|
||||
char *rp;
|
||||
u8_t *ap;
|
||||
u8_t rem;
|
||||
u8_t n;
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
int len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
s_addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(addr);
|
||||
|
||||
rp = buf;
|
||||
ap = (u8_t *)&s_addr;
|
||||
for(n = 0; n < 4; n++) {
|
||||
i = 0;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
rem = *ap % (u8_t)10;
|
||||
*ap /= (u8_t)10;
|
||||
inv[i++] = '0' + rem;
|
||||
} while(*ap);
|
||||
while(i--) {
|
||||
if (len++ >= buflen) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*rp++ = inv[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len++ >= buflen) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*rp++ = '.';
|
||||
ap++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*--rp = 0;
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* This is the IPv4 packet segmentation and reassembly implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
|
||||
* Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
* original reassembly code by Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The IP reassembly code currently has the following limitations:
|
||||
* - IP header options are not supported
|
||||
* - fragments must not overlap (e.g. due to different routes),
|
||||
* currently, overlapping or duplicate fragments are thrown away
|
||||
* if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP=1 (the default)!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo: work with IP header options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Setting this to 0, you can turn off checking the fragments for overlapping
|
||||
* regions. The code gets a little smaller. Only use this if you know that
|
||||
* overlapping won't occur on your network! */
|
||||
#ifndef IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
#define IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP 1
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set to 0 to prevent freeing the oldest datagram when the reassembly buffer is
|
||||
* full (IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS pbufs are enqueued). The code gets a little smaller.
|
||||
* Datagrams will be freed by timeout only. Especially useful when MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
|
||||
* is set to 1, so one datagram can be reassembled at a time, only. */
|
||||
#ifndef IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
#define IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST 1
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** This is a helper struct which holds the starting
|
||||
* offset and the ending offset of this fragment to
|
||||
* easily chain the fragments.
|
||||
* It has the same packing requirements as the IP header, since it replaces
|
||||
* the IP header in memory in incoming fragments (after copying it) to keep
|
||||
* track of the various fragments. (-> If the IP header doesn't need packing,
|
||||
* this struct doesn't need packing, too.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct pbuf *next_pbuf);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t start);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t end);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(iphdrA, iphdrB) \
|
||||
(ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->src, &(iphdrB)->src) && \
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->dest, &(iphdrB)->dest) && \
|
||||
IPH_ID(iphdrA) == IPH_ID(iphdrB)) ? 1 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* global variables */
|
||||
static struct ip_reassdata *reassdatagrams;
|
||||
static u16_t ip_reass_pbufcount;
|
||||
|
||||
/* function prototypes */
|
||||
static void ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
|
||||
static int ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reassembly timer base function
|
||||
* for both NO_SYS == 0 and 1 (!).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be called every 1000 msec (defined by IP_TMR_INTERVAL).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_reass_tmr(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *r, *prev = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
r = reassdatagrams;
|
||||
while (r != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Decrement the timer. Once it reaches 0,
|
||||
* clean up the incomplete fragment assembly */
|
||||
if (r->timer > 0) {
|
||||
r->timer--;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer dec %"U16_F"\n",(u16_t)r->timer));
|
||||
prev = r;
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* reassembly timed out */
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *tmp;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer timed out\n"));
|
||||
tmp = r;
|
||||
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
/* free the helper struct and all enqueued pbufs */
|
||||
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(tmp, prev);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a datagram (struct ip_reassdata) and all its pbufs.
|
||||
* Updates the total count of enqueued pbufs (ip_reass_pbufcount),
|
||||
* SNMP counters and sends an ICMP time exceeded packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ipr datagram to free
|
||||
* @param prev the previous datagram in the linked list
|
||||
* @return the number of pbufs freed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t pbufs_freed = 0;
|
||||
u8_t clen;
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("prev != ipr", prev != ipr);
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("prev->next == ipr", prev->next == ipr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipreasmfails();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)ipr->p->payload;
|
||||
if (iprh->start == 0) {
|
||||
/* The first fragment was received, send ICMP time exceeded. */
|
||||
/* First, de-queue the first pbuf from r->p. */
|
||||
p = ipr->p;
|
||||
ipr->p = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
/* Then, copy the original header into it. */
|
||||
SMEMCPY(p->payload, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_FRAG);
|
||||
clen = pbuf_clen(p);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff", pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff);
|
||||
pbufs_freed += clen;
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* First, free all received pbufs. The individual pbufs need to be released
|
||||
separately as they have not yet been chained */
|
||||
p = ipr->p;
|
||||
while (p != NULL) {
|
||||
struct pbuf *pcur;
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)p->payload;
|
||||
pcur = p;
|
||||
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
|
||||
p = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
clen = pbuf_clen(pcur);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff", pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff);
|
||||
pbufs_freed += clen;
|
||||
pbuf_free(pcur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Then, unchain the struct ip_reassdata from the list and free it. */
|
||||
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, prev);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("ip_reass_pbufcount >= clen", ip_reass_pbufcount >= pbufs_freed);
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbufs_freed;
|
||||
|
||||
return pbufs_freed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the oldest datagram to make room for enqueueing new fragments.
|
||||
* The datagram 'fraghdr' belongs to is not freed!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fraghdr IP header of the current fragment
|
||||
* @param pbufs_needed number of pbufs needed to enqueue
|
||||
* (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
|
||||
* @return the number of pbufs freed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int pbufs_needed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* @todo Can't we simply remove the last datagram in the
|
||||
* linked list behind reassdatagrams?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *r, *oldest, *prev, *oldest_prev;
|
||||
int pbufs_freed = 0, pbufs_freed_current;
|
||||
int other_datagrams;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free datagrams until being allowed to enqueue 'pbufs_needed' pbufs,
|
||||
* but don't free the datagram that 'fraghdr' belongs to! */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
oldest = NULL;
|
||||
prev = NULL;
|
||||
oldest_prev = NULL;
|
||||
other_datagrams = 0;
|
||||
r = reassdatagrams;
|
||||
while (r != NULL) {
|
||||
if (!IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&r->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
|
||||
/* Not the same datagram as fraghdr */
|
||||
other_datagrams++;
|
||||
if (oldest == NULL) {
|
||||
oldest = r;
|
||||
oldest_prev = prev;
|
||||
} else if (r->timer <= oldest->timer) {
|
||||
/* older than the previous oldest */
|
||||
oldest = r;
|
||||
oldest_prev = prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r->next != NULL) {
|
||||
prev = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (oldest != NULL) {
|
||||
pbufs_freed_current = ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(oldest, oldest_prev);
|
||||
pbufs_freed += pbufs_freed_current;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while ((pbufs_freed < pbufs_needed) && (other_datagrams > 1));
|
||||
return pbufs_freed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enqueues a new fragment into the fragment queue
|
||||
* @param fraghdr points to the new fragments IP hdr
|
||||
* @param clen number of pbufs needed to enqueue (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the queue location into which the fragment was enqueued
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static struct ip_reassdata*
|
||||
ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int clen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata* ipr;
|
||||
/* No matching previous fragment found, allocate a new reassdata struct */
|
||||
ipr = (struct ip_reassdata *)memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
|
||||
if (ipr == NULL) {
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
if (ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) >= clen) {
|
||||
ipr = (struct ip_reassdata *)memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ipr == NULL)
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
{
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("Failed to alloc reassdata struct\n"));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(ipr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata));
|
||||
ipr->timer = IP_REASS_MAXAGE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* enqueue the new structure to the front of the list */
|
||||
ipr->next = reassdatagrams;
|
||||
reassdatagrams = ipr;
|
||||
/* copy the ip header for later tests and input */
|
||||
/* @todo: no ip options supported? */
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&(ipr->iphdr), fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
return ipr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dequeues a datagram from the datagram queue. Doesn't deallocate the pbufs.
|
||||
* @param ipr points to the queue entry to dequeue
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* dequeue the reass struct */
|
||||
if (reassdatagrams == ipr) {
|
||||
/* it was the first in the list */
|
||||
reassdatagrams = ipr->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* it wasn't the first, so it must have a valid 'prev' */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check linked list", prev != NULL);
|
||||
prev->next = ipr->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* now we can free the ip_reass struct */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_REASSDATA, ipr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chain a new pbuf into the pbuf list that composes the datagram. The pbuf list
|
||||
* will grow over time as new pbufs are rx.
|
||||
* Also checks that the datagram passes basic continuity checks (if the last
|
||||
* fragment was received at least once).
|
||||
* @param root_p points to the 'root' pbuf for the current datagram being assembled.
|
||||
* @param new_p points to the pbuf for the current fragment
|
||||
* @return 0 if invalid, >0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct pbuf *new_p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh, *iprh_tmp, *iprh_prev=NULL;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u16_t offset,len;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
|
||||
int valid = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extract length and fragment offset from current fragment */
|
||||
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)new_p->payload;
|
||||
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
|
||||
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
|
||||
|
||||
/* overwrite the fragment's ip header from the pbuf with our helper struct,
|
||||
* and setup the embedded helper structure. */
|
||||
/* make sure the struct ip_reass_helper fits into the IP header */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN",
|
||||
sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN);
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)new_p->payload;
|
||||
iprh->next_pbuf = NULL;
|
||||
iprh->start = offset;
|
||||
iprh->end = offset + len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate through until we either get to the end of the list (append),
|
||||
* or we find on with a larger offset (insert). */
|
||||
for (q = ipr->p; q != NULL;) {
|
||||
iprh_tmp = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
|
||||
if (iprh->start < iprh_tmp->start) {
|
||||
/* the new pbuf should be inserted before this */
|
||||
iprh->next_pbuf = q;
|
||||
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* not the fragment with the lowest offset */
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
if ((iprh->start < iprh_prev->end) || (iprh->end > iprh_tmp->start)) {
|
||||
/* fragment overlaps with previous or following, throw away */
|
||||
goto freepbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* fragment with the lowest offset */
|
||||
ipr->p = new_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else if(iprh->start == iprh_tmp->start) {
|
||||
/* received the same datagram twice: no need to keep the datagram */
|
||||
goto freepbuf;
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
} else if(iprh->start < iprh_tmp->end) {
|
||||
/* overlap: no need to keep the new datagram */
|
||||
goto freepbuf;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Check if the fragments received so far have no wholes. */
|
||||
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
|
||||
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh_tmp->start) {
|
||||
/* There is a fragment missing between the current
|
||||
* and the previous fragment */
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
q = iprh_tmp->next_pbuf;
|
||||
iprh_prev = iprh_tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If q is NULL, then we made it to the end of the list. Determine what to do now */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* this is (for now), the fragment with the highest offset:
|
||||
* chain it to the last fragment */
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check fragments don't overlap", iprh_prev->end <= iprh->start);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
|
||||
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("no previous fragment, this must be the first fragment!",
|
||||
ipr->p == NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
/* this is the first fragment we ever received for this ip datagram */
|
||||
ipr->p = new_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* At this point, the validation part begins: */
|
||||
/* If we already received the last fragment */
|
||||
if ((ipr->flags & IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) != 0) {
|
||||
/* and had no wholes so far */
|
||||
if (valid) {
|
||||
/* then check if the rest of the fragments is here */
|
||||
/* Check if the queue starts with the first datagram */
|
||||
if (((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->start != 0) {
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* and check that there are no wholes after this datagram */
|
||||
iprh_prev = iprh;
|
||||
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
while (q != NULL) {
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
|
||||
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iprh_prev = iprh;
|
||||
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* if still valid, all fragments are received
|
||||
* (because to the MF==0 already arrived */
|
||||
if (valid) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check", ipr->p != NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check",
|
||||
((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload) != iprh);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:next_pbuf!=NULL",
|
||||
iprh->next_pbuf == NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:datagram end!=datagram len",
|
||||
iprh->end == ipr->datagram_len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If valid is 0 here, there are some fragments missing in the middle
|
||||
* (since MF == 0 has already arrived). Such datagrams simply time out if
|
||||
* no more fragments are received... */
|
||||
return valid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If we come here, not all fragments were received, yet! */
|
||||
return 0; /* not yet valid! */
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
freepbuf:
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(new_p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(new_p);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reassembles incoming IP fragments into an IP datagram.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf chain of the fragment
|
||||
* @return NULL if reassembly is incomplete, ? otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf *
|
||||
ip_reass(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *r;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *ipr;
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
|
||||
u16_t offset, len;
|
||||
u8_t clen;
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *ipr_prev = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.recv);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds();
|
||||
|
||||
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4) != IP_HLEN) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: IP options currently not supported!\n"));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.err);
|
||||
goto nullreturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
|
||||
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if we are allowed to enqueue more datagrams. */
|
||||
clen = pbuf_clen(p);
|
||||
if ((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS) {
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
if (!ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) ||
|
||||
((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No datagram could be freed and still too many pbufs enqueued */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: Overflow condition: pbufct=%d, clen=%d, MAX=%d\n",
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount, clen, IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
|
||||
/* @todo: send ICMP time exceeded here? */
|
||||
/* drop this pbuf */
|
||||
goto nullreturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look for the datagram the fragment belongs to in the current datagram queue,
|
||||
* remembering the previous in the queue for later dequeueing. */
|
||||
for (ipr = reassdatagrams; ipr != NULL; ipr = ipr->next) {
|
||||
/* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
|
||||
in the reassembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
|
||||
fragment into the buffer. */
|
||||
if (IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass: matching previous fragment ID=%"X16_F"\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_ID(fraghdr))));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.cachehit);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ipr_prev = ipr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ipr == NULL) {
|
||||
/* Enqueue a new datagram into the datagram queue */
|
||||
ipr = ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(fraghdr, clen);
|
||||
/* Bail if unable to enqueue */
|
||||
if(ipr == NULL) {
|
||||
goto nullreturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) == 0) &&
|
||||
((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(&ipr->iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) != 0)) {
|
||||
/* ipr->iphdr is not the header from the first fragment, but fraghdr is
|
||||
* -> copy fraghdr into ipr->iphdr since we want to have the header
|
||||
* of the first fragment (for ICMP time exceeded and later, for copying
|
||||
* all options, if supported)*/
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Track the current number of pbufs current 'in-flight', in order to limit
|
||||
the number of fragments that may be enqueued at any one time */
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount += clen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* At this point, we have either created a new entry or pointing
|
||||
* to an existing one */
|
||||
|
||||
/* check for 'no more fragments', and update queue entry*/
|
||||
if ((IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr) & PP_NTOHS(IP_MF)) == 0) {
|
||||
ipr->flags |= IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
|
||||
ipr->datagram_len = offset + len;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,
|
||||
("ip_reass: last fragment seen, total len %"S16_F"\n",
|
||||
ipr->datagram_len));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* find the right place to insert this pbuf */
|
||||
/* @todo: trim pbufs if fragments are overlapping */
|
||||
if (ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(ipr, p)) {
|
||||
/* the totally last fragment (flag more fragments = 0) was received at least
|
||||
* once AND all fragments are received */
|
||||
ipr->datagram_len += IP_HLEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* save the second pbuf before copying the header over the pointer */
|
||||
r = ((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->next_pbuf;
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy the original ip header back to the first pbuf */
|
||||
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)(ipr->p->payload);
|
||||
SMEMCPY(fraghdr, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
IPH_LEN_SET(fraghdr, htons(ipr->datagram_len));
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(fraghdr, 0);
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, 0);
|
||||
/* @todo: do we need to set calculate the correct checksum? */
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, inet_chksum(fraghdr, IP_HLEN));
|
||||
|
||||
p = ipr->p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* chain together the pbufs contained within the reass_data list. */
|
||||
while(r != NULL) {
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)r->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* hide the ip header for every succeding fragment */
|
||||
pbuf_header(r, -IP_HLEN);
|
||||
pbuf_cat(p, r);
|
||||
r = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* release the sources allocate for the fragment queue entry */
|
||||
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, ipr_prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/* and adjust the number of pbufs currently queued for reassembly. */
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(p);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the pbuf chain */
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* the datagram is not (yet?) reassembled completely */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass_pbufcount: %d out\n", ip_reass_pbufcount));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
nullreturn:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: nullreturn\n"));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.drop);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
static u8_t buf[LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1)];
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
|
||||
/** Allocate a new struct pbuf_custom_ref */
|
||||
static struct pbuf_custom_ref*
|
||||
ip_frag_alloc_pbuf_custom_ref(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (struct pbuf_custom_ref*)memp_malloc(MEMP_FRAG_PBUF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Free a struct pbuf_custom_ref */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ip_frag_free_pbuf_custom_ref(struct pbuf_custom_ref* p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_FRAG_PBUF, p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Free-callback function to free a 'struct pbuf_custom_ref', called by
|
||||
* pbuf_free. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ipfrag_free_pbuf_custom(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf_custom_ref *pcr = (struct pbuf_custom_ref*)p;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pcr != NULL", pcr != NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pcr == p", (void*)pcr == (void*)p);
|
||||
if (pcr->original != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(pcr->original);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ip_frag_free_pbuf_custom_ref(pcr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fragment an IP datagram if too large for the netif.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Chop the datagram in MTU sized chunks and send them in order
|
||||
* by using a fixed size static memory buffer (PBUF_REF) or
|
||||
* point PBUF_REFs into p (depending on IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p ip packet to send
|
||||
* @param netif the netif on which to send
|
||||
* @param dest destination ip address to which to send
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if sent successfully, err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *rambuf;
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
struct pbuf *header;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
|
||||
struct pbuf *newpbuf;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *original_iphdr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
u16_t nfb;
|
||||
u16_t left, cop;
|
||||
u16_t mtu = netif->mtu;
|
||||
u16_t ofo, omf;
|
||||
u16_t last;
|
||||
u16_t poff = IP_HLEN;
|
||||
u16_t tmp;
|
||||
#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
|
||||
u16_t newpbuflen = 0;
|
||||
u16_t left_to_copy;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a RAM based MTU sized pbuf */
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
/* When using a static buffer, we use a PBUF_REF, which we will
|
||||
* use to reference the packet (without link header).
|
||||
* Layer and length is irrelevant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF);
|
||||
if (rambuf == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF) failed\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rambuf->tot_len = rambuf->len = mtu;
|
||||
rambuf->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the IP header in it */
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)rambuf->payload;
|
||||
SMEMCPY(iphdr, p->payload, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
original_iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
iphdr = original_iphdr;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save original offset */
|
||||
tmp = ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr));
|
||||
ofo = tmp & IP_OFFMASK;
|
||||
omf = tmp & IP_MF;
|
||||
|
||||
left = p->tot_len - IP_HLEN;
|
||||
|
||||
nfb = (mtu - IP_HLEN) / 8;
|
||||
|
||||
while (left) {
|
||||
last = (left <= mtu - IP_HLEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set new offset and MF flag */
|
||||
tmp = omf | (IP_OFFMASK & (ofo));
|
||||
if (!last) {
|
||||
tmp = tmp | IP_MF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fill this fragment */
|
||||
cop = last ? left : nfb * 8;
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, (u8_t*)iphdr + IP_HLEN, cop, poff);
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
|
||||
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, cop, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (rambuf == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
|
||||
(rambuf->len == rambuf->tot_len) && (rambuf->next == NULL));
|
||||
poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, rambuf->payload, cop, poff);
|
||||
/* make room for the IP header */
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(rambuf, IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* fill in the IP header */
|
||||
SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
iphdr = rambuf->payload;
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
|
||||
/* When not using a static buffer, create a chain of pbufs.
|
||||
* The first will be a PBUF_RAM holding the link and IP header.
|
||||
* The rest will be PBUF_REFs mirroring the pbuf chain to be fragged,
|
||||
* but limited to the size of an mtu.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, IP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (rambuf == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
|
||||
(p->len >= (IP_HLEN)));
|
||||
SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)rambuf->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can just adjust p directly for needed offset. */
|
||||
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload + poff;
|
||||
p->len -= poff;
|
||||
|
||||
left_to_copy = cop;
|
||||
while (left_to_copy) {
|
||||
struct pbuf_custom_ref *pcr;
|
||||
newpbuflen = (left_to_copy < p->len) ? left_to_copy : p->len;
|
||||
/* Is this pbuf already empty? */
|
||||
if (!newpbuflen) {
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pcr = ip_frag_alloc_pbuf_custom_ref();
|
||||
if (pcr == NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Mirror this pbuf, although we might not need all of it. */
|
||||
newpbuf = pbuf_alloced_custom(PBUF_RAW, newpbuflen, PBUF_REF, &pcr->pc, p->payload, newpbuflen);
|
||||
if (newpbuf == NULL) {
|
||||
ip_frag_free_pbuf_custom_ref(pcr);
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pbuf_ref(p);
|
||||
pcr->original = p;
|
||||
pcr->pc.custom_free_function = ipfrag_free_pbuf_custom;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add it to end of rambuf's chain, but using pbuf_cat, not pbuf_chain
|
||||
* so that it is removed when pbuf_dechain is later called on rambuf.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
pbuf_cat(rambuf, newpbuf);
|
||||
left_to_copy -= newpbuflen;
|
||||
if (left_to_copy) {
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
poff = newpbuflen;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Correct header */
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, htons(tmp));
|
||||
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(cop + IP_HLEN));
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
if (last) {
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(rambuf, left + IP_HLEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This part is ugly: we alloc a RAM based pbuf for
|
||||
* the link level header for each chunk and then
|
||||
* free it.A PBUF_ROM style pbuf for which pbuf_header
|
||||
* worked would make things simpler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
header = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (header != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_chain(header, rambuf);
|
||||
netif->output(netif, header, dest);
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipfragcreates();
|
||||
pbuf_free(header);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc() for header failed\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
/* No need for separate header pbuf - we allowed room for it in rambuf
|
||||
* when allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
netif->output(netif, rambuf, dest);
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfortunately we can't reuse rambuf - the hardware may still be
|
||||
* using the buffer. Instead we free it (and the ensuing chain) and
|
||||
* recreate it next time round the loop. If we're lucky the hardware
|
||||
* will have already sent the packet, the free will really free, and
|
||||
* there will be zero memory penalty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
left -= cop;
|
||||
ofo += nfb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipfragoks();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
IPv6 support in lwIP is very experimental.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some ICMP messages should be passed to the transport protocols. This
|
||||
is not implemented. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t type;
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct ip_addr tmpaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.recv);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO: check length before accessing payload! */
|
||||
|
||||
type = ((u8_t *)p->payload)[0];
|
||||
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case ICMP6_ECHO:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ping\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
if (p->tot_len < sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: bad ICMP echo received\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.lenerr);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iecho = p->payload;
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)((u8_t *)p->payload - IP_HLEN);
|
||||
if (inet_chksum_pbuf(p) != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo (%"X16_F")\n", inet_chksum_pseudo(p, &(iphdr->src), &(iphdr->dest), IP_PROTO_ICMP, p->tot_len)));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.chkerr);
|
||||
/* return;*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp: p->len %"S16_F" p->tot_len %"S16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&tmpaddr, &(iphdr->src));
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), &(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->dest), &tmpaddr);
|
||||
iecho->type = ICMP6_ER;
|
||||
/* adjust the checksum */
|
||||
if (iecho->chksum >= htons(0xffff - (ICMP6_ECHO << 8))) {
|
||||
iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP6_ECHO << 8) + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP6_ECHO << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo (%"X16_F")\n", inet_chksum_pseudo(p, &(iphdr->src), &(iphdr->dest), IP_PROTO_ICMP, p->tot_len)));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
/* LWIP_DEBUGF("icmp: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len);*/
|
||||
ip_output_if (p, &(iphdr->src), IP_HDRINCL,
|
||||
iphdr->hoplim, IP_PROTO_ICMP, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ICMP type %"S16_F" not supported.\n", (s16_t)type));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.proterr);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.drop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct icmp_dur_hdr *idur;
|
||||
|
||||
/* @todo: can this be PBUF_LINK instead of PBUF_IP? */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 8 + IP_HLEN + 8, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
/* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_dest_unreach: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
|
||||
(q->len >= (8 + IP_HLEN + 8)));
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
idur = q->payload;
|
||||
idur->type = (u8_t)ICMP6_DUR;
|
||||
idur->icode = (u8_t)t;
|
||||
|
||||
SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + 8, p->payload, IP_HLEN + 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate checksum */
|
||||
idur->chksum = 0;
|
||||
idur->chksum = inet_chksum(idur, q->len);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
ip_output(q, NULL,
|
||||
(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src), ICMP_TTL, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct icmp_te_hdr *tehdr;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* @todo: can this be PBUF_LINK instead of PBUF_IP? */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 8 + IP_HLEN + 8, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
/* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_dest_unreach: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
|
||||
(q->len >= (8 + IP_HLEN + 8)));
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
tehdr = q->payload;
|
||||
tehdr->type = (u8_t)ICMP6_TE;
|
||||
tehdr->icode = (u8_t)t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy fields from original packet */
|
||||
SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + 8, (u8_t *)p->payload, IP_HLEN + 8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate checksum */
|
||||
tehdr->chksum = 0;
|
||||
tehdr->chksum = inet_chksum(tehdr, q->len);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
ip_output(q, NULL,
|
||||
(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src), ICMP_TTL, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Functions common to all TCP/IPv6 modules, such as the Internet checksum and the
|
||||
* byte order functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* chksum:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sums up all 16 bit words in a memory portion. Also includes any odd byte.
|
||||
* This function is used by the other checksum functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For now, this is not optimized. Must be optimized for the particular processor
|
||||
* arcitecture on which it is to run. Preferebly coded in assembler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static u32_t
|
||||
chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t *sdataptr = dataptr;
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
for(acc = 0; len > 1; len -= 2) {
|
||||
acc += *sdataptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* add up any odd byte */
|
||||
if (len == 1) {
|
||||
acc += htons((u16_t)(*(u8_t *)dataptr) << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return acc;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u32_t proto_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped, i;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
|
||||
acc += chksum(q->payload, q->len);
|
||||
while (acc >> 16) {
|
||||
acc = (acc & 0xffff) + (acc >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = ((acc & 0xff) << 8) | ((acc & 0xff00) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = ((acc & 0xff) << 8) | ((acc & 0xff00) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
|
||||
acc += ((u16_t *)src->addr)[i] & 0xffff;
|
||||
acc += ((u16_t *)dest->addr)[i] & 0xffff;
|
||||
while (acc >> 16) {
|
||||
acc = (acc & 0xffff) + (acc >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
acc += (u16_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
|
||||
acc += ((u16_t *)&proto_len)[0] & 0xffff;
|
||||
acc += ((u16_t *)&proto_len)[1] & 0xffff;
|
||||
|
||||
while (acc >> 16) {
|
||||
acc = (acc & 0xffff) + (acc >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ~(acc & 0xffff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the Internet checksum over a portion of memory. Used primarely for IP
|
||||
* and ICMP.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc, sum;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = chksum(dataptr, len);
|
||||
sum = (acc & 0xffff) + (acc >> 16);
|
||||
sum += (sum >> 16);
|
||||
return ~(sum & 0xffff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
|
||||
acc += chksum(q->payload, q->len);
|
||||
while (acc >> 16) {
|
||||
acc = (acc & 0xffff) + (acc >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = (acc & 0xff << 8) | (acc & 0xff00 >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = ((acc & 0xff) << 8) | ((acc & 0xff00) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ~(acc & 0xffff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
397
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/ipv6/ip6.c
Normal file
397
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/ipv6/ip6.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is the code for the IP layer for IPv6.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip_init:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Initializes the IP layer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip_route:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finds the appropriate network interface for a given IP address. It searches the
|
||||
* list of network interfaces linearly. A match is found if the masked IP address of
|
||||
* the network interface equals the masked IP address given to the function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
|
||||
if (ip_addr_netcmp(dest, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))) {
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return netif_default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip_forward:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Forwards an IP packet. It finds an appropriate route for the packet, decrements
|
||||
* the TTL value of the packet, adjusts the checksum and outputs the packet on the
|
||||
* appropriate interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ip_forward(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_hdr *iphdr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest))) == NULL) {
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: no forwarding route found for "));
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IP_DEBUG, ((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest)));
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Decrement TTL and send ICMP if ttl == 0. */
|
||||
if (--iphdr->hoplim == 0) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* Don't send ICMP messages in response to ICMP messages */
|
||||
if (iphdr->nexthdr != IP_PROTO_ICMP) {
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_TTL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Incremental update of the IP checksum. */
|
||||
/* if (iphdr->chksum >= htons(0xffff - 0x100)) {
|
||||
iphdr->chksum += htons(0x100) + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
iphdr->chksum += htons(0x100);
|
||||
}*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: forwarding packet to "));
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IP_DEBUG, ((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest)));
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.fw);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_STOP("ip_forward");
|
||||
|
||||
netif->output(netif, p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip_input:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is called by the network interface device driver when an IP packet is
|
||||
* received. The function does the basic checks of the IP header such as packet size
|
||||
* being at least larger than the header size etc. If the packet was not destined for
|
||||
* us, the packet is forwarded (using ip_forward). The IP checksum is always checked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally, the packet is sent to the upper layer protocol input function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp) {
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.recv);
|
||||
|
||||
/* identify the IP header */
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (iphdr->v != 6) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP packet dropped due to bad version number\n"));
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* is this packet for us? */
|
||||
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: iphdr->dest "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IP_DEBUG, ((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif->ip_addr "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IP_DEBUG, ((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdr->dest), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
/* packet not for us, route or discard */
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD
|
||||
ip_forward(p, iphdr);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(p, IP_HLEN + ntohs(iphdr->len));
|
||||
|
||||
/* send to upper layers */
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
/* LWIP_DEBUGF("ip_input: \n");
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF("ip_input: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len);*/
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(p, -IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't move over header in packet", 0);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (iphdr->nexthdr) {
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_UDP:
|
||||
udp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_TCP:
|
||||
tcp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_ICMP:
|
||||
icmp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* send ICMP destination protocol unreachable */
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PROTO);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("Unsupported transport protocol %"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
iphdr->nexthdr));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.proterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
PERF_STOP("ip_input");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip_output_if:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs the IP header
|
||||
* and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source IP address is NULL,
|
||||
* the IP address of the outgoing network interface is filled in as source address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output_if (struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl,
|
||||
u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("len %"U16_F" tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: not enough room for IP header in pbuf\n"));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_BUF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("len %"U16_F" tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (dest != IP_HDRINCL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("!IP_HDRLINCL\n"));
|
||||
iphdr->hoplim = ttl;
|
||||
iphdr->nexthdr = proto;
|
||||
iphdr->len = htons(p->tot_len - IP_HLEN);
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->dest), dest);
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr->v = 6;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(src)) {
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), &(netif->ip_addr));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
dest = &(iphdr->dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output_if: %c%c (len %"U16_F")\n", netif->name[0], netif->name[1], p->tot_len));
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_STOP("ip_output_if");
|
||||
return netif->output(netif, p, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ip_output:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Simple interface to ip_output_if. It finds the outgoing network interface and
|
||||
* calls upon ip_output_if to do the actual work.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ip_output_if (p, src, dest, ttl, proto, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT(netif, addr_hint);
|
||||
err = ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
|
||||
LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT(netif, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP header:\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|%2"S16_F" | %"X16_F"%"X16_F" | %"X16_F"%"X16_F" | (v, traffic class, flow label)\n",
|
||||
iphdr->v,
|
||||
iphdr->tclass1, iphdr->tclass2,
|
||||
iphdr->flow1, iphdr->flow2));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | %2"U16_F" | %2"U16_F" | (len, nexthdr, hoplim)\n",
|
||||
ntohs(iphdr->len),
|
||||
iphdr->nexthdr,
|
||||
iphdr->hoplim));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (src)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[0]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[0]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (src)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[1]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[1]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (src)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[2]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[2]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (src)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[3]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->src.addr[3]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (dest)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[0]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[0]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (dest)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[1]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[1]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (dest)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[2]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[2]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %4"X32_F" | %4"X32_F" | (dest)\n",
|
||||
(ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[3]) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
||||
ntohl(iphdr->dest.addr[3]) & 0xffff));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
ip_addr_netcmp(struct ip_addr *addr1, struct ip_addr *addr2,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return((addr1->addr[0] & mask->addr[0]) == (addr2->addr[0] & mask->addr[0]) &&
|
||||
(addr1->addr[1] & mask->addr[1]) == (addr2->addr[1] & mask->addr[1]) &&
|
||||
(addr1->addr[2] & mask->addr[2]) == (addr2->addr[2] & mask->addr[2]) &&
|
||||
(addr1->addr[3] & mask->addr[3]) == (addr2->addr[3] & mask->addr[3]));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(struct ip_addr *addr1, struct ip_addr *addr2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(addr1->addr[0] == addr2->addr[0] &&
|
||||
addr1->addr[1] == addr2->addr[1] &&
|
||||
addr1->addr[2] == addr2->addr[2] &&
|
||||
addr1->addr[3] == addr2->addr[3]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_addr_set(struct ip_addr *dest, struct ip_addr *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SMEMCPY(dest, src, sizeof(struct ip_addr));
|
||||
/* dest->addr[0] = src->addr[0];
|
||||
dest->addr[1] = src->addr[1];
|
||||
dest->addr[2] = src->addr[2];
|
||||
dest->addr[3] = src->addr[3];*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
ip_addr_isany(struct ip_addr *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (addr == NULL) return 1;
|
||||
return((addr->addr[0] | addr->addr[1] | addr->addr[2] | addr->addr[3]) == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Stack-internal timers implementation.
|
||||
* This file includes timer callbacks for stack-internal timers as well as
|
||||
* functions to set up or stop timers and check for expired timers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
* Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/lwip_timers.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TIMERS
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dns.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** The one and only timeout list */
|
||||
static struct sys_timeo *next_timeout;
|
||||
#if NO_SYS || CONFIG_DYNAMIC_TICKLESS
|
||||
static u32_t timeouts_last_time;
|
||||
#endif /* NO_SYS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
/** global variable that shows if the tcp timer is currently scheduled or not */
|
||||
static int tcpip_tcp_timer_active;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls tcp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
tcpip_tcp_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* call TCP timer handler */
|
||||
tcp_tmr();
|
||||
/* timer still needed? */
|
||||
if (tcp_active_pcbs || tcp_tw_pcbs) {
|
||||
/* restart timer */
|
||||
sys_timeout(TCP_TMR_INTERVAL, tcpip_tcp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* disable timer */
|
||||
tcpip_tcp_timer_active = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called from TCP_REG when registering a new PCB:
|
||||
* the reason is to have the TCP timer only running when
|
||||
* there are active (or time-wait) PCBs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
tcp_timer_needed(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* timer is off but needed again? */
|
||||
if (!tcpip_tcp_timer_active && (tcp_active_pcbs || tcp_tw_pcbs)) {
|
||||
/* enable and start timer */
|
||||
tcpip_tcp_timer_active = 1;
|
||||
sys_timeout(TCP_TMR_INTERVAL, tcpip_tcp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls ip_reass_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ip_reass_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: ip_reass_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
ip_reass_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(IP_TMR_INTERVAL, ip_reass_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls etharp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
arp_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: etharp_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
etharp_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls dhcp_coarse_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dhcp_timer_coarse(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dhcp_coarse_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
dhcp_coarse_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_coarse, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls dhcp_fine_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dhcp_timer_fine(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dhcp_fine_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
dhcp_fine_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_fine, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls autoip_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: autoip_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
autoip_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL, autoip_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls igmp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
igmp_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: igmp_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
igmp_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL, igmp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timer callback function that calls dns_tmr() and reschedules itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param arg unused argument
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dns_timer(void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dns_tmr()\n"));
|
||||
dns_tmr();
|
||||
sys_timeout(DNS_TMR_INTERVAL, dns_timer, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Initialize this module */
|
||||
void sys_timeouts_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
sys_timeout(IP_TMR_INTERVAL, ip_reass_timer, NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
sys_timeout(DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_coarse, NULL);
|
||||
sys_timeout(DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_fine, NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
sys_timeout(AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL, autoip_timer, NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
sys_timeout(IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL, igmp_timer, NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS
|
||||
sys_timeout(DNS_TMR_INTERVAL, dns_timer, NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if NO_SYS || CONFIG_DYNAMIC_TICKLESS
|
||||
/* Initialise timestamp for sys_check_timeouts */
|
||||
timeouts_last_time = sys_now();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a one-shot timer (aka timeout). Timeouts are processed in the
|
||||
* following cases:
|
||||
* - while waiting for a message using sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch()
|
||||
* - by calling sys_check_timeouts() (NO_SYS==1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param msecs time in milliseconds after that the timer should expire
|
||||
* @param handler callback function to call when msecs have elapsed
|
||||
* @param arg argument to pass to the callback function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_timeout_debug(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg, const char* handler_name)
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sys_timeo *timeout, *t;
|
||||
|
||||
timeout = (struct sys_timeo *)memp_malloc(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT);
|
||||
if (timeout == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sys_timeout: timeout != NULL, pool MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT is empty", timeout != NULL);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
timeout->next = NULL;
|
||||
timeout->h = handler;
|
||||
timeout->arg = arg;
|
||||
timeout->time = msecs;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
|
||||
timeout->handler_name = handler_name;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("sys_timeout: %p msecs=%"U32_F" handler=%s arg=%p\n",
|
||||
(void *)timeout, msecs, handler_name, (void *)arg));
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
|
||||
|
||||
if (next_timeout == NULL) {
|
||||
next_timeout = timeout;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (next_timeout->time > msecs) {
|
||||
next_timeout->time -= msecs;
|
||||
timeout->next = next_timeout;
|
||||
next_timeout = timeout;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for(t = next_timeout; t != NULL; t = t->next) {
|
||||
timeout->time -= t->time;
|
||||
if (t->next == NULL || t->next->time > timeout->time) {
|
||||
if (t->next != NULL) {
|
||||
t->next->time -= timeout->time;
|
||||
}
|
||||
timeout->next = t->next;
|
||||
t->next = timeout;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Go through timeout list (for this task only) and remove the first matching
|
||||
* entry, even though the timeout has not triggered yet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function only works as expected if there is only one timeout
|
||||
* calling 'handler' in the list of timeouts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handler callback function that would be called by the timeout
|
||||
* @param arg callback argument that would be passed to handler
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sys_timeo *prev_t, *t;
|
||||
|
||||
if (next_timeout == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (t = next_timeout, prev_t = NULL; t != NULL; prev_t = t, t = t->next) {
|
||||
if ((t->h == handler) && (t->arg == arg)) {
|
||||
/* We have a match */
|
||||
/* Unlink from previous in list */
|
||||
if (prev_t == NULL) {
|
||||
next_timeout = t->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
prev_t->next = t->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If not the last one, add time of this one back to next */
|
||||
if (t->next != NULL) {
|
||||
t->next->time += t->time;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, t);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if NO_SYS
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handle timeouts for NO_SYS==1 (i.e. without using
|
||||
* tcpip_thread/sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(). Uses sys_now() to call timeout
|
||||
* handler functions when timeouts expire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be called periodically from your main loop.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_check_timeouts(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (next_timeout) {
|
||||
struct sys_timeo *tmptimeout;
|
||||
u32_t diff;
|
||||
sys_timeout_handler handler;
|
||||
void *arg;
|
||||
u8_t had_one;
|
||||
u32_t now;
|
||||
|
||||
now = sys_now();
|
||||
/* this cares for wraparounds */
|
||||
diff = now - timeouts_last_time;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
|
||||
PBUF_CHECK_FREE_OOSEQ();
|
||||
#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
|
||||
had_one = 0;
|
||||
tmptimeout = next_timeout;
|
||||
if (tmptimeout && (tmptimeout->time <= diff)) {
|
||||
/* timeout has expired */
|
||||
had_one = 1;
|
||||
timeouts_last_time = now;
|
||||
diff -= tmptimeout->time;
|
||||
next_timeout = tmptimeout->next;
|
||||
handler = tmptimeout->h;
|
||||
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
|
||||
if (handler != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("sct calling h=%s arg=%p\n",
|
||||
tmptimeout->handler_name, arg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
|
||||
if (handler != NULL) {
|
||||
handler(arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* repeat until all expired timers have been called */
|
||||
}while(had_one);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set back the timestamp of the last call to sys_check_timeouts()
|
||||
* This is necessary if sys_check_timeouts() hasn't been called for a long
|
||||
* time (e.g. while saving energy) to prevent all timer functions of that
|
||||
* period being called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_restart_timeouts(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeouts_last_time = sys_now();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* NO_SYS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Wait (forever) for a message to arrive in an mbox.
|
||||
* While waiting, timeouts are processed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mbox the mbox to fetch the message from
|
||||
* @param msg the place to store the message
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t time_needed;
|
||||
struct sys_timeo *tmptimeout;
|
||||
sys_timeout_handler handler;
|
||||
void *arg;
|
||||
|
||||
again:
|
||||
if (!next_timeout) {
|
||||
time_needed = sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, 0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (next_timeout->time > 0) {
|
||||
time_needed = sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, next_timeout->time);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
time_needed = SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if CONFIG_DYNAMIC_TICKLESS
|
||||
if (time_needed == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
|
||||
/* If time == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a timeout occured before a message
|
||||
could be fetched. We should now call the timeout handler and
|
||||
deallocate the memory allocated for the timeout. */
|
||||
u8_t had_one;
|
||||
u32_t now;
|
||||
u32_t diff;
|
||||
|
||||
now = sys_now();
|
||||
/* this cares for wraparounds */
|
||||
diff = now - timeouts_last_time;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
had_one = 0;
|
||||
tmptimeout = next_timeout;
|
||||
if (tmptimeout && (tmptimeout->time <= diff)) {
|
||||
/* timeout has expired */
|
||||
had_one = 1;
|
||||
timeouts_last_time = now;
|
||||
diff -= tmptimeout->time;
|
||||
next_timeout = tmptimeout->next;
|
||||
handler = tmptimeout->h;
|
||||
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
|
||||
if (handler != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("sct calling h=%s arg=%p\n",
|
||||
tmptimeout->handler_name, arg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
|
||||
if (handler != NULL) {
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
handler(arg);
|
||||
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* repeat until all expired timers have been called */
|
||||
}while(had_one);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* We try again to fetch a message from the mbox. */
|
||||
goto again;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (time_needed == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
|
||||
/* If time == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a timeout occured before a message
|
||||
could be fetched. We should now call the timeout handler and
|
||||
deallocate the memory allocated for the timeout. */
|
||||
tmptimeout = next_timeout;
|
||||
next_timeout = tmptimeout->next;
|
||||
handler = tmptimeout->h;
|
||||
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
|
||||
if (handler != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("stmf calling h=%s arg=%p\n",
|
||||
tmptimeout->handler_name, arg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
|
||||
if (handler != NULL) {
|
||||
/* For LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING, lock the core before calling the
|
||||
timeout handler function. */
|
||||
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
handler(arg);
|
||||
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* We try again to fetch a message from the mbox. */
|
||||
goto again;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else {
|
||||
/* If time != SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a message was received before the timeout
|
||||
occured. The time variable is set to the number of
|
||||
milliseconds we waited for the message. */
|
||||
if (time_needed < next_timeout->time) {
|
||||
next_timeout->time -= time_needed;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
next_timeout->time = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* NO_SYS */
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_TIMERS */
|
||||
/* Satisfy the TCP code which calls this function */
|
||||
void
|
||||
tcp_timer_needed(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */
|
||||
659
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/mem.c
Normal file
659
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/mem.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Dynamic memory manager
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a lightweight replacement for the standard C library malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to use the standard C library malloc() instead, define
|
||||
* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC to 1 in your lwipopts.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To let mem_malloc() use pools (prevents fragmentation and is much faster than
|
||||
* a heap but might waste some memory), define MEM_USE_POOLS to 1, define
|
||||
* MEM_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS to 1 and create a file "lwippools.h" that includes a list
|
||||
* of pools like this (more pools can be added between _START and _END):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define three pools with sizes 256, 512, and 1512 bytes
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(20, 256)
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(10, 512)
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(5, 1512)
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
* Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
|
||||
/* lwIP head implemented with different sized pools */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate memory: determine the smallest pool that is big enough
|
||||
* to contain an element of 'size' and get an element from that pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size the size in bytes of the memory needed
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if the pool is empty
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *ret;
|
||||
struct memp_malloc_helper *element;
|
||||
memp_t poolnr;
|
||||
mem_size_t required_size = size + LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper));
|
||||
|
||||
for (poolnr = MEMP_POOL_FIRST; poolnr <= MEMP_POOL_LAST; poolnr = (memp_t)(poolnr + 1)) {
|
||||
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
|
||||
again:
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
|
||||
/* is this pool big enough to hold an element of the required size
|
||||
plus a struct memp_malloc_helper that saves the pool this element came from? */
|
||||
if (required_size <= memp_sizes[poolnr]) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (poolnr > MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc(): no pool is that big!", 0);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
element = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)memp_malloc(poolnr);
|
||||
if (element == NULL) {
|
||||
/* No need to DEBUGF or ASSERT: This error is already
|
||||
taken care of in memp.c */
|
||||
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
|
||||
/** Try a bigger pool if this one is empty! */
|
||||
if (poolnr < MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
|
||||
poolnr++;
|
||||
goto again;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* save the pool number this element came from */
|
||||
element->poolnr = poolnr;
|
||||
/* and return a pointer to the memory directly after the struct memp_malloc_helper */
|
||||
ret = (u8_t*)element + LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper));
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free memory previously allocated by mem_malloc. Loads the pool number
|
||||
* and calls memp_free with that pool number to put the element back into
|
||||
* its pool
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rmem the memory element to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
mem_free(void *rmem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp_malloc_helper *hmem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem != NULL", (rmem != NULL));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem == MEM_ALIGN(rmem)", (rmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(rmem)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* get the original struct memp_malloc_helper */
|
||||
hmem = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)(void*)((u8_t*)rmem - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper)));
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem != NULL", (hmem != NULL));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem == MEM_ALIGN(hmem)", (hmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(hmem)));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX", (hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX));
|
||||
|
||||
/* and put it in the pool we saved earlier */
|
||||
memp_free(hmem->poolnr, hmem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
|
||||
/* lwIP replacement for your libc malloc() */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The heap is made up as a list of structs of this type.
|
||||
* This does not have to be aligned since for getting its size,
|
||||
* we only use the macro SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM, which automatically alignes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct mem {
|
||||
/** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
|
||||
mem_size_t next;
|
||||
/** index (-> ram[prev]) of the previous struct */
|
||||
mem_size_t prev;
|
||||
/** 1: this area is used; 0: this area is unused */
|
||||
u8_t used;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** All allocated blocks will be MIN_SIZE bytes big, at least!
|
||||
* MIN_SIZE can be overridden to suit your needs. Smaller values save space,
|
||||
* larger values could prevent too small blocks to fragment the RAM too much. */
|
||||
#ifndef MIN_SIZE
|
||||
#define MIN_SIZE 12
|
||||
#endif /* MIN_SIZE */
|
||||
/* some alignment macros: we define them here for better source code layout */
|
||||
#define MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MIN_SIZE)
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct mem))
|
||||
#define MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEM_SIZE)
|
||||
|
||||
/** If you want to relocate the heap to external memory, simply define
|
||||
* LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER as a void-pointer to that location.
|
||||
* If so, make sure the memory at that location is big enough (see below on
|
||||
* how that space is calculated). */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER
|
||||
/** the heap. we need one struct mem at the end and some room for alignment */
|
||||
u8_t ram_heap[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) + MEM_ALIGNMENT];
|
||||
#define LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER ram_heap
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER */
|
||||
|
||||
/** pointer to the heap (ram_heap): for alignment, ram is now a pointer instead of an array */
|
||||
static u8_t *ram;
|
||||
/** the last entry, always unused! */
|
||||
static struct mem *ram_end;
|
||||
/** pointer to the lowest free block, this is used for faster search */
|
||||
static struct mem *lfree;
|
||||
|
||||
/** concurrent access protection */
|
||||
#if !NO_SYS
|
||||
static sys_mutex_t mem_mutex;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
static volatile u8_t mem_free_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow mem_free from other (e.g. interrupt) context */
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_free)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_free)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_free)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_alloc)
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Protect the heap only by using a semaphore */
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT()
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() sys_mutex_lock(&mem_mutex)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() sys_mutex_unlock(&mem_mutex)
|
||||
/* mem_malloc is protected using semaphore AND LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT */
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT()
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT()
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Plug holes" by combining adjacent empty struct mems.
|
||||
* After this function is through, there should not exist
|
||||
* one empty struct mem pointing to another empty struct mem.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mem this points to a struct mem which just has been freed
|
||||
* @internal this function is only called by mem_free() and mem_trim()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This assumes access to the heap is protected by the calling function
|
||||
* already.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
plug_holes(struct mem *mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mem *nmem;
|
||||
struct mem *pmem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem >= ram", (u8_t *)mem >= ram);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem < ram_end", (u8_t *)mem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->used == 0", mem->used == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* plug hole forward */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED", mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
|
||||
nmem = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->next];
|
||||
if (mem != nmem && nmem->used == 0 && (u8_t *)nmem != (u8_t *)ram_end) {
|
||||
/* if mem->next is unused and not end of ram, combine mem and mem->next */
|
||||
if (lfree == nmem) {
|
||||
lfree = mem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem->next = nmem->next;
|
||||
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[nmem->next])->prev = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)mem - ram);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* plug hole backward */
|
||||
pmem = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->prev];
|
||||
if (pmem != mem && pmem->used == 0) {
|
||||
/* if mem->prev is unused, combine mem and mem->prev */
|
||||
if (lfree == mem) {
|
||||
lfree = pmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pmem->next = mem->next;
|
||||
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->next])->prev = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)pmem - ram);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Zero the heap and initialize start, end and lowest-free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
mem_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mem *mem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Sanity check alignment",
|
||||
(SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* align the heap */
|
||||
ram = (u8_t *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER);
|
||||
/* initialize the start of the heap */
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)ram;
|
||||
mem->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
mem->prev = 0;
|
||||
mem->used = 0;
|
||||
/* initialize the end of the heap */
|
||||
ram_end = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED];
|
||||
ram_end->used = 1;
|
||||
ram_end->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
ram_end->prev = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize the lowest-free pointer to the start of the heap */
|
||||
lfree = (struct mem *)(void *)ram;
|
||||
|
||||
MEM_STATS_AVAIL(avail, MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
|
||||
if(sys_mutex_new(&mem_mutex) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("failed to create mem_mutex", 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put a struct mem back on the heap
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rmem is the data portion of a struct mem as returned by a previous
|
||||
* call to mem_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
mem_free(void *rmem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mem *mem;
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
if (rmem == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: sanity check alignment", (((mem_ptr_t)rmem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
|
||||
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_free: illegal memory\n"));
|
||||
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
|
||||
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
|
||||
/* ... which has to be in a used state ... */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: mem->used", mem->used);
|
||||
/* ... and is now unused. */
|
||||
mem->used = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem < lfree) {
|
||||
/* the newly freed struct is now the lowest */
|
||||
lfree = mem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, mem->next - (mem_size_t)(((u8_t *)mem - ram)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* finally, see if prev or next are free also */
|
||||
plug_holes(mem);
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 1;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Shrink memory returned by mem_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rmem pointer to memory allocated by mem_malloc the is to be shrinked
|
||||
* @param newsize required size after shrinking (needs to be smaller than or
|
||||
* equal to the previous size)
|
||||
* @return for compatibility reasons: is always == rmem, at the moment
|
||||
* or NULL if newsize is > old size, in which case rmem is NOT touched
|
||||
* or freed!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
mem_trim(void *rmem, mem_size_t newsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mem_size_t size;
|
||||
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
|
||||
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
|
||||
/* use the FREE_PROTECT here: it protects with sem OR SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
|
||||
adjust for alignment. */
|
||||
newsize = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(newsize);
|
||||
|
||||
if(newsize < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
|
||||
newsize = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (newsize > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_trim: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
|
||||
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_trim: illegal memory\n"));
|
||||
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
return rmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
|
||||
/* ... and its offset pointer */
|
||||
ptr = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)mem - ram);
|
||||
|
||||
size = mem->next - ptr - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_trim can only shrink memory", newsize <= size);
|
||||
if (newsize > size) {
|
||||
/* not supported */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (newsize == size) {
|
||||
/* No change in size, simply return */
|
||||
return rmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->next];
|
||||
if(mem2->used == 0) {
|
||||
/* The next struct is unused, we can simply move it at little */
|
||||
mem_size_t next;
|
||||
/* remember the old next pointer */
|
||||
next = mem2->next;
|
||||
/* create new struct mem which is moved directly after the shrinked mem */
|
||||
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
|
||||
if (lfree == mem2) {
|
||||
lfree = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
mem2->used = 0;
|
||||
/* restore the next pointer */
|
||||
mem2->next = next;
|
||||
/* link it back to mem */
|
||||
mem2->prev = ptr;
|
||||
/* link mem to it */
|
||||
mem->next = ptr2;
|
||||
/* last thing to restore linked list: as we have moved mem2,
|
||||
* let 'mem2->next->prev' point to mem2 again. but only if mem2->next is not
|
||||
* the end of the heap */
|
||||
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
|
||||
/* no need to plug holes, we've already done that */
|
||||
} else if (newsize + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED <= size) {
|
||||
/* Next struct is used but there's room for another struct mem with
|
||||
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data.
|
||||
* Old size ('size') must be big enough to contain at least 'newsize' plus a struct mem
|
||||
* ('SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM') with some data ('MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED').
|
||||
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
|
||||
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
|
||||
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory */
|
||||
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
if (mem2 < lfree) {
|
||||
lfree = mem2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem2->used = 0;
|
||||
mem2->next = mem->next;
|
||||
mem2->prev = ptr;
|
||||
mem->next = ptr2;
|
||||
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
|
||||
/* the original mem->next is used, so no need to plug holes! */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* else {
|
||||
next struct mem is used but size between mem and mem2 is not big enough
|
||||
to create another struct mem
|
||||
-> don't do anyhting.
|
||||
-> the remaining space stays unused since it is too small
|
||||
} */
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 1;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
return rmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adam's mem_malloc() plus solution for bug #17922
|
||||
* Allocate a block of memory with a minimum of 'size' bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size is the minimum size of the requested block in bytes.
|
||||
* @return pointer to allocated memory or NULL if no free memory was found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the returned value will always be aligned (as defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
|
||||
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
u8_t local_mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
|
||||
adjust for alignment. */
|
||||
size = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size);
|
||||
|
||||
if(size < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
|
||||
size = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
|
||||
sys_mutex_lock(&mem_mutex);
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
/* run as long as a mem_free disturbed mem_malloc or mem_trim */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
local_mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Scan through the heap searching for a free block that is big enough,
|
||||
* beginning with the lowest free block.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (ptr = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)lfree - ram); ptr < MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED - size;
|
||||
ptr = ((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr])->next) {
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr];
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
/* allow mem_free or mem_trim to run */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
|
||||
if (mem_free_count != 0) {
|
||||
/* If mem_free or mem_trim have run, we have to restart since they
|
||||
could have altered our current struct mem. */
|
||||
local_mem_free_count = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
if ((!mem->used) &&
|
||||
(mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) >= size) {
|
||||
/* mem is not used and at least perfect fit is possible:
|
||||
* mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) gives us the 'user data size' of mem */
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) >= (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED)) {
|
||||
/* (in addition to the above, we test if another struct mem (SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) containing
|
||||
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data also fits in the 'user data space' of 'mem')
|
||||
* -> split large block, create empty remainder,
|
||||
* remainder must be large enough to contain MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED data: if
|
||||
* mem->next - (ptr + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) == size,
|
||||
* struct mem would fit in but no data between mem2 and mem2->next
|
||||
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
|
||||
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
|
||||
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size;
|
||||
/* create mem2 struct */
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
mem2->used = 0;
|
||||
mem2->next = mem->next;
|
||||
mem2->prev = ptr;
|
||||
/* and insert it between mem and mem->next */
|
||||
mem->next = ptr2;
|
||||
mem->used = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* (a mem2 struct does no fit into the user data space of mem and mem->next will always
|
||||
* be used at this point: if not we have 2 unused structs in a row, plug_holes should have
|
||||
* take care of this).
|
||||
* -> near fit or excact fit: do not split, no mem2 creation
|
||||
* also can't move mem->next directly behind mem, since mem->next
|
||||
* will always be used at this point!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
mem->used = 1;
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, mem->next - (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)mem - ram));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_malloc_adjust_lfree:
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
if (mem == lfree) {
|
||||
struct mem *cur = lfree;
|
||||
/* Find next free block after mem and update lowest free pointer */
|
||||
while (cur->used && cur != ram_end) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
/* prevent high interrupt latency... */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
|
||||
if (mem_free_count != 0) {
|
||||
/* If mem_free or mem_trim have run, we have to restart since they
|
||||
could have altered our current struct mem or lfree. */
|
||||
goto mem_malloc_adjust_lfree;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
cur = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[cur->next];
|
||||
}
|
||||
lfree = cur;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: !lfree->used", ((lfree == ram_end) || (!lfree->used)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
sys_mutex_unlock(&mem_mutex);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory not above ram_end.",
|
||||
(mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size <= (mem_ptr_t)ram_end);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory properly aligned.",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: sanity check alignment",
|
||||
(((mem_ptr_t)mem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return (u8_t *)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
/* if we got interrupted by a mem_free, try again */
|
||||
} while(local_mem_free_count != 0);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_malloc: could not allocate %"S16_F" bytes\n", (s16_t)size));
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC(err);
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
sys_mutex_unlock(&mem_mutex);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Contiguously allocates enough space for count objects that are size bytes
|
||||
* of memory each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The allocated memory is filled with bytes of value zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param count number of objects to allocate
|
||||
* @param size size of the objects to allocate
|
||||
* @return pointer to allocated memory / NULL pointer if there is an error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocate 'count' objects of size 'size' */
|
||||
p = mem_malloc(count * size);
|
||||
if (p) {
|
||||
/* zero the memory */
|
||||
memset(p, 0, count * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
|
||||
476
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/memp.c
Normal file
476
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/memp.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Dynamic pool memory manager
|
||||
*
|
||||
* lwIP has dedicated pools for many structures (netconn, protocol control blocks,
|
||||
* packet buffers, ...). All these pools are managed here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/api.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/lwip_timers.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_structs.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dns.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/ppp_oe.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#if CONFIG_EXAMPLE_ANDLINK
|
||||
#if MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS
|
||||
#include <libcoap-4.1.1/net.h>
|
||||
#include <libcoap-4.1.1/subscribe.h>
|
||||
#include <libcoap-4.1.1/resource.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
struct memp {
|
||||
struct memp *next;
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
const char *file;
|
||||
int line;
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
/* if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is turned on, we reserve some bytes at the beginning
|
||||
* and at the end of each element, initialize them as 0xcd and check
|
||||
* them later. */
|
||||
/* If MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is >= 2, on every call to memp_malloc or memp_free,
|
||||
* every single element in each pool is checked!
|
||||
* This is VERY SLOW but also very helpful. */
|
||||
/* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE and MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER can be overridden in
|
||||
* lwipopts.h to change the amount reserved for checking. */
|
||||
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE 16
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE > 0
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED 0
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
|
||||
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER 16
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER > 0
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED 0
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* MEMP_SIZE: save space for struct memp and for sanity check */
|
||||
#define MEMP_SIZE (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp)) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED)
|
||||
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED)
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/* No sanity checks
|
||||
* We don't need to preserve the struct memp while not allocated, so we
|
||||
* can save a little space and set MEMP_SIZE to 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MEMP_SIZE 0
|
||||
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the first free element of each pool.
|
||||
* Elements form a linked list. */
|
||||
static struct memp *memp_tab[MEMP_MAX];
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the element sizes of each pool. */
|
||||
#if !MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
|
||||
static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size),
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the number of elements in each pool. */
|
||||
static const u16_t memp_num[MEMP_MAX] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (num),
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds a textual description of each pool. */
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
static const char *memp_desc[MEMP_MAX] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (desc),
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
|
||||
|
||||
/** This creates each memory pool. These are named memp_memory_XXX_base (where
|
||||
* XXX is the name of the pool defined in memp_std.h).
|
||||
* To relocate a pool, declare it as extern in cc.h. Example for GCC:
|
||||
* extern u8_t __attribute__((section(".onchip_mem"))) memp_memory_UDP_PCB_base[];
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) u8_t memp_memory_ ## name ## _base \
|
||||
[((num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size)))];
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the base of each memory pool. */
|
||||
static u8_t *const memp_bases[] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) memp_memory_ ## name ## _base,
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This is the actual memory used by the pools (all pools in one big block). */
|
||||
static u8_t memp_memory[MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) + ( (num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size) ) )
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check that memp-lists don't form a circle, using "Floyd's cycle-finding algorithm".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
memp_sanity(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s16_t i;
|
||||
struct memp *t, *h;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
|
||||
t = memp_tab[i];
|
||||
if(t != NULL) {
|
||||
for (h = t->next; (t != NULL) && (h != NULL); t = t->next,
|
||||
h = (((h->next != NULL) && (h->next->next != NULL)) ? h->next->next : NULL)) {
|
||||
if (t == h) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK*/
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
#if defined(LWIP_DEBUG) && MEMP_STATS
|
||||
static const char * memp_overflow_names[] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) "/"desc,
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if a memp element was victim of an overflow
|
||||
* (e.g. the restricted area after it has been altered)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the memp element to check
|
||||
* @param memp_type the pool p comes from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element_overflow(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t k;
|
||||
u8_t *m;
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[memp_type];
|
||||
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED; k++) {
|
||||
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
|
||||
char errstr[128] = "detected memp overflow in pool ";
|
||||
char digit[] = "0";
|
||||
if(memp_type >= 10) {
|
||||
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type/10);
|
||||
strcat(errstr, digit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type%10);
|
||||
strcat(errstr, digit);
|
||||
#if defined(LWIP_DEBUG) && MEMP_STATS
|
||||
strcat(errstr, memp_overflow_names[memp_type]);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT(errstr, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if a memp element was victim of an underflow
|
||||
* (e.g. the restricted area before it has been altered)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the memp element to check
|
||||
* @param memp_type the pool p comes from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element_underflow(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t k;
|
||||
u8_t *m;
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED; k++) {
|
||||
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
|
||||
char errstr[128] = "detected memp underflow in pool ";
|
||||
char digit[] = "0";
|
||||
if(memp_type >= 10) {
|
||||
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type/10);
|
||||
strcat(errstr, digit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type%10);
|
||||
strcat(errstr, digit);
|
||||
#if defined(LWIP_DEBUG) && MEMP_STATS
|
||||
strcat(errstr, memp_overflow_names[memp_type]);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT(errstr, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do an overflow check for all elements in every pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see memp_overflow_check_element for a description of the check
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t i, j;
|
||||
struct memp *p;
|
||||
|
||||
p = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
p = p;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element_overflow(p, i);
|
||||
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
p = p;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element_underflow(p, i);
|
||||
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the restricted areas of all memp elements in every pool.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t i, j;
|
||||
struct memp *p;
|
||||
u8_t *m;
|
||||
|
||||
p = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
p = p;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i];
|
||||
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize this module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Carves out memp_memory into linked lists for each pool-type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
memp_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp *memp;
|
||||
u16_t i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(used, i, 0);
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(max, i, 0);
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(err, i, 0);
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(avail, i, memp_num[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
|
||||
memp = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
#endif /* !MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
|
||||
/* for every pool: */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
memp_tab[i] = NULL;
|
||||
#if MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
|
||||
memp = (struct memp*)memp_bases[i];
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
|
||||
/* create a linked list of memp elements */
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
memp->next = memp_tab[i];
|
||||
memp_tab[i] = memp;
|
||||
memp = (struct memp *)(void *)((u8_t *)memp + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i]
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
+ MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
memp_overflow_init();
|
||||
/* check everything a first time to see if it worked */
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all();
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get an element from a specific pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type the pool to get an element from
|
||||
*
|
||||
* the debug version has two more parameters:
|
||||
* @param file file name calling this function
|
||||
* @param line number of line where this function is called
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or a NULL pointer on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
#if !MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
memp_malloc(memp_t type)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp *memp;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("memp_malloc: type < MEMP_MAX", (type < MEMP_MAX), return NULL;);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all();
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
|
||||
|
||||
memp = memp_tab[type];
|
||||
|
||||
if (memp != NULL) {
|
||||
memp_tab[type] = memp->next;
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
memp->next = NULL;
|
||||
memp->file = file;
|
||||
memp->line = line;
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(used, type);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_malloc: memp properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)memp % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
memp = (struct memp*)(void *)((u8_t*)memp + MEMP_SIZE);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEMP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("memp_malloc: out of memory in pool %s\n", memp_desc[type]));
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_INC(err, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
return memp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put an element back into its pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type the pool where to put mem
|
||||
* @param mem the memp element to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp *memp;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_free: mem properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)mem % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
memp = (struct memp *)(void *)((u8_t*)mem - MEMP_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element_overflow(memp, type);
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element_underflow(memp, type);
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_DEC(used, type);
|
||||
|
||||
memp->next = memp_tab[type];
|
||||
memp_tab[type] = memp;
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("memp sanity", memp_sanity());
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
779
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/netif.c
Normal file
779
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/netif.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,779 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* lwIP network interface abstraction
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
|
||||
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) do{ if (n->status_callback) { (n->status_callback)(n); }}while(0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
|
||||
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) do{ if (n->link_callback) { (n->link_callback)(n); }}while(0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
struct netif *netif_list;
|
||||
struct netif *netif_default;
|
||||
|
||||
static u8_t netif_num;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
|
||||
static struct netif loop_netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a lwip network interface structure for a loopback interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this loopif
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the loopif is initialized
|
||||
* ERR_MEM if private data couldn't be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
netif_loopif_init(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* initialize the snmp variables and counters inside the struct netif
|
||||
* ifSpeed: no assumption can be made!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, snmp_ifType_softwareLoopback, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
netif->name[0] = 'l';
|
||||
netif->name[1] = 'o';
|
||||
netif->output = netif_loop_output;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
|
||||
ip_addr_t loop_ipaddr, loop_netmask, loop_gw;
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&loop_gw, 127,0,0,1);
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&loop_ipaddr, 127,0,0,1);
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&loop_netmask, 255,0,0,0);
|
||||
|
||||
#if NO_SYS
|
||||
netif_add(&loop_netif, &loop_ipaddr, &loop_netmask, &loop_gw, NULL, netif_loopif_init, ip_input);
|
||||
#else /* NO_SYS */
|
||||
netif_add(&loop_netif, &loop_ipaddr, &loop_netmask, &loop_gw, NULL, netif_loopif_init, tcpip_input);
|
||||
#endif /* NO_SYS */
|
||||
netif_set_up(&loop_netif);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a network interface to the list of lwIP netifs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif a pre-allocated netif structure
|
||||
* @param ipaddr IP address for the new netif
|
||||
* @param netmask network mask for the new netif
|
||||
* @param gw default gateway IP address for the new netif
|
||||
* @param state opaque data passed to the new netif
|
||||
* @param init callback function that initializes the interface
|
||||
* @param input callback function that is called to pass
|
||||
* ingress packets up in the protocol layer stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return netif, or NULL if failed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
netif_add(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *gw, void *state, netif_init_fn init, netif_input_fn input)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("No init function given", init != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* reset new interface configuration state */
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->netmask);
|
||||
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->gw);
|
||||
netif->flags = 0;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
/* netif not under DHCP control by default */
|
||||
netif->dhcp = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
/* netif not under AutoIP control by default */
|
||||
netif->autoip = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
|
||||
netif->status_callback = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
|
||||
netif->link_callback = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
netif->loop_first = NULL;
|
||||
netif->loop_last = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
/* remember netif specific state information data */
|
||||
netif->state = state;
|
||||
netif->num = netif_num++;
|
||||
netif->input = input;
|
||||
NETIF_SET_HWADDRHINT(netif, NULL);
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
netif->loop_cnt_current = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
|
||||
netif_set_addr(netif, ipaddr, netmask, gw);
|
||||
|
||||
/* call user specified initialization function for netif */
|
||||
if (init(netif) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* add this netif to the list */
|
||||
netif->next = netif_list;
|
||||
netif_list = netif;
|
||||
snmp_inc_iflist();
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* start IGMP processing */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_start(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: added interface %c%c IP addr ",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, ipaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" netmask "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, netmask);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" gw "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, gw);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change IP address configuration for a network interface (including netmask
|
||||
* and default gateway).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
|
||||
* @param netmask the new netmask
|
||||
* @param gw the new default gateway
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *gw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, ipaddr);
|
||||
netif_set_netmask(netif, netmask);
|
||||
netif_set_gw(netif, gw);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove a network interface from the list of lwIP netifs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to remove
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_remove(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* stop IGMP processing */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_stop(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
|
||||
/* set netif down before removing (call callback function) */
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* is it the first netif? */
|
||||
if (netif_list == netif) {
|
||||
netif_list = netif->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* look for netif further down the list */
|
||||
struct netif * tmpNetif;
|
||||
for (tmpNetif = netif_list; tmpNetif != NULL; tmpNetif = tmpNetif->next) {
|
||||
if (tmpNetif->next == netif) {
|
||||
tmpNetif->next = netif->next;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (tmpNetif == NULL)
|
||||
return; /* we didn't find any netif today */
|
||||
}
|
||||
snmp_dec_iflist();
|
||||
/* this netif is default? */
|
||||
if (netif_default == netif) {
|
||||
/* reset default netif */
|
||||
netif_set_default(NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_REMOVE_CALLBACK
|
||||
if (netif->remove_callback) {
|
||||
netif->remove_callback(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_REMOVE_CALLBACK */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF( NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_remove: removed netif\n") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find a network interface by searching for its name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the name of the netif (like netif->name) plus concatenated number
|
||||
* in ascii representation (e.g. 'en0')
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
netif_find(char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
u8_t num;
|
||||
|
||||
if (name == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
num = name[2] - '0';
|
||||
|
||||
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
|
||||
if (num == netif->num &&
|
||||
name[0] == netif->name[0] &&
|
||||
name[1] == netif->name[1]) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: found %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: didn't find %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change the IP address of a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change netmask and
|
||||
* default gateway
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* TODO: Handling of obsolete pcbs */
|
||||
/* See: http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/2003-03/msg00118.html */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb *pcb;
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb_listen *lpcb;
|
||||
|
||||
/* address is actually being changed? */
|
||||
if (ipaddr && (ip_addr_cmp(ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr))) == 0) {
|
||||
/* extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; defined by tcp.h */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: netif address being changed\n"));
|
||||
pcb = tcp_active_pcbs;
|
||||
while (pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
/* connections to link-local addresses must persist (RFC3927 ch. 1.9) */
|
||||
&& !ip_addr_islinklocal(&(pcb->local_ip))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
) {
|
||||
/* this connection must be aborted */
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb *next = pcb->next;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: aborting TCP pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
|
||||
tcp_abort(pcb);
|
||||
pcb = next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pcb = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (lpcb = tcp_listen_pcbs.listen_pcbs; lpcb != NULL; lpcb = lpcb->next) {
|
||||
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
|
||||
if ((!(ip_addr_isany(&(lpcb->local_ip)))) &&
|
||||
(ip_addr_cmp(&(lpcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr)))) {
|
||||
/* The PCB is listening to the old ipaddr and
|
||||
* is set to listen to the new one instead */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(lpcb->local_ip), ipaddr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
|
||||
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
|
||||
/* set new IP address to netif */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(netif->ip_addr), ipaddr);
|
||||
snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
|
||||
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: IP address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr2_16(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr4_16(&netif->ip_addr)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change the default gateway for a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param gw the new default gateway
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and netmask
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *gw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(netif->gw), gw);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: GW address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->gw),
|
||||
ip4_addr2_16(&netif->gw),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->gw),
|
||||
ip4_addr4_16(&netif->gw)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change the netmask of a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param netmask the new netmask
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and
|
||||
* default gateway
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *netmask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
|
||||
/* set new netmask to netif */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(netif->netmask), netmask);
|
||||
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: netmask of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr2_16(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr4_16(&netif->netmask)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a network interface as the default network interface
|
||||
* (used to output all packets for which no specific route is found)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the default network interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
/* remove default route */
|
||||
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* install default route */
|
||||
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
netif_default = netif;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: setting default interface %c%c\n",
|
||||
netif ? netif->name[0] : '\'', netif ? netif->name[1] : '\''));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bring an interface up, available for processing
|
||||
* traffic.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
|
||||
* up once configured.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see dhcp_start()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP)) {
|
||||
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_UP;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
|
||||
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & (NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP)) {
|
||||
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* resend IGMP memberships */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_report_groups( netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bring an interface down, disabling any traffic processing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
|
||||
* up once configured.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see dhcp_start()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
|
||||
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_UP;
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
|
||||
etharp_cleanup_netif(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set callback to be called when interface is brought up/down
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn status_callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif) {
|
||||
netif->status_callback = status_callback;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_REMOVE_CALLBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set callback to be called when the interface has been removed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_remove_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn remove_callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif) {
|
||||
netif->remove_callback = remove_callback;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_REMOVE_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called by a driver when its link goes up
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP)) {
|
||||
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
if (netif->dhcp) {
|
||||
dhcp_network_changed(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
if (netif->autoip) {
|
||||
autoip_network_changed(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
|
||||
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* resend IGMP memberships */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_report_groups( netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called by a driver when its link goes down
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) {
|
||||
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
|
||||
etharp_cleanup_netif(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set callback to be called when link is brought up/down
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn link_callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif) {
|
||||
netif->link_callback = link_callback;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an IP packet to be received on the same netif (loopif-like).
|
||||
* The pbuf is simply copied and handed back to netif->input.
|
||||
* In multithreaded mode, this is done directly since netif->input must put
|
||||
* the packet on a queue.
|
||||
* In callback mode, the packet is put on an internal queue and is fed to
|
||||
* netif->input by netif_poll().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure
|
||||
* @param p the (IP) packet to 'send'
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the ip address to send the packet to (not used)
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet has been sent
|
||||
* ERR_MEM if the pbuf used to copy the packet couldn't be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *r;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct pbuf *last;
|
||||
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
u8_t clen = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
/* If we have a loopif, SNMP counters are adjusted for it,
|
||||
* if not they are adjusted for 'netif'. */
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
|
||||
struct netif *stats_if = &loop_netif;
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
struct netif *stats_if = netif;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(ipaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new pbuf */
|
||||
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (r == NULL) {
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.memerr);
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(stats_if);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
clen = pbuf_clen(r);
|
||||
/* check for overflow or too many pbuf on queue */
|
||||
if(((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current) ||
|
||||
((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) > LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(r);
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.memerr);
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(stats_if);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
netif->loop_cnt_current += clen;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the whole pbuf queue p into the single pbuf r */
|
||||
if ((err = pbuf_copy(r, p)) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(r);
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.memerr);
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(stats_if);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Put the packet on a linked list which gets emptied through calling
|
||||
netif_poll(). */
|
||||
|
||||
/* let last point to the last pbuf in chain r */
|
||||
for (last = r; last->next != NULL; last = last->next);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
if(netif->loop_first != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("if first != NULL, last must also be != NULL", netif->loop_last != NULL);
|
||||
netif->loop_last->next = r;
|
||||
netif->loop_last = last;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
netif->loop_first = r;
|
||||
netif->loop_last = last;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.xmit);
|
||||
snmp_add_ifoutoctets(stats_if, p->tot_len);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ifoutucastpkts(stats_if);
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
|
||||
/* For multithreading environment, schedule a call to netif_poll */
|
||||
tcpip_callback((tcpip_callback_fn)netif_poll, netif);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call netif_poll() in the main loop of your application. This is to prevent
|
||||
* reentering non-reentrant functions like tcp_input(). Packets passed to
|
||||
* netif_loop_output() are put on a list that is passed to netif->input() by
|
||||
* netif_poll().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_poll(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *in;
|
||||
/* If we have a loopif, SNMP counters are adjusted for it,
|
||||
* if not they are adjusted for 'netif'. */
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
|
||||
struct netif *stats_if = &loop_netif;
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
struct netif *stats_if = netif;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
/* Get a packet from the list. With SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1, this is protected */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
in = netif->loop_first;
|
||||
if (in != NULL) {
|
||||
struct pbuf *in_end = in;
|
||||
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
u8_t clen = pbuf_clen(in);
|
||||
/* adjust the number of pbufs on queue */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("netif->loop_cnt_current underflow",
|
||||
((netif->loop_cnt_current - clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current));
|
||||
netif->loop_cnt_current -= clen;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
while (in_end->len != in_end->tot_len) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("bogus pbuf: len != tot_len but next == NULL!", in_end->next != NULL);
|
||||
in_end = in_end->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* 'in_end' now points to the last pbuf from 'in' */
|
||||
if (in_end == netif->loop_last) {
|
||||
/* this was the last pbuf in the list */
|
||||
netif->loop_first = netif->loop_last = NULL;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* pop the pbuf off the list */
|
||||
netif->loop_first = in_end->next;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("should not be null since first != last!", netif->loop_first != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* De-queue the pbuf from its successors on the 'loop_' list. */
|
||||
in_end->next = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
|
||||
if (in != NULL) {
|
||||
LINK_STATS_INC(link.recv);
|
||||
snmp_add_ifinoctets(stats_if, in->tot_len);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ifinucastpkts(stats_if);
|
||||
/* loopback packets are always IP packets! */
|
||||
if (ip_input(in, netif) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(in);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Don't reference the packet any more! */
|
||||
in = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* go on while there is a packet on the list */
|
||||
} while (netif->loop_first != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calls netif_poll() for every netif on the netif_list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_poll_all(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
|
||||
/* loop through netifs */
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
netif_poll(netif);
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
1180
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/pbuf.c
Normal file
1180
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/pbuf.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
350
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/raw.c
Normal file
350
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/raw.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Implementation of raw protocol PCBs for low-level handling of
|
||||
* different types of protocols besides (or overriding) those
|
||||
* already available in lwIP.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** The list of RAW PCBs */
|
||||
static struct raw_pcb *raw_pcbs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine if in incoming IP packet is covered by a RAW PCB
|
||||
* and if so, pass it to a user-provided receive callback function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Given an incoming IP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
|
||||
* finds a corresponding RAW PCB and calls the corresponding receive
|
||||
* callback function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a RAW PCB.
|
||||
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
|
||||
* @return - 1 if the packet has been eaten by a RAW PCB receive
|
||||
* callback function. The caller MAY NOT not reference the
|
||||
* packet any longer, and MAY NOT call pbuf_free().
|
||||
* @return - 0 if packet is not eaten (pbuf is still referenced by the
|
||||
* caller).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
raw_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *pcb, *prev;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
s16_t proto;
|
||||
u8_t eaten = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(inp);
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
proto = IPH_PROTO(iphdr);
|
||||
|
||||
prev = NULL;
|
||||
pcb = raw_pcbs;
|
||||
/* loop through all raw pcbs until the packet is eaten by one */
|
||||
/* this allows multiple pcbs to match against the packet by design */
|
||||
while ((eaten == 0) && (pcb != NULL)) {
|
||||
if ((pcb->protocol == proto) &&
|
||||
(ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip) ||
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), ¤t_iphdr_dest))) {
|
||||
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
|
||||
/* broadcast filter? */
|
||||
if (ip_get_option(pcb, SOF_BROADCAST) || !ip_addr_isbroadcast(¤t_iphdr_dest, inp))
|
||||
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* receive callback function available? */
|
||||
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
|
||||
/* the receive callback function did not eat the packet? */
|
||||
if (pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, ip_current_src_addr()) != 0) {
|
||||
/* receive function ate the packet */
|
||||
p = NULL;
|
||||
eaten = 1;
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* move the pcb to the front of raw_pcbs so that is
|
||||
found faster next time */
|
||||
prev->next = pcb->next;
|
||||
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
|
||||
raw_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no receive callback function was set for this raw PCB */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* drop the packet */
|
||||
}
|
||||
prev = pcb;
|
||||
pcb = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return eaten;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bind a RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr.
|
||||
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
|
||||
* bind to all local interfaces.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code.
|
||||
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
|
||||
* - ERR_USE. The specified IP address is already bound to by
|
||||
* another RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_disconnect()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_bind(struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Connect an RAW PCB. This function is required by upper layers
|
||||
* of lwip. Using the raw api you could use raw_sendto() instead
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will associate the RAW PCB with the remote address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
|
||||
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_disconnect() and raw_sendto()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_connect(struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the callback function for received packets that match the
|
||||
* raw PCB's protocol and binding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The callback function MUST either
|
||||
* - eat the packet by calling pbuf_free() and returning non-zero. The
|
||||
* packet will not be passed to other raw PCBs or other protocol layers.
|
||||
* - not free the packet, and return zero. The packet will be matched
|
||||
* against further PCBs and/or forwarded to another protocol layers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the packet was free()d, zero if the packet remains
|
||||
* available for others.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
raw_recv(struct raw_pcb *pcb, raw_recv_fn recv, void *recv_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
|
||||
pcb->recv = recv;
|
||||
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the raw IP packet to the given address. Note that actually you cannot
|
||||
* modify the IP headers (this is inconsistent with the receive callback where
|
||||
* you actually get the IP headers), you can only specify the IP payload here.
|
||||
* It requires some more changes in lwIP. (there will be a raw_send() function
|
||||
* then.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
|
||||
* @param p the IP payload to send
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the destination address of the IP packet
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_sendto(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
ip_addr_t *src_ip;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_sendto\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* not enough space to add an IP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
/* allocate header in new pbuf */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 0, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("raw_sendto: could not allocate header\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (p->tot_len != 0) {
|
||||
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
|
||||
pbuf_chain(q, p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* { first pbuf q points to header pbuf } */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG, ("raw_sendto: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
|
||||
q = p;
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(q, -IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't restore header we just removed!", 0);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(ipaddr)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr)));
|
||||
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
|
||||
/* broadcast filter? */
|
||||
if (!ip_get_option(pcb, SOF_BROADCAST) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
|
||||
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
|
||||
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
|
||||
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
|
||||
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* use RAW PCB local IP address as source address */
|
||||
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETIF_SET_HWADDRHINT(netif, &pcb->addr_hint);
|
||||
err = ip_output_if (q, src_ip, ipaddr, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, pcb->protocol, netif);
|
||||
NETIF_SET_HWADDRHINT(netif, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* did we chain a header earlier? */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
/* free the header */
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the raw IP packet to the address given by raw_connect()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
|
||||
* @param p the IP payload to send
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_send(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return raw_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove an RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
|
||||
* RAW PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_new()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
raw_remove(struct raw_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *pcb2;
|
||||
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
|
||||
if (raw_pcbs == pcb) {
|
||||
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
|
||||
raw_pcbs = raw_pcbs->next;
|
||||
/* pcb not 1st in list */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for(pcb2 = raw_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
|
||||
/* find pcb in raw_pcbs list */
|
||||
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
|
||||
/* remove pcb from list */
|
||||
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_RAW_PCB, pcb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The RAW PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
|
||||
* could not be allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param proto the protocol number of the IPs payload (e.g. IP_PROTO_ICMP)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_remove()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *
|
||||
raw_new(u8_t proto)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *pcb;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_new\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
pcb = (struct raw_pcb *)memp_malloc(MEMP_RAW_PCB);
|
||||
/* could allocate RAW PCB? */
|
||||
if (pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
|
||||
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct raw_pcb));
|
||||
pcb->protocol = proto;
|
||||
pcb->ttl = RAW_TTL;
|
||||
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
|
||||
raw_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,657 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Abstract Syntax Notation One (ISO 8824, 8825) decoding
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo not optimised (yet), favor correctness over speed, favor speed over size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_asn1.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Retrieves type field from incoming pbuf chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf holding an ASN1 coded type field
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain of the ASN1 coded type field
|
||||
* @param type return ASN1 type
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) decode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_dec_type(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t *type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
*type = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decodes length field from incoming pbuf chain into host length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf holding an ASN1 coded length
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain of the ASN1 coded length
|
||||
* @param octets_used returns number of octets used by the length code
|
||||
* @param length return host order length, upto 64k
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) decode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_dec_length(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t *octets_used, u16_t *length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*msg_ptr < 0x80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* primitive definite length format */
|
||||
*octets_used = 1;
|
||||
*length = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*msg_ptr == 0x80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* constructed indefinite length format, termination with two zero octets */
|
||||
u8_t zeros;
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
*length = 0;
|
||||
zeros = 0;
|
||||
while (zeros != 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i = 2;
|
||||
while (i > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i--;
|
||||
(*length) += 1;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*msg_ptr == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
zeros++;
|
||||
if (zeros == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* stop while (i > 0) */
|
||||
i = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
zeros = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*octets_used = 1;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*msg_ptr == 0x81)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* constructed definite length format, one octet */
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*length = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
*octets_used = 2;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*msg_ptr == 0x82)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* constructed definite length format, two octets */
|
||||
i = 2;
|
||||
while (i > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i--;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (i == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* least significant length octet */
|
||||
*length |= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* most significant length octet */
|
||||
*length = (*msg_ptr) << 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*octets_used = 3;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* constructed definite length format 3..127 octets, this is too big (>64k) */
|
||||
/** @todo: do we need to accept inefficient codings with many leading zero's? */
|
||||
*octets_used = 1 + ((*msg_ptr) & 0x7f);
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decodes positive integer (counter, gauge, timeticks) into u32_t.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf holding an ASN1 coded integer
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain of the ASN1 coded integer
|
||||
* @param len length of the coded integer field
|
||||
* @param value return host order integer
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) decode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note ASN coded integers are _always_ signed. E.g. +0xFFFF is coded
|
||||
* as 0x00,0xFF,0xFF. Note the leading sign octet. A positive value
|
||||
* of 0xFFFFFFFF is preceded with 0x00 and the length is 5 octets!!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_dec_u32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, u32_t *value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
if ((len > 0) && (len < 6))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* start from zero */
|
||||
*value = 0;
|
||||
if (*msg_ptr & 0x80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* negative, expecting zero sign bit! */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* positive */
|
||||
if ((len > 1) && (*msg_ptr == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* skip leading "sign byte" octet 0x00 */
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* OR octets with value */
|
||||
while (len > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
*value |= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
*value <<= 8;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*value |= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decodes integer into s32_t.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf holding an ASN1 coded integer
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain of the ASN1 coded integer
|
||||
* @param len length of the coded integer field
|
||||
* @param value return host order integer
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) decode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note ASN coded integers are _always_ signed!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_dec_s32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, s32_t *value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
u8_t *lsb_ptr = (u8_t*)value;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
u8_t *lsb_ptr = (u8_t*)value + sizeof(s32_t) - 1;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
u8_t sign;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
if ((len > 0) && (len < 5))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*msg_ptr & 0x80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* negative, start from -1 */
|
||||
*value = -1;
|
||||
sign = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* positive, start from 0 */
|
||||
*value = 0;
|
||||
sign = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* OR/AND octets with value */
|
||||
while (len > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
if (sign)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*lsb_ptr &= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
*value <<= 8;
|
||||
*lsb_ptr |= 255;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*lsb_ptr |= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
*value <<= 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (sign)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*lsb_ptr &= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*lsb_ptr |= *msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decodes object identifier from incoming message into array of s32_t.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf holding an ASN1 coded object identifier
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain of the ASN1 coded object identifier
|
||||
* @param len length of the coded object identifier
|
||||
* @param oid return object identifier struct
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) decode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_dec_oid(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, struct snmp_obj_id *oid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
s32_t *oid_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
oid->len = 0;
|
||||
oid_ptr = &oid->id[0];
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* first compressed octet */
|
||||
if (*msg_ptr == 0x2B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* (most) common case 1.3 (iso.org) */
|
||||
*oid_ptr = 1;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
*oid_ptr = 3;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*msg_ptr < 40)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*oid_ptr = 0;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
*oid_ptr = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*msg_ptr < 80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*oid_ptr = 1;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
*oid_ptr = (*msg_ptr) - 40;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*oid_ptr = 2;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
*oid_ptr = (*msg_ptr) - 80;
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
oid->len = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* accepting zero length identifiers e.g. for
|
||||
getnext operation. uncommon but valid */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ((len > 0) && (oid->len < LWIP_SNMP_OBJ_ID_LEN))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* sub-identifier uses multiple octets */
|
||||
if (*msg_ptr & 0x80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s32_t sub_id = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((*msg_ptr & 0x80) && (len > 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
sub_id = (sub_id << 7) + (*msg_ptr & ~0x80);
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!(*msg_ptr & 0x80) && (len > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* last octet sub-identifier */
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
sub_id = (sub_id << 7) + *msg_ptr;
|
||||
*oid_ptr = sub_id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* !(*msg_ptr & 0x80) sub-identifier uses single octet */
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
*oid_ptr = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* remaining oid bytes available ... */
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
oid_ptr++;
|
||||
oid->len++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* len == 0, end of oid */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* len > 0, oid->len == LWIP_SNMP_OBJ_ID_LEN or malformed encoding */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decodes (copies) raw data (ip-addresses, octet strings, opaque encoding)
|
||||
* from incoming message into array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf holding an ASN1 coded raw data
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain of the ASN1 coded raw data
|
||||
* @param len length of the coded raw data (zero is valid, e.g. empty string!)
|
||||
* @param raw_len length of the raw return value
|
||||
* @param raw return raw bytes
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) decode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_dec_raw(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, u16_t raw_len, u8_t *raw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
if (raw_len >= len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (len > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* copy len - 1 octets */
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
*raw = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
raw++;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* copy last octet */
|
||||
*raw = *msg_ptr;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* raw_len < len, not enough dst space */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* len == 0, empty string */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Abstract Syntax Notation One (ISO 8824, 8825) encoding
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo not optimised (yet), favor correctness over speed, favor speed over size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_asn1.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns octet count for length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param length
|
||||
* @param octets_needed points to the return value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(u16_t length, u8_t *octets_needed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length < 0x80U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (length < 0x100U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns octet count for an u32_t.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param value
|
||||
* @param octets_needed points to the return value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note ASN coded integers are _always_ signed. E.g. +0xFFFF is coded
|
||||
* as 0x00,0xFF,0xFF. Note the leading sign octet. A positive value
|
||||
* of 0xFFFFFFFF is preceded with 0x00 and the length is 5 octets!!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt(u32_t value, u16_t *octets_needed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (value < 0x80UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (value < 0x8000UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (value < 0x800000UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (value < 0x80000000UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns octet count for an s32_t.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param value
|
||||
* @param octets_needed points to the return value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note ASN coded integers are _always_ signed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(s32_t value, u16_t *octets_needed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (value < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
value = ~value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (value < 0x80L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (value < 0x8000L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (value < 0x800000L)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*octets_needed = 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns octet count for an object identifier.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ident_len object identifier array length
|
||||
* @param ident points to object identifier array
|
||||
* @param octets_needed points to the return value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid_cnt(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, u16_t *octets_needed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s32_t sub_id;
|
||||
u8_t cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
cnt = 0;
|
||||
if (ident_len > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* compressed prefix in one octet */
|
||||
cnt++;
|
||||
ident_len -= 2;
|
||||
ident += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(ident_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ident_len--;
|
||||
sub_id = *ident;
|
||||
|
||||
sub_id >>= 7;
|
||||
cnt++;
|
||||
while(sub_id > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sub_id >>= 7;
|
||||
cnt++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ident++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*octets_needed = cnt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes ASN type field into a pbuf chained ASN1 msg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to output pbuf to encode value into
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain
|
||||
* @param type input ASN1 type
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) encode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
*msg_ptr = type;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes host order length field into a pbuf chained ASN1 msg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to output pbuf to encode length into
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain
|
||||
* @param length is the host order length to be encoded
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) encode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
if (length < 0x80)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)length;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (length < 0x100)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*msg_ptr = 0x81;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)length;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* length >= 0x100 && length <= 0xFFFF */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = 0x82;
|
||||
i = 2;
|
||||
while (i > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
i--;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (i == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* least significant length octet */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* most significant length octet */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)(length >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes u32_t (counter, gauge, timeticks) into a pbuf chained ASN1 msg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to output pbuf to encode value into
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain
|
||||
* @param octets_needed encoding length (from snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt())
|
||||
* @param value is the host order u32_t value to be encoded
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) encode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t octets_needed, u32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
if (octets_needed == 5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* not enough bits in 'value' add leading 0x00 */
|
||||
octets_needed--;
|
||||
*msg_ptr = 0x00;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (octets_needed > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
octets_needed--;
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)(value >> (octets_needed << 3));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* (only) one least significant octet */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)value;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes s32_t integer into a pbuf chained ASN1 msg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to output pbuf to encode value into
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain
|
||||
* @param octets_needed encoding length (from snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt())
|
||||
* @param value is the host order s32_t value to be encoded
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) encode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t octets_needed, s32_t value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
while (octets_needed > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
octets_needed--;
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)(value >> (octets_needed << 3));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* (only) one least significant octet */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)value;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes object identifier into a pbuf chained ASN1 msg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to output pbuf to encode oid into
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain
|
||||
* @param ident_len object identifier array length
|
||||
* @param ident points to object identifier array
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) encode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ident_len > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((ident[0] == 1) && (ident[1] == 3))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* compressed (most common) prefix .iso.org */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = 0x2b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* calculate prefix */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)((ident[0] * 40) + ident[1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ident_len -= 2;
|
||||
ident += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* @bug: allow empty varbinds for symmetry (we must decode them for getnext), allow partial compression?? */
|
||||
/* ident_len <= 1, at least we need zeroDotZero (0.0) (ident_len == 2) */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (ident_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s32_t sub_id;
|
||||
u8_t shift, tail;
|
||||
|
||||
ident_len--;
|
||||
sub_id = *ident;
|
||||
tail = 0;
|
||||
shift = 28;
|
||||
while(shift > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t code;
|
||||
|
||||
code = (u8_t)(sub_id >> shift);
|
||||
if ((code != 0) || (tail != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
tail = 1;
|
||||
*msg_ptr = code | 0x80;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
shift -= 7;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*msg_ptr = (u8_t)sub_id & 0x7F;
|
||||
if (ident_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next sub-identifier */
|
||||
ident++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes raw data (octet string, opaque) into a pbuf chained ASN1 msg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to output pbuf to encode raw data into
|
||||
* @param ofs points to the offset within the pbuf chain
|
||||
* @param raw_len raw data length
|
||||
* @param raw points raw data
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successfull, ERR_ARG if we can't (or won't) encode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_raw(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t raw_len, u8_t *raw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t plen, base;
|
||||
u8_t *msg_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
plen = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
base = plen;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
if (ofs < plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
msg_ptr += ofs - base;
|
||||
|
||||
while (raw_len > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* copy raw_len - 1 octets */
|
||||
raw_len--;
|
||||
*msg_ptr = *raw;
|
||||
raw++;
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
if (ofs >= plen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in next pbuf */
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
if (p == NULL) { return ERR_ARG; }
|
||||
msg_ptr = (u8_t*)p->payload;
|
||||
plen += p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* next octet in same pbuf */
|
||||
msg_ptr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (raw_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* copy last or single octet */
|
||||
*msg_ptr = *raw;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* p == NULL, ofs >= plen */
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
4146
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/snmp/mib2.c
Normal file
4146
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/snmp/mib2.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1453
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/snmp/msg_in.c
Normal file
1453
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/snmp/msg_in.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* SNMP output message processing (RFC1157).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Output responses and traps are build in two passes:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Pass 0: iterate over the output message backwards to determine encoding lengths
|
||||
* Pass 1: the actual forward encoding of internal form into ASN1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The single-pass encoding method described by Comer & Stevens
|
||||
* requires extra buffer space and copying for reversal of the packet.
|
||||
* The buffer requirement can be prohibitively large for big payloads
|
||||
* (>= 484) therefore we use the two encoding passes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_asn1.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct snmp_trap_dst
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* destination IP address in network order */
|
||||
ip_addr_t dip;
|
||||
/* set to 0 when disabled, >0 when enabled */
|
||||
u8_t enable;
|
||||
};
|
||||
struct snmp_trap_dst trap_dst[SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS];
|
||||
|
||||
/** TRAP message structure */
|
||||
struct snmp_msg_trap trap_msg;
|
||||
|
||||
static u16_t snmp_resp_header_sum(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat, u16_t vb_len);
|
||||
static u16_t snmp_trap_header_sum(struct snmp_msg_trap *m_trap, u16_t vb_len);
|
||||
static u16_t snmp_varbind_list_sum(struct snmp_varbind_root *root);
|
||||
|
||||
static u16_t snmp_resp_header_enc(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat, struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
static u16_t snmp_trap_header_enc(struct snmp_msg_trap *m_trap, struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
static u16_t snmp_varbind_list_enc(struct snmp_varbind_root *root, struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets enable switch for this trap destination.
|
||||
* @param dst_idx index in 0 .. SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS-1
|
||||
* @param enable switch if 0 destination is disabled >0 enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_trap_dst_enable(u8_t dst_idx, u8_t enable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dst_idx < SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
trap_dst[dst_idx].enable = enable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets IPv4 address for this trap destination.
|
||||
* @param dst_idx index in 0 .. SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS-1
|
||||
* @param dst IPv4 address in host order.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_trap_dst_ip_set(u8_t dst_idx, ip_addr_t *dst)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dst_idx < SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&trap_dst[dst_idx].dip, dst);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends a 'getresponse' message to the request originator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param m_stat points to the current message request state source
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK when success, ERR_MEM if we're out of memory
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the caller is responsible for filling in outvb in the m_stat
|
||||
* and provide error-status and index (except for tooBig errors) ...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_send_response(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct snmp_varbind_root emptyvb = {NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0};
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
u16_t tot_len;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
/* pass 0, calculate length fields */
|
||||
tot_len = snmp_varbind_list_sum(&m_stat->outvb);
|
||||
tot_len = snmp_resp_header_sum(m_stat, tot_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* try allocating pbuf(s) for complete response */
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, tot_len, PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(SNMP_MSG_DEBUG, ("snmp_snd_response() tooBig\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* can't construct reply, return error-status tooBig */
|
||||
m_stat->error_status = SNMP_ES_TOOBIG;
|
||||
m_stat->error_index = 0;
|
||||
/* pass 0, recalculate lengths, for empty varbind-list */
|
||||
tot_len = snmp_varbind_list_sum(&emptyvb);
|
||||
tot_len = snmp_resp_header_sum(m_stat, tot_len);
|
||||
/* retry allocation once for header and empty varbind-list */
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, tot_len, PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* first pbuf alloc try or retry alloc success */
|
||||
u16_t ofs;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(SNMP_MSG_DEBUG, ("snmp_snd_response() p != NULL\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* pass 1, size error, encode packet ino the pbuf(s) */
|
||||
ofs = snmp_resp_header_enc(m_stat, p);
|
||||
snmp_varbind_list_enc(&m_stat->outvb, p, ofs);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (m_stat->error_status)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SNMP_ES_TOOBIG:
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpouttoobigs();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SNMP_ES_NOSUCHNAME:
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpoutnosuchnames();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SNMP_ES_BADVALUE:
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpoutbadvalues();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SNMP_ES_GENERROR:
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpoutgenerrs();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpoutgetresponses();
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpoutpkts();
|
||||
|
||||
/** @todo do we need separate rx and tx pcbs for threaded case? */
|
||||
/** connect to the originating source */
|
||||
udp_connect(m_stat->pcb, &m_stat->sip, m_stat->sp);
|
||||
err = udp_send(m_stat->pcb, p);
|
||||
if (err == ERR_MEM)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/** @todo release some memory, retry and return tooBig? tooMuchHassle? */
|
||||
err = ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/** disassociate remote address and port with this pcb */
|
||||
udp_disconnect(m_stat->pcb);
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(SNMP_MSG_DEBUG, ("snmp_snd_response() done\n"));
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* first pbuf alloc try or retry alloc failed
|
||||
very low on memory, couldn't return tooBig */
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an generic or enterprise specific trap message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param generic_trap is the trap code
|
||||
* @param eoid points to enterprise object identifier
|
||||
* @param specific_trap used for enterprise traps when generic_trap == 6
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK when success, ERR_MEM if we're out of memory
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the caller is responsible for filling in outvb in the trap_msg
|
||||
* @note the use of the enterpise identifier field
|
||||
* is per RFC1215.
|
||||
* Use .iso.org.dod.internet.mgmt.mib-2.snmp for generic traps
|
||||
* and .iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.yourenterprise
|
||||
* (sysObjectID) for specific traps.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
snmp_send_trap(s8_t generic_trap, struct snmp_obj_id *eoid, s32_t specific_trap)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct snmp_trap_dst *td;
|
||||
struct netif *dst_if;
|
||||
ip_addr_t dst_ip;
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
u16_t i,tot_len;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0, td = &trap_dst[0]; i<SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS; i++, td++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((td->enable != 0) && !ip_addr_isany(&td->dip))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* network order trap destination */
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(trap_msg.dip, td->dip);
|
||||
/* lookup current source address for this dst */
|
||||
dst_if = ip_route(&td->dip);
|
||||
ip_addr_copy(dst_ip, dst_if->ip_addr);
|
||||
/* @todo: what about IPv6? */
|
||||
trap_msg.sip_raw[0] = ip4_addr1(&dst_ip);
|
||||
trap_msg.sip_raw[1] = ip4_addr2(&dst_ip);
|
||||
trap_msg.sip_raw[2] = ip4_addr3(&dst_ip);
|
||||
trap_msg.sip_raw[3] = ip4_addr4(&dst_ip);
|
||||
trap_msg.gen_trap = generic_trap;
|
||||
trap_msg.spc_trap = specific_trap;
|
||||
if (generic_trap == SNMP_GENTRAP_ENTERPRISESPC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* enterprise-Specific trap */
|
||||
trap_msg.enterprise = eoid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* generic (MIB-II) trap */
|
||||
snmp_get_snmpgrpid_ptr(&trap_msg.enterprise);
|
||||
}
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime(&trap_msg.ts);
|
||||
|
||||
/* pass 0, calculate length fields */
|
||||
tot_len = snmp_varbind_list_sum(&trap_msg.outvb);
|
||||
tot_len = snmp_trap_header_sum(&trap_msg, tot_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocate pbuf(s) */
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, tot_len, PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
if (p != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t ofs;
|
||||
|
||||
/* pass 1, encode packet ino the pbuf(s) */
|
||||
ofs = snmp_trap_header_enc(&trap_msg, p);
|
||||
snmp_varbind_list_enc(&trap_msg.outvb, p, ofs);
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpouttraps();
|
||||
snmp_inc_snmpoutpkts();
|
||||
|
||||
/** send to the TRAP destination */
|
||||
udp_sendto(trap_msg.pcb, p, &trap_msg.dip, SNMP_TRAP_PORT);
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_coldstart_trap(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
trap_msg.outvb.head = NULL;
|
||||
trap_msg.outvb.tail = NULL;
|
||||
trap_msg.outvb.count = 0;
|
||||
snmp_send_trap(SNMP_GENTRAP_COLDSTART, NULL, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
snmp_authfail_trap(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t enable;
|
||||
snmp_get_snmpenableauthentraps(&enable);
|
||||
if (enable == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
trap_msg.outvb.head = NULL;
|
||||
trap_msg.outvb.tail = NULL;
|
||||
trap_msg.outvb.count = 0;
|
||||
snmp_send_trap(SNMP_GENTRAP_AUTHFAIL, NULL, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sums response header field lengths from tail to head and
|
||||
* returns resp_header_lengths for second encoding pass.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vb_len varbind-list length
|
||||
* @param rhl points to returned header lengths
|
||||
* @return the required lenght for encoding the response header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
snmp_resp_header_sum(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat, u16_t vb_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t tot_len;
|
||||
struct snmp_resp_header_lengths *rhl;
|
||||
|
||||
rhl = &m_stat->rhl;
|
||||
tot_len = vb_len;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(m_stat->error_index, &rhl->erridxlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->erridxlen, &rhl->erridxlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->erridxlenlen + rhl->erridxlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(m_stat->error_status, &rhl->errstatlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->errstatlen, &rhl->errstatlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->errstatlenlen + rhl->errstatlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(m_stat->rid, &rhl->ridlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->ridlen, &rhl->ridlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->ridlenlen + rhl->ridlen;
|
||||
|
||||
rhl->pdulen = tot_len;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->pdulen, &rhl->pdulenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->pdulenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
rhl->comlen = m_stat->com_strlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->comlen, &rhl->comlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->comlenlen + rhl->comlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(snmp_version, &rhl->verlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->verlen, &rhl->verlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->verlen + rhl->verlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
rhl->seqlen = tot_len;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(rhl->seqlen, &rhl->seqlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + rhl->seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
return tot_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sums trap header field lengths from tail to head and
|
||||
* returns trap_header_lengths for second encoding pass.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vb_len varbind-list length
|
||||
* @param thl points to returned header lengths
|
||||
* @return the required lenght for encoding the trap header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
snmp_trap_header_sum(struct snmp_msg_trap *m_trap, u16_t vb_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t tot_len;
|
||||
struct snmp_trap_header_lengths *thl;
|
||||
|
||||
thl = &m_trap->thl;
|
||||
tot_len = vb_len;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt(m_trap->ts, &thl->tslen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->tslen, &thl->tslenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->tslen + thl->tslenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(m_trap->spc_trap, &thl->strplen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->strplen, &thl->strplenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->strplen + thl->strplenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(m_trap->gen_trap, &thl->gtrplen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->gtrplen, &thl->gtrplenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->gtrplen + thl->gtrplenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
thl->aaddrlen = 4;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->aaddrlen, &thl->aaddrlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->aaddrlen + thl->aaddrlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid_cnt(m_trap->enterprise->len, &m_trap->enterprise->id[0], &thl->eidlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->eidlen, &thl->eidlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->eidlen + thl->eidlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
thl->pdulen = tot_len;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->pdulen, &thl->pdulenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->pdulenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
thl->comlen = sizeof(snmp_publiccommunity) - 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->comlen, &thl->comlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->comlenlen + thl->comlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(snmp_version, &thl->verlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->verlen, &thl->verlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->verlen + thl->verlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
thl->seqlen = tot_len;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(thl->seqlen, &thl->seqlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + thl->seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
return tot_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sums varbind lengths from tail to head and
|
||||
* annotates lengths in varbind for second encoding pass.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param root points to the root of the variable binding list
|
||||
* @return the required lenght for encoding the variable bindings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
snmp_varbind_list_sum(struct snmp_varbind_root *root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct snmp_varbind *vb;
|
||||
u32_t *uint_ptr;
|
||||
s32_t *sint_ptr;
|
||||
u16_t tot_len;
|
||||
|
||||
tot_len = 0;
|
||||
vb = root->tail;
|
||||
while ( vb != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* encoded value lenght depends on type */
|
||||
switch (vb->value_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG):
|
||||
sint_ptr = (s32_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(*sint_ptr, &vb->vlen);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_COUNTER):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_GAUGE):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_TIMETICKS):
|
||||
uint_ptr = (u32_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt(*uint_ptr, &vb->vlen);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OC_STR):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_NUL):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_IPADDR):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OPAQUE):
|
||||
vb->vlen = vb->value_len;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OBJ_ID):
|
||||
sint_ptr = (s32_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid_cnt(vb->value_len / sizeof(s32_t), sint_ptr, &vb->vlen);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* unsupported type */
|
||||
vb->vlen = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* encoding length of value length field */
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(vb->vlen, &vb->vlenlen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid_cnt(vb->ident_len, vb->ident, &vb->olen);
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(vb->olen, &vb->olenlen);
|
||||
|
||||
vb->seqlen = 1 + vb->vlenlen + vb->vlen;
|
||||
vb->seqlen += 1 + vb->olenlen + vb->olen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(vb->seqlen, &vb->seqlenlen);
|
||||
|
||||
/* varbind seq */
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + vb->seqlenlen + vb->seqlen;
|
||||
|
||||
vb = vb->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* varbind-list seq */
|
||||
root->seqlen = tot_len;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(root->seqlen, &root->seqlenlen);
|
||||
tot_len += 1 + root->seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
return tot_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes response header from head to tail.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
snmp_resp_header_enc(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t ofs;
|
||||
|
||||
ofs = 0;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR | SNMP_ASN1_SEQ));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.seqlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.verlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.verlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.verlen, snmp_version);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.verlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OC_STR));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.comlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.comlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_raw(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.comlen, m_stat->community);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.comlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_CONTXT | SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR | SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_RESP));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.pdulen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.pdulenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.ridlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.ridlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.ridlen, m_stat->rid);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.ridlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.errstatlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.errstatlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.errstatlen, m_stat->error_status);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.errstatlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.erridxlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.erridxlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(p, ofs, m_stat->rhl.erridxlen, m_stat->error_index);
|
||||
ofs += m_stat->rhl.erridxlen;
|
||||
|
||||
return ofs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes trap header from head to tail.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
snmp_trap_header_enc(struct snmp_msg_trap *m_trap, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t ofs;
|
||||
|
||||
ofs = 0;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR | SNMP_ASN1_SEQ));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.seqlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.verlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.verlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.verlen, snmp_version);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.verlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OC_STR));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.comlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.comlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_raw(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.comlen, (u8_t *)&snmp_publiccommunity[0]);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.comlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_CONTXT | SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR | SNMP_ASN1_PDU_TRAP));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.pdulen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.pdulenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OBJ_ID));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.eidlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.eidlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid(p, ofs, m_trap->enterprise->len, &m_trap->enterprise->id[0]);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.eidlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_IPADDR));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.aaddrlen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.aaddrlenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_raw(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.aaddrlen, &m_trap->sip_raw[0]);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.aaddrlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.gtrplen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.gtrplenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.gtrplen, m_trap->gen_trap);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.gtrplen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.strplen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.strplenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.strplen, m_trap->spc_trap);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.strplen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_TIMETICKS));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.tslen);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.tslenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(p, ofs, m_trap->thl.tslen, m_trap->ts);
|
||||
ofs += m_trap->thl.tslen;
|
||||
|
||||
return ofs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encodes varbind list from head to tail.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
snmp_varbind_list_enc(struct snmp_varbind_root *root, struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct snmp_varbind *vb;
|
||||
s32_t *sint_ptr;
|
||||
u32_t *uint_ptr;
|
||||
u8_t *raw_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR | SNMP_ASN1_SEQ));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, root->seqlen);
|
||||
ofs += root->seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
vb = root->head;
|
||||
while ( vb != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR | SNMP_ASN1_SEQ));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, vb->seqlen);
|
||||
ofs += vb->seqlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OBJ_ID));
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, vb->olen);
|
||||
ofs += vb->olenlen;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid(p, ofs, vb->ident_len, &vb->ident[0]);
|
||||
ofs += vb->olen;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_type(p, ofs, vb->value_type);
|
||||
ofs += 1;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_length(p, ofs, vb->vlen);
|
||||
ofs += vb->vlenlen;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (vb->value_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_INTEG):
|
||||
sint_ptr = (s32_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(p, ofs, vb->vlen, *sint_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_COUNTER):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_GAUGE):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_TIMETICKS):
|
||||
uint_ptr = (u32_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(p, ofs, vb->vlen, *uint_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OC_STR):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_IPADDR):
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OPAQUE):
|
||||
raw_ptr = (u8_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_raw(p, ofs, vb->vlen, raw_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_NUL):
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case (SNMP_ASN1_UNIV | SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT | SNMP_ASN1_OBJ_ID):
|
||||
sint_ptr = (s32_t*)vb->value;
|
||||
snmp_asn1_enc_oid(p, ofs, vb->value_len / sizeof(s32_t), sint_ptr);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* unsupported type */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
};
|
||||
ofs += vb->vlen;
|
||||
vb = vb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ofs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
176
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/stats.c
Normal file
176
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/stats.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Statistics module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_STATS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct stats_ lwip_stats;
|
||||
|
||||
void stats_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
#if MEMP_STATS
|
||||
const char * memp_names[] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
|
||||
lwip_stats.memp[i].name = memp_names[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
|
||||
#if MEM_STATS
|
||||
lwip_stats.mem.name = "MEM";
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_STATS */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\n%s\n\t", name));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->xmit));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->recv));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("fw: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->fw));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->drop));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->chkerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->lenerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->memerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->rterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->proterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("opterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->opterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->err));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("cachehit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", proto->cachehit));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IGMP_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nIGMP\n\t"));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->xmit));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->recv));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->drop));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->chkerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->lenerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->memerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->proterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_v1: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->rx_v1));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_group: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", igmp->rx_group));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_general: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", igmp->rx_general));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_report: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->rx_report));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("tx_join: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->tx_join));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("tx_leave: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->tx_leave));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("tx_report: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->tx_report));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IGMP_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nMEM %s\n\t", name));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("avail: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->avail));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"U32_F"\n", (u32_t)mem->err));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * memp_names[] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
if(index < MEMP_MAX) {
|
||||
stats_display_mem(mem, memp_names[index]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nSYS\n\t"));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.err));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mutex.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mutex.used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mutex.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mutex.max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mutex.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mutex.err));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.err));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s16_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
LINK_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
IP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
UDP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
TCP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SYS_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
68
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/sys.c
Normal file
68
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/sys.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* lwIP Operating System abstraction
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Most of the functions defined in sys.h must be implemented in the
|
||||
* architecture-dependent file sys_arch.c */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !NO_SYS
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef sys_msleep
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sleep for some ms. Timeouts are NOT processed while sleeping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ms number of milliseconds to sleep
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
sys_msleep(u32_t ms)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ms > 0) {
|
||||
sys_sem_t delaysem;
|
||||
err_t err = sys_sem_new(&delaysem, 0);
|
||||
if (err == ERR_OK) {
|
||||
sys_arch_sem_wait(&delaysem, ms);
|
||||
sys_sem_free(&delaysem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* sys_msleep */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !NO_SYS */
|
||||
1789
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/tcp.c
Normal file
1789
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/tcp.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1620
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/tcp_in.c
Normal file
1620
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/tcp_in.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1605
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/tcp_out.c
Normal file
1605
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/tcp_out.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1032
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/udp.c
Normal file
1032
lib/amb1_sdk/common/network/lwip/lwip_v1.4.1/src/core/udp.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
|
||||
* with RFC 3927.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
|
||||
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* AutoIP Timing */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL 100
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RFC 3927 Constants */
|
||||
#define PROBE_WAIT 1 /* second (initial random delay) */
|
||||
#define PROBE_MIN 1 /* second (minimum delay till repeated probe) */
|
||||
#define PROBE_MAX 2 /* seconds (maximum delay till repeated probe) */
|
||||
#define PROBE_NUM 3 /* (number of probe packets) */
|
||||
#define ANNOUNCE_NUM 2 /* (number of announcement packets) */
|
||||
#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL 2 /* seconds (time between announcement packets) */
|
||||
#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT 2 /* seconds (delay before announcing) */
|
||||
#define MAX_CONFLICTS 10 /* (max conflicts before rate limiting) */
|
||||
#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL 60 /* seconds (delay between successive attempts) */
|
||||
#define DEFEND_INTERVAL 10 /* seconds (min. wait between defensive ARPs) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* AutoIP client states */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF 0
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING 1
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING 2
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND 3
|
||||
|
||||
struct autoip
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_t llipaddr; /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
|
||||
u8_t state; /* current AutoIP state machine state */
|
||||
u8_t sent_num; /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
|
||||
u16_t ttw; /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
|
||||
u8_t lastconflict; /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
|
||||
u8_t tried_llipaddr; /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define autoip_init() /* Compatibility define, no init needed. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set a struct autoip allocated by the application to work with */
|
||||
void autoip_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct autoip *autoip);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Start AutoIP client */
|
||||
err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Stop AutoIP client */
|
||||
err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
|
||||
void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
|
||||
void autoip_tmr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
|
||||
void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ICMP_ER 0 /* echo reply */
|
||||
#define ICMP_DUR 3 /* destination unreachable */
|
||||
#define ICMP_SQ 4 /* source quench */
|
||||
#define ICMP_RD 5 /* redirect */
|
||||
#define ICMP_ECHO 8 /* echo */
|
||||
#define ICMP_TE 11 /* time exceeded */
|
||||
#define ICMP_PP 12 /* parameter problem */
|
||||
#define ICMP_TS 13 /* timestamp */
|
||||
#define ICMP_TSR 14 /* timestamp reply */
|
||||
#define ICMP_IRQ 15 /* information request */
|
||||
#define ICMP_IR 16 /* information reply */
|
||||
|
||||
enum icmp_dur_type {
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum icmp_te_type {
|
||||
ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
|
||||
ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/** This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
|
||||
* is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
|
||||
* This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
|
||||
* use the data part.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
|
||||
#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Combines type and code to an u16_t */
|
||||
#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
|
||||
#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
|
||||
void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
|
||||
void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
* are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
|
||||
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
|
||||
* source code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* IGMP timer */
|
||||
#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL 100 /* Milliseconds */
|
||||
#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
|
||||
#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/* MAC Filter Actions, these are passed to a netif's
|
||||
* igmp_mac_filter callback function. */
|
||||
#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER 0
|
||||
#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* igmp group structure - there is
|
||||
* a list of groups for each interface
|
||||
* these should really be linked from the interface, but
|
||||
* if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
|
||||
* too much
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There will be a group for the all systems group address but this
|
||||
* will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
|
||||
* from all the other groups
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct igmp_group {
|
||||
/** next link */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *next;
|
||||
/** interface on which the group is active */
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
/** multicast address */
|
||||
ip_addr_t group_address;
|
||||
/** signifies we were the last person to report */
|
||||
u8_t last_reporter_flag;
|
||||
/** current state of the group */
|
||||
u8_t group_state;
|
||||
/** timer for reporting, negative is OFF */
|
||||
u16_t timer;
|
||||
/** counter of simultaneous uses */
|
||||
u8_t use;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes */
|
||||
void igmp_init(void);
|
||||
err_t igmp_start(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
err_t igmp_stop(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
void igmp_report_groups(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr);
|
||||
void igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, ip_addr_t *dest);
|
||||
err_t igmp_joingroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
|
||||
err_t igmp_leavegroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
|
||||
void igmp_tmr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_INET_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** For compatibility with BSD code */
|
||||
struct in_addr {
|
||||
u32_t s_addr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** 255.255.255.255 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_NONE IPADDR_NONE
|
||||
/** 127.0.0.1 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_LOOPBACK IPADDR_LOOPBACK
|
||||
/** 0.0.0.0 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_ANY IPADDR_ANY
|
||||
/** 255.255.255.255 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_BROADCAST IPADDR_BROADCAST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
|
||||
|
||||
On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
|
||||
the subnet mask, not these masks. */
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA(a) IP_CLASSA(a)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_NET IP_CLASSA_NET
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_HOST IP_CLASSA_HOST
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_MAX IP_CLASSA_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB(b) IP_CLASSB(b)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_NET IP_CLASSB_NET
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_HOST IP_CLASSB_HOST
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_MAX IP_CLASSB_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC(c) IP_CLASSC(c)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_NET IP_CLASSC_NET
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_HOST IP_CLASSC_HOST
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_MAX IP_CLASSC_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD(d) IP_CLASSD(d)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_NET IP_CLASSD_NET /* These ones aren't really */
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT /* net and host fields, but */
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_HOST IP_CLASSD_HOST /* routing needn't know. */
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_MAX IP_CLASSD_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_MULTICAST(a) IP_MULTICAST(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a)
|
||||
#define IN_BADCLASS(a) IP_BADCLASS(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_LOOPBACKNET IP_LOOPBACKNET
|
||||
|
||||
#define inet_addr_from_ipaddr(target_inaddr, source_ipaddr) ((target_inaddr)->s_addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(source_ipaddr))
|
||||
#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr(target_ipaddr, source_inaddr) (ip4_addr_set_u32(target_ipaddr, (source_inaddr)->s_addr))
|
||||
/* ATTENTION: the next define only works because both s_addr and ip_addr_t are an u32_t effectively! */
|
||||
#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr_p(target_ipaddr_p, source_inaddr) ((target_ipaddr_p) = (ip_addr_t*)&((source_inaddr)->s_addr))
|
||||
|
||||
/* directly map this to the lwip internal functions */
|
||||
#define inet_addr(cp) ipaddr_addr(cp)
|
||||
#define inet_aton(cp, addr) ipaddr_aton(cp, (ip_addr_t*)addr)
|
||||
#define inet_ntoa(addr) ipaddr_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)&(addr))
|
||||
#define inet_ntoa_r(addr, buf, buflen) ipaddr_ntoa_r((ip_addr_t*)&(addr), buf, buflen)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Swap the bytes in an u16_t: much like htons() for little-endian */
|
||||
#ifndef SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD
|
||||
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
|
||||
/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
|
||||
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */
|
||||
/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
|
||||
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) (((w) & 0xff) << 8) | (((w) & 0xff00) >> 8)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)*/
|
||||
#endif /* SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
|
||||
#ifndef FOLD_U32T
|
||||
#define FOLD_U32T(u) (((u) >> 16) + ((u) & 0x0000ffffUL))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
|
||||
/** Function-like macro: same as MEMCPY but returns the checksum of copied data
|
||||
as u16_t */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY
|
||||
#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY(dst, src, len) lwip_chksum_copy(dst, src, len)
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
|
||||
#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 1
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY */
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
|
||||
#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 0
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
|
||||
#if LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
|
||||
u16_t lwip_chksum_copy(void *dst, const void *src, u16_t len);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
|
||||
#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_HLEN 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 1
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_IGMP 2
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
|
||||
to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
|
||||
in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
|
||||
#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
|
||||
#undef IP_HDRINCL
|
||||
#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
|
||||
#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
|
||||
beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
|
||||
changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
|
||||
having to change all PCB structs. */
|
||||
#define IP_PCB \
|
||||
/* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
|
||||
ip_addr_t local_ip; \
|
||||
ip_addr_t remote_ip; \
|
||||
/* Socket options */ \
|
||||
u8_t so_options; \
|
||||
/* Type Of Service */ \
|
||||
u8_t tos; \
|
||||
/* Time To Live */ \
|
||||
u8_t ttl \
|
||||
/* link layer address resolution hint */ \
|
||||
IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
|
||||
|
||||
struct ip_pcb {
|
||||
/* Common members of all PCB types */
|
||||
IP_PCB;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*#define SOF_DEBUG 0x01U Unimplemented: turn on debugging info recording */
|
||||
#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN 0x02U /* socket has had listen() */
|
||||
#define SOF_REUSEADDR 0x04U /* allow local address reuse */
|
||||
#define SOF_KEEPALIVE 0x08U /* keep connections alive */
|
||||
/*#define SOF_DONTROUTE 0x10U Unimplemented: just use interface addresses */
|
||||
#define SOF_BROADCAST 0x20U /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
|
||||
/*#define SOF_USELOOPBACK 0x40U Unimplemented: bypass hardware when possible */
|
||||
#define SOF_LINGER 0x80U /* linger on close if data present */
|
||||
/*#define SOF_OOBINLINE 0x0100U Unimplemented: leave received OOB data in line */
|
||||
/*#define SOF_REUSEPORT 0x0200U Unimplemented: allow local address & port reuse */
|
||||
|
||||
/* These flags are inherited (e.g. from a listen-pcb to a connection-pcb): */
|
||||
#define SOF_INHERITED (SOF_REUSEADDR|SOF_KEEPALIVE|SOF_LINGER/*|SOF_DEBUG|SOF_DONTROUTE|SOF_OOBINLINE*/)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_hdr {
|
||||
/* version / header length */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _v_hl);
|
||||
/* type of service */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _tos);
|
||||
/* total length */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
|
||||
/* identification */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
|
||||
/* fragment offset field */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
|
||||
#define IP_RF 0x8000U /* reserved fragment flag */
|
||||
#define IP_DF 0x4000U /* dont fragment flag */
|
||||
#define IP_MF 0x2000U /* more fragments flag */
|
||||
#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fffU /* mask for fragmenting bits */
|
||||
/* time to live */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _ttl);
|
||||
/* protocol*/
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _proto);
|
||||
/* checksum */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
|
||||
/* source and destination IP addresses */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t src);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t dest);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPH_V(hdr) ((hdr)->_v_hl >> 4)
|
||||
#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((hdr)->_v_hl & 0x0f)
|
||||
#define IPH_TOS(hdr) ((hdr)->_tos)
|
||||
#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
|
||||
#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
|
||||
#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
|
||||
#define IPH_TTL(hdr) ((hdr)->_ttl)
|
||||
#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) ((hdr)->_proto)
|
||||
#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPH_VHL_SET(hdr, v, hl) (hdr)->_v_hl = (((v) << 4) | (hl))
|
||||
#define IPH_TOS_SET(hdr, tos) (hdr)->_tos = (tos)
|
||||
#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
|
||||
#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
|
||||
#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
|
||||
#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl = (u8_t)(ttl)
|
||||
#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_proto = (u8_t)(proto)
|
||||
#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
|
||||
|
||||
/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
|
||||
extern struct netif *current_netif;
|
||||
/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
|
||||
extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
|
||||
/** Source IP address of current_header */
|
||||
extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_src;
|
||||
/** Destination IP address of current_header */
|
||||
extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_dest;
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
|
||||
struct netif *ip_route(ip_addr_t *dest);
|
||||
err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
|
||||
err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
|
||||
struct netif *netif);
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
|
||||
u16_t optlen);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
|
||||
/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
|
||||
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
|
||||
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
|
||||
#define ip_current_netif() (current_netif)
|
||||
/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
|
||||
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
|
||||
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
|
||||
#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
|
||||
/** Source IP address of current_header */
|
||||
#define ip_current_src_addr() (¤t_iphdr_src)
|
||||
/** Destination IP address of current_header */
|
||||
#define ip_current_dest_addr() (¤t_iphdr_dest)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Gets an IP pcb option (SOF_* flags) */
|
||||
#define ip_get_option(pcb, opt) ((pcb)->so_options & (opt))
|
||||
/** Sets an IP pcb option (SOF_* flags) */
|
||||
#define ip_set_option(pcb, opt) ((pcb)->so_options |= (opt))
|
||||
/** Resets an IP pcb option (SOF_* flags) */
|
||||
#define ip_reset_option(pcb, opt) ((pcb)->so_options &= ~(opt))
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ip_debug_print(p)
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the aligned version of ip_addr_t,
|
||||
used as local variable, on the stack, etc. */
|
||||
struct ip_addr {
|
||||
u32_t addr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the packed version of ip_addr_t,
|
||||
used in network headers that are itself packed */
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_addr_packed {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** ip_addr_t uses a struct for convenience only, so that the same defines can
|
||||
* operate both on ip_addr_t as well as on ip_addr_p_t. */
|
||||
typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
|
||||
typedef struct ip_addr_packed ip_addr_p_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
|
||||
* order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_addr2 {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Forward declaration to not include netif.h */
|
||||
struct netif;
|
||||
|
||||
extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_any;
|
||||
extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_broadcast;
|
||||
|
||||
/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
|
||||
* for the wildcard and the broadcast address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IP_ADDR_ANY ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_any)
|
||||
#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
|
||||
|
||||
/** 255.255.255.255 */
|
||||
#define IPADDR_NONE ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
|
||||
/** 127.0.0.1 */
|
||||
#define IPADDR_LOOPBACK ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL)
|
||||
/** 0.0.0.0 */
|
||||
#define IPADDR_ANY ((u32_t)0x00000000UL)
|
||||
/** 255.255.255.255 */
|
||||
#define IPADDR_BROADCAST ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
|
||||
|
||||
On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
|
||||
the subnet mask, not these masks. */
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSA(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSA_NET 0xff000000
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT 24
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSA_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSA_NET)
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSA_MAX 128
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSB(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSB_NET 0xffff0000
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT 16
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSB_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSB_NET)
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSB_MAX 65536
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSC(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSC_NET 0xffffff00
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT 8
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSC_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSC_NET)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSD(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSD_NET 0xf0000000 /* These ones aren't really */
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT 28 /* net and host fields, but */
|
||||
#define IP_CLASSD_HOST 0x0fffffff /* routing needn't know. */
|
||||
#define IP_MULTICAST(a) IP_CLASSD(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
|
||||
#define IP_BADCLASS(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_LOOPBACKNET 127 /* official! */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts */
|
||||
#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
|
||||
(ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
|
||||
(u32_t)((d) & 0xff)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts.
|
||||
Little-endian version that prevents the use of htonl. */
|
||||
#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
|
||||
(ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((d) & 0xff) << 24) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 16) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 8) | \
|
||||
(u32_t)((a) & 0xff)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** MEMCPY-like copying of IP addresses where addresses are known to be
|
||||
* 16-bit-aligned if the port is correctly configured (so a port could define
|
||||
* this to copying 2 u16_t's) - no NULL-pointer-checking needed. */
|
||||
#ifndef IPADDR2_COPY
|
||||
#define IPADDR2_COPY(dest, src) SMEMCPY(dest, src, sizeof(ip_addr_t))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Copy IP address - faster than ip_addr_set: no NULL check */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_copy(dest, src) ((dest).addr = (src).addr)
|
||||
/** Safely copy one IP address to another (src may be NULL) */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
|
||||
((src) == NULL ? 0 : \
|
||||
(src)->addr))
|
||||
/** Set complete address to zero */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_set_zero(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = 0)
|
||||
/** Set address to IPADDR_ANY (no need for htonl()) */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_set_any(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = IPADDR_ANY)
|
||||
/** Set address to loopback address */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_set_loopback(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = PP_HTONL(IPADDR_LOOPBACK))
|
||||
/** Safely copy one IP address to another and change byte order
|
||||
* from host- to network-order. */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_set_hton(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
|
||||
((src) == NULL ? 0:\
|
||||
htonl((src)->addr)))
|
||||
/** IPv4 only: set the IP address given as an u32_t */
|
||||
#define ip4_addr_set_u32(dest_ipaddr, src_u32) ((dest_ipaddr)->addr = (src_u32))
|
||||
/** IPv4 only: get the IP address as an u32_t */
|
||||
#define ip4_addr_get_u32(src_ipaddr) ((src_ipaddr)->addr)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the network address by combining host address with netmask */
|
||||
#define ip_addr_get_network(target, host, netmask) ((target)->addr = ((host)->addr) & ((netmask)->addr))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine if two address are on the same network.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @arg addr1 IP address 1
|
||||
* @arg addr2 IP address 2
|
||||
* @arg mask network identifier mask
|
||||
* @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
|
||||
(mask)->addr) == \
|
||||
((addr2)->addr & \
|
||||
(mask)->addr))
|
||||
#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == IPADDR_ANY)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ip4_addr_isbroadcast((ipaddr)->addr, (netif))
|
||||
u8_t ip4_addr_isbroadcast(u32_t addr, const struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_netmask_valid(netmask) ip4_addr_netmask_valid((netmask)->addr)
|
||||
u8_t ip4_addr_netmask_valid(u32_t netmask);
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xf0000000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xe0000000UL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xffff0000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xa9fe0000UL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) : 0))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get one byte from the 4-byte address */
|
||||
#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[0])
|
||||
#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[1])
|
||||
#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[2])
|
||||
#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[3])
|
||||
/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
|
||||
* to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
|
||||
#define ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr1(ipaddr))
|
||||
#define ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr2(ipaddr))
|
||||
#define ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr3(ipaddr))
|
||||
#define ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr4(ipaddr))
|
||||
|
||||
/** For backwards compatibility */
|
||||
#define ip_ntoa(ipaddr) ipaddr_ntoa(ipaddr)
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t ipaddr_addr(const char *cp);
|
||||
int ipaddr_aton(const char *cp, ip_addr_t *addr);
|
||||
/** returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
|
||||
char *ipaddr_ntoa(const ip_addr_t *addr);
|
||||
char *ipaddr_ntoa_r(const ip_addr_t *addr, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
|
||||
#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
|
||||
|
||||
/* IP reassembly helper struct.
|
||||
* This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata {
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *next;
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr iphdr;
|
||||
u16_t datagram_len;
|
||||
u8_t flags;
|
||||
u8_t timer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void ip_reass_init(void);
|
||||
void ip_reass_tmr(void);
|
||||
struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
|
||||
/** A custom pbuf that holds a reference to another pbuf, which is freed
|
||||
* when this custom pbuf is freed. This is used to create a custom PBUF_REF
|
||||
* that points into the original pbuf. */
|
||||
struct pbuf_custom_ref {
|
||||
/** 'base class' */
|
||||
struct pbuf_custom pc;
|
||||
/** pointer to the original pbuf that is referenced */
|
||||
struct pbuf *original;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif /* !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
|
||||
|
||||
err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *dest);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ICMP6_DUR 1
|
||||
#define ICMP6_TE 3
|
||||
#define ICMP6_ECHO 128 /* echo */
|
||||
#define ICMP6_ER 129 /* echo reply */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum icmp_dur_type {
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum icmp_te_type {
|
||||
ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
|
||||
ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
|
||||
|
||||
void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
|
||||
void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
|
||||
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr {
|
||||
u8_t type;
|
||||
u8_t icode;
|
||||
u16_t chksum;
|
||||
u16_t id;
|
||||
u16_t seqno;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct icmp_dur_hdr {
|
||||
u8_t type;
|
||||
u8_t icode;
|
||||
u16_t chksum;
|
||||
u32_t unused;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct icmp_te_hdr {
|
||||
u8_t type;
|
||||
u8_t icode;
|
||||
u16_t chksum;
|
||||
u32_t unused;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_INET_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum(void *data, u16_t len);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u32_t proto_len);
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t inet_addr(const char *cp);
|
||||
s8_t inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MACHINE_ENDIAN_H_
|
||||
#ifndef _NETINET_IN_H
|
||||
#ifndef _LINUX_BYTEORDER_GENERIC_H
|
||||
u16_t htons(u16_t n);
|
||||
u16_t ntohs(u16_t n);
|
||||
u32_t htonl(u32_t n);
|
||||
u32_t ntohl(u32_t n);
|
||||
#endif /* _LINUX_BYTEORDER_GENERIC_H */
|
||||
#endif /* _NETINET_IN_H */
|
||||
#endif /* _MACHINE_ENDIAN_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_HLEN 40
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 58
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
|
||||
to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
|
||||
in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
|
||||
#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
|
||||
#undef IP_HDRINCL
|
||||
#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
|
||||
#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
|
||||
beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
|
||||
changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
|
||||
having to change all PCB structs. */
|
||||
#define IP_PCB struct ip_addr local_ip; \
|
||||
struct ip_addr remote_ip; \
|
||||
/* Socket options */ \
|
||||
u16_t so_options; \
|
||||
/* Type Of Service */ \
|
||||
u8_t tos; \
|
||||
/* Time To Live */ \
|
||||
u8_t ttl; \
|
||||
/* link layer address resolution hint */ \
|
||||
IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The IPv6 header. */
|
||||
struct ip_hdr {
|
||||
#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
|
||||
u8_t tclass1:4, v:4;
|
||||
u8_t flow1:4, tclass2:4;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
u8_t v:4, tclass1:4;
|
||||
u8_t tclass2:8, flow1:4;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
u16_t flow2;
|
||||
u16_t len; /* payload length */
|
||||
u8_t nexthdr; /* next header */
|
||||
u8_t hoplim; /* hop limit (TTL) */
|
||||
struct ip_addr src, dest; /* source and destination IP addresses */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) (iphdr->nexthdr)
|
||||
|
||||
void ip_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct netif *ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest);
|
||||
|
||||
void ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* source and destination addresses in network byte order, please */
|
||||
err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto,
|
||||
struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_current_netif() NULL
|
||||
#define ip_current_header() NULL
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user